جميع دروس الرياضيات الثانية بكالوريا

‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.
com‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺃﺷﺮﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺳﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺁﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎ‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ٬ ‬ﻳﺴﺮﻧﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ ‬ﺃﻗﺪﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻮ‪ ‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺩﺭﻭﺱ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪ ‬ﺍﻟ‪ ‬ﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﻜﺎﻟﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﻤﻌﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ‬ﺃﻱ‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺱ‪ ‬ﺃﺿﻐﻂ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‪ ‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻭﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ALMOHANNAD‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺤﻘﻮق ﻣﺤﻔﻮظﺔ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﮭﺎ‬
‫ھﺬا اﻟﻜﺘﺎب ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ھﺬا‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪروس واﻟﺘﻤﺎرﻳﻦ واﻟﻔﺮوض‬

‫زر ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟ‪ ‬ﺤﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ‬ﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻏﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍ‪ ‬ﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻋﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺻﺐ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻏﺎﺭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻏﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺳﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ‪a ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺮﻭ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺮﻭ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍء‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍء‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﺟﻨﺎﺝ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﺟﻨﺎﺝ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺫ‪ . ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬
3ELMO http://3elmo.blogspot.com
‫اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳـــﺎت واﻻﺗﺼــــــﺎل‬
: ‫أﻧﺸﻄــــﺔ‬ -I
: ‫ أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬-1
x3 − 1 ( x − 1) ( x 2
+ x + 1)
lim = lim
x →1 x −1 x →1 x −1
= lim x 2 + x + 1
x →1
= 3
lim
x 2 + 3 x − 10
= lim
( x − 2 )( x + 5 )
x →2 3x 2 − 5 x − 2 x →2 ⎛ 1⎞
3( x − 2) ⎜ x + ⎟
⎝ 3⎠
x+5
= lim
x→2 ⎛ 1⎞
3⎜ x + ⎟
⎝ 3⎠
= 1
lim
1+ x −1
= lim
( 1 + x+− 1 )( 1+ x 1 )
x →0 x x →0
x ( 1+ x +1 )
= lim
(1 + x ) − 1
x →0
x ( 1+ x +1 )
x
= lim
x →0
x ( 1+ x +1 )
1
= lim
x →0 1+ x +1
1
=
2
x2 + p2 − p
lim 0≺ p ‫و‬ 0≺ q : ‫ﻣﻊ‬
x →0
x2 + q2 − q
lim
x2 + p2 − p
= lim
(x 2
( x + q q)
++p 2 − p 2 ) 2 2
x →0
x2 + q2 − q x →0
(x + q − q )( x + p + p)
2 2 2 2 2
= lim
( x + q + q) 2 2
x →0
( x + p + p)
2 2
2q
=
2p
q
=
p
1 + 2 ++3... n
lim
x →+∞ n2
S = 1 + 2+++3 ... n : ‫ﻟﻨﺤﺴﺐ‬
S = n + (+n −++1−) ( n 2 ) ... 1
2 S = ( n + 1)++ (+n++ 1) ... ( n 1)

‫ﺮة‬ ‫ ﻣ‬n
2S = n ( n + 1)
n ( n + 1)
S=
2
1
n ( n + 1)
1 + 2 ++3... n 2
lim = lim : ‫إذن‬
x →+∞ n2 x→+∞ n2
1 n2
= lim
x →+∞ 2 n 2
1
=
2
sin 3 x
lim
x →0 x
: ‫ﺗﺬآﻴــﺮ‬
sin X
lim = 1
X →0 X
sin 3 x sin 3 x
lim = lim × 3
x →0 x x → 0 3x
sin X
= lim × 3 = 3
X →0 X
tan x
lim
x →0 4x
: ‫ﺗﺬآﻴــﺮ‬
tan X
lim = 1
X →0 X
tan x 1
lim =
x→0 4x 4
lim x + 1 − −=x
2 2
1 lim
( x 2 + 1 − x+−
2
+− 1 )( x2 1 x2 1 )
x →+∞ x→+∞
x2 + 1 + − x2 1
= lim
(x 2
+ 1) − (x 2
− 1)
x →+∞
x2 + 1 + x2 −1
2
= lim
x →+∞
x2 + 1 + x2 − 1
2
= = 0
+∞
. ( O, i , j ) .‫م‬.‫م‬.‫ ﻓﻲ م‬f ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ‬ f ‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬-2
: ‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

* lim f ( x )
x → −∞
* lim f ( x )
x →+∞
* lim f ( x ) * lim f ( x )
x →0 x →0
x≺ 0 x 0
f ( x)
* lim * lim f ( x ) − x
x →−∞ x x →−∞
f ( x) f ( x) − 2
* lim * lim
x →+∞ x x→ 0 x
x≺ 0
: ‫اﻟﺠـــﻮاب‬
]− ∪, 0]+∞ ]0,
D f =∞ [
* lim f ( x ) = +∞
x →+∞
* lim f ( x ) = −∞
x →−∞
* lim f ( x ) = −∞
x →0
x 0
* lim f ( x ) = 2
x →0
x≺ 0
f ( x)
* lim =1
x →−∞ x
* lim f ( x ) − x = 1
x →−∞
‫‪f ( x) − 2‬‬
‫‪* lim‬‬ ‫‪=1‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x≺ 0‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪* lim‬‬ ‫∞‪= +‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷراﺗﻴﺐ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫) ﻷن‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) (‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ‪. D f‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪* lim f ( x‬‬ ‫) ‪* lim f ( x‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬ ‫‪x →0‬‬
‫‪x≺ 0‬‬ ‫‪x 0‬‬
‫) ‪* lim f ( x‬‬ ‫) ‪* lim f ( x‬‬

‫∞‪x →−‬‬ ‫∞‪x → +‬‬
‫هﻞ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 0‬؟‬

‫ﺣﺪد ‪:‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪* lim‬‬
‫∞‪x →−‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪* lim f ( x ) − x‬‬
‫∞‪x →−‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪* lim‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪.g = f‬‬ ‫أﻋﻂ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪ ، f‬ﺛﻢ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮات اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺠـــﻮاب ‪:‬‬
‫=∞ ∪[‪D f =∞ ]−∪ , 0‬‬
‫}‪+{0‬‬ ‫‪]0,‬‬ ‫[‬
‫∞‪* lim f ( x ) = +‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬
‫‪x≺ 0‬‬
‫∞‪* lim f ( x ) = +‬‬

‫‪x →0‬‬
‫‪x 0‬‬
* lim f ( x ) = −∞
x →−∞
* lim f ( x ) = −∞
x →+∞
lim f ( x ) = +∞ : ‫ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻷن‬f

x →0
f ( x)
* lim =1
x→−∞ x
* lim f ( x ) − x = 1
x →−∞
f ( x)
* lim =0
x →+∞ x
x −∞ 0 +∞
+∞ +∞
f ( x)
−∞ −∞
x −∞ -1 0 1 +∞
+∞ +∞ +∞ +∞
f ( x)
0 0
: ‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬-4

f ( x) = x ( x 2 − 1)
Df = x ∈ { x ( x 2 1) 0
/ −≥ }
x −∞ -1 0 1 +∞
x −1
2 + - - +
x + + + +
x ( x 2 − 1) + - - +
D f =∞
−∪]− , ∪1]∞+ {0} [1, [
1
f ( x) = − x2
x
1 ⎫
Df = { x≠∈ /x 0 ‫و‬ − x2 ≥ 0⎬
x ⎭
1 1 − x3
− x2 =
x x
(1+− x ) (1 + x x 2 )
=
x
‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬

‫‪1− x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪1− x‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫]‪D f = ]0,1‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪1 − cos ( x − 1‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬
‫)‪( x − 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ‪. D f‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ f‬ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ‪. 1‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ g‬هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ‪ ، Dg‬ﺛﻢ أﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪ g‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪات ‪. Dg‬‬
‫اﻷﺟــﻮﺑــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪Df‬‬ ‫}‪\ {1‬‬
‫) ‪lim f ( x‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺤﺴﺐ‬
‫‪x →1‬‬
‫)‪1 − cos ( x − 1‬‬

‫‪lim f ( x ) = lim‬‬
‫)‪( x − 1‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪X = x −1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪( x → 1‬‬ ‫‪(X‬‬

‫→ ⇔‬ ‫)‪0‬‬
‫‪1 − cos X‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪lim f ( x ) = lim‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫∈ =‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪X →0‬‬ ‫‪X‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫إذن ‪ f :‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ‪. 1‬‬
‫وهﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ هﻮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ g‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪⎧g ( x) = f ( x‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫⎨‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪x ≠1‬‬
‫= )‪⎪ g (1‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪Dg‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪−1 ≤ cos x ≤ 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪−1 ≤ cos ( x − 1) ≤ 1‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫)‪−1 ≤ − cos−( x ≤ 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫)‪0 ≤ 1≤− cos ( x − 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪1 − cos ( x − 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫}‪\ {1‬‬ ‫≤ ‪0‬‬ ‫≤‬
‫)‪( x − 1‬‬ ‫)‪( x − 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫)‪( x − 1‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
lim g ( x ) = 0 : ‫إذن‬
x →+∞
: ‫ داﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ‬f ‫ ﻋﺪدا ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ و‬k ‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬-6

⎧ f ( x ) = x+ + kx −1 ; x
2
1
⎪
⎨ x +1
⎪ f ( x) = ; x ≤ −1
⎩ x−2
. ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬k ‫ﺣﺪد‬
: ‫اﻟﺠـــﻮاب‬
]−∞; −1∪−
[ ]+∞1; [ ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
. -1 ‫ﻳﻜﻔﻲ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ ﻣﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن‬: ‫إذن‬
: ‫وﻟﻬﺬا ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ان ﺗﻜﻮن‬
lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x ) = f ( −1)
x →−1 x→− 1
x ≺ −1 x −1
0 = 2 − k : ‫أي‬
k = 2
: ‫ أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ‬-7
1
lim+ sin x ⋅ sin -a
x →0 x
1
∀x ∈ *
+ −1 ≤ sin ≤1 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x
1
∀x ∈ *
+ sin ≤ 1 : ‫أي‬
x
1
∀x ∈ *
+ sin x ⋅ sin ≤ sin x : ‫إذن‬
x
lim sin x = 0 : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬

x →0+
1
lim sin x ⋅ sin = 0 : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
x → 0+ x
1
lim+ sin x ⋅ sin = 0 : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
x →0 x
lim x 2 ( cos x + 2 ) -b
x →+∞
∀x ∈ −1 ≤ cos x ≤ 1 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
∀x ∈ 1 ≤ cos x + 2 ≤ 3 : ‫إذن‬
∀x ∈ x 2 ≤ x 2 ( cos x + 2 ) ≤ 3x 2 : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
lim x 2 = + ∞ : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬

x →+∞
‫‪lim x 2 ( cos x + 2 ) =∞+‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬

‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-II‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳـــﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ﻣﻨﻘﻂ ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ ‪. x0‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ) ‪ f ( x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺆول ‪ x‬إﻟﻰ ‪ x0‬هﻲ ‪ l‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪ :‬آﻠﻤﺎ اﻗﺘﺮﺑﺖ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪ x0‬ﻓﺈن ) ‪ f ( x‬ﺗﻘﺘﺮب ﻣﻦ ‪. l‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘــﺎج ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪lim f ( x ) = l / x0‬‬ ‫∈‪; l‬‬
‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫‪() ( ∀ε‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪( ≺x‬‬
‫∈∀ ‪0 ) ; ∃α ≺≺0 /‬‬ ‫‪Df‬‬ ‫‪);0−x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪x ⇒α‬‬ ‫‪− f ( x) l‬‬ ‫‪ε‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈــﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪x0‬‬ ‫∈‪; l‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫∞‪lim f ( x ) = +‬‬
‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫‪⇔() ( ∀A‬‬ ‫; )∃‪0‬‬ ‫≺≺‪α‬‬

‫≺∀‬
‫; ‪∈0‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪−f‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫⇒‪) ; 0‬‬ ‫‪x0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪α‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪lim f ( x ) = l‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫‪()⇔ ( ∀ε‬‬ ‫) ‪∃0‬‬ ‫≺‪B∀∈ 0‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫⇒‪D‬‬

‫≺‪f‬‬‫‪) ; B −x‬‬ ‫‪f ( x) l‬‬ ‫‪ε‬‬
‫∞‪lim f ( x ) = +‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫‪()⇔ ( ∀A‬‬ ‫‪0 ) ∃B‬‬ ‫‪0≺∀∈(≺ x‬‬ ‫‪Df‬‬ ‫⇒; )‬

‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪ c‬اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫‪(l‬‬ ‫∈ )' ‪⋅ l‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪lim f ( x‬‬ ‫) ‪lim g ( x‬‬ ‫) ‪lim ( f + g )( x‬‬ ‫) ‪lim ( f × g )( x‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ f‬‬

‫‪x → x0‬‬ ‫‪x → x0‬‬ ‫‪x → x0‬‬ ‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫) ‪lim ⎜ ⎟ ( x‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝g‬‬
‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‪l‬‬ ‫'‪l‬‬ ‫'‪l + l‬‬ ‫'‪l ⋅ l‬‬ ‫‪; l'≠ 0‬‬
‫'‪l‬‬
‫‪l‬‬ ‫‪0;l‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪l‬‬ ‫‪0;l‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫'‪l' ; l‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬
‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫‪F .I‬‬
‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪F .I‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪F .I‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫‪F .I‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪F .I‬‬
‫اﻷﺷﻜﺎل ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ‪:‬‬

‫∞‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫∞× ‪0‬‬ ‫) ‪( +∞ )∞ − ( +‬‬
‫∞‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻻﺗﺼـــﺎل‬
‫∈ ‪x0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ ‪، x0‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪lim f ( x ) = f ( x0‬‬
‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪. lim+ f ( x ) = f ( x0‬‬
‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪lim f ( x ) = f ( x0‬‬
‫‪x → x0−‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل ‪:‬‬

‫‪. x0 ∉ D f‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ‪ D f‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ﻣﻨﻘﻂ ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ ‪، x0‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f :‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪا ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ) ‪ f ( x‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ x0‬ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫∈ ‪lim f ( x ) = l‬‬
‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ g‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬

‫‪⎧⎪ g ( x )∈ = f ( x ) ; x‬‬ ‫‪Df‬‬
‫‪⎨g x‬‬
‫‪⎪⎩ ( 0 ) = xlim‬‬ ‫‪)( f x‬‬
‫‪→ x0‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ f‬ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ‪. x0‬‬
‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮن ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪ [ a, b‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ [‪ ]a, b‬وﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ a‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ وﻓﻲ ‪ b‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪Composée de 2 fonctions‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺮآﺐ داﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴـــﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ f‬و ‪ g‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺘﻴﻦ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬
‫= )‪g ( x‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫= )‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪1+ x‬‬ ‫‪x2 − 1‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ) ‪gof ( x‬‬
‫) ‪lim gof ( x‬‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫‪x →1‬‬
‫اﻟﺠــــﻮاب ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪Dg‬‬ ‫= ‪; Df‬‬ ‫\‬ ‫}‪{±1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ) ‪gof ( x‬‬
‫)‪1+ f ( x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬
‫‪x2 −1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬
‫‪x2 − 1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫)‪( x − 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬
‫‪x2 −1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬
‫‪lim gof ( x ) = 1‬‬ ‫أي ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬
‫) ‪lim gof ( x‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎب‬

‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪lim f ( x ) = lim‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪x2 − 1‬‬
‫)‪( x − 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= lim ±‬‬

‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x2 −1‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪= lim ±‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x +1‬‬
‫‪lim g ( x ) = g ( 0 ) = 1‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬
‫‪lim gof ( x ) = 1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬

‫‪x →0‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴـــﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺮآﺒﺔ داﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺘﻴﻦ هﻲ داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬و ‪ g‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ) ‪. y0 = f ( x0‬‬
‫‪ gof‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪. x0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪f (I ) ⊂ J‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬و ‪ g‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ gof‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ lim f ( x ) = y0 ، x0‬و ‪ g‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪. y0‬‬

‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫) ‪lim gof ( x ) = g ( y0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬

‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺻﻮرة ﻣﺠﺎل ﺑﺪاﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∈( ∀y‬‬
‫‪= [ m; M ]) ( ∃x‬‬ ‫)] ‪[ a , b‬‬ ‫)‪/ f (x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫وهﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن ‪:‬‬
‫]‪ ، I = [ a, b‬ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f‬ﺷﻤﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ I‬ﻧﺤﻮ ‪. J‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ] ‪ J = [ m, M‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫] ‪( [ a , b ] ) = [ m, M‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪاﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ هﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺻﻮرة ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪. [ a, b‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن ‪:‬‬
‫)] ‪( ∀y ∈ [ m, M ]) ( ∃ ' x ∈ [a, b‬‬ ‫‪/ f (x) = y‬‬
‫وهﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن ‪:‬‬
‫] ‪ J = [ m, M‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ وﺣﻴــﺪ ﻣﻦ ]‪. I = [ a, b‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪:‬‬
‫وﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f :‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑــﻞ ﻣﻦ ]‪ I = [ a, b‬ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ] ‪. J = [ m, M‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪.f‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪ [ a, b‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﺑــﻞ ﻣﻦ ]‪ [ a, b‬ﻧﺤﻮ ] ‪([ a, b ]) = [ m, M‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪f‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺻﻮرة ﻣﺠﺎل ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ f : 1‬ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫) ‪J = f (I‬‬
‫] ‪[ a, b‬‬ ‫⎦⎤ ) ‪⎡⎣ f ( a ) ; f ( b‬‬
⎡ ⎡
[ a, b[ ⎢ f ( a ) ; lim() f x ⎢
⎢⎣ x →b
x≺ b ⎢⎣
⎤ ⎤
]a , b ] ⎥ lim f ( x ) ()
;f b ⎥
⎦⎥ x a ⎦⎥
x →a
[ a, +∞[ ⎡ f ( a ) ; lim() f x ⎡
⎣ x →+∞ ⎣
]−∞, +∞[ ⎤ lim f ( x ) ; lim() f x ⎡
⎦ x →−∞ x→+∞ ⎣
.‫ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‬f : 2‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

I f (I )
[ a, b ] ⎡⎣ f ( b ) ; f ( a ) ⎤⎦
[ a, b[ ⎤ lim f ( x ) ()
⎦ x≺ b
;f a ⎤
⎦
]a, b ] ⎡ f ( b ) ; lim()f
⎣ x a
x ⎡
⎣
[ a, +∞[ ⎤ lim f ( x ) ()
⎦ x →+∞
;f a ⎤
⎦
]−∞,b] ⎡ f ( b ) ; lim()f
⎣ x →−∞
x ⎡
⎣
]−∞, +∞[ ⎤ lim f ( x ) ; lim( f) x ⎡
⎦ x →+∞ x→−∞ ⎣
: ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـــﻖ‬
: ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬J ‫ و‬I ‫ﺣﺪد ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺎﻟﻴﻦ‬
x −1
I ∞= [ 0, + [ , J = [ 0, 2] f ()x =
x +1
\ {−1} ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
: ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
x −1 x +1− 2
f ( x) = =
x +1 x +1
2
= 1 −
x +1
.‫ ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‬f : ‫إذن‬
⎡ 1⎤
− f ([0, 2]) = ⎡⎣ f ( 0 ) ;()f 2 ⎤⎦ = ⎢ 1 ; ⎥
3⎦
: ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
⎣
f ([ 0, +∞[ ) = ⎡ f ( 0 ) ; lim()f x ⎡ = [ -1,1[
⎣ x →+∞ ⎣
I = [ 0, π ] ; J= ; f ( x ) = cos x
. I ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
f ([0, π ]) = ⎡⎣ f (π) ) ; f ( 0 ⎤⎦ : ‫إذن‬

= [ −1 ; 1]
‫‪.‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ f :‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫]‪= [ −1 ; 1‬‬
‫)‪(T.V.I‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻣﺒﺮهﻨﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴــﺔ‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫)] ‪([ a, b‬‬ ‫و ] ‪= [ m, M‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[ a, b‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ λ‬ﻣﻦ ] ‪ [ m, M‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ]‪. [ a, b‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ ]‪. [ a, b‬‬ ‫وهﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ λ‬ﻣﻦ ] ‪ [ m, M‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪f ( x ) = λ‬‬
‫] ‪0 ∈ [ m, M‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ ]‪. [ a, b‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺮهﻨﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫و ‪f ( a ) ⋅ f (b) ≺ 0‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[ a, b‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ وﺣﻴﺪا ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪. [ a, b‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـــﻖ ‪: 1‬‬
‫و ‪. f (b) ≺ b‬‬ ‫)‪f (a‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [ a, b‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪a‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = x‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪. [ a, b‬‬
‫‪g ( x) = f ( x) − x‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪ :‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪. [ a, b‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪ :‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ g‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪. [ a, b‬‬
‫‪g (a) = f (a) − a‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪g (b) = f (b) − b ≺ 0‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪g ( a) ⋅ g (b) ≺ 0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ g ( x ) = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ]‪. [ a, b‬‬
‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = x‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪. [ a, b‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪f ( x ) = x3 − 1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = x + x −1‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = 1 + sin x − x‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ f :‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪f ( 2) = 7‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪f ( 0 ) = −1‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪f ( 0) ⋅ f ( 2) ≺ 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ f ( x ) = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫∞‪lim f ( x ) = +‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫∞‪lim f ( x ) = −‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬

‫∞‪x →−‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪f ( 0) = 1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪f (π ) = 1 − π ≺ 0‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪f ( 0 ) ⋅ f (π ) ≺ 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ -6‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ I = [ a, b‬و ] ‪f ( I ) = J = [ m, M‬‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫[∞‪. I = [ 0, +‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ g‬ﻗﺼﻮر اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ g :‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ I‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ J‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ) ‪ g −1 ( x‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪. J‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ g :‬ﻗﺼﻮر ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ [∞‪. I = [ 0, +‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫و ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﺟﺬرﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫إذن ‪ f :‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪ g :‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫‪x2 + 1 − 1‬‬
‫‪∀x ∈ I‬‬ ‫= )‪g ( x‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x2 + 1‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ) I‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪x 2 + 1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪ g :‬ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ‪. J‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ g :‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳــﺪ ‪: J‬‬
‫‪. g ( 0) = 0‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪lim g ( x ) = 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫[‪J = [ 0,1‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺤﺪد ) ‪ g −1 ( x‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ [‪. J = [ 0,1‬‬

‫[‪∀x ∈ [ 0,1‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪∈ [ 0, +‬‬
‫∞ ‪∀y‬‬ ‫[‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫)‪( x‬‬ ‫)‪= y ⇔ x = g ( y‬‬
‫‪y2‬‬
‫‪⇔ x = 2‬‬
‫‪y +1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪⇔ x = 1 −‬‬
‫‪y +1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪= −+x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪y +1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪⇔ y2 +1‬‬
‫‪1− x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫= ‪⇔ y 2=−‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1− x‬‬ ‫‪1− x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪⇔ y = ±‬‬
‫‪1− x‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫= ‪y‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪1− x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫= ) ‪x J ; g −1 ( x‬‬
‫∈∀‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1− x‬‬
‫[∞‪D f = [ 0, +‬‬ ‫‪f ( x) = x‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪−1‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪.f‬‬ ‫‪ f‬وﺣﺪد ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ f‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ‪ f −1 ( x ) :‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪. D f −1‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ f :‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. D f‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‬ ‫إذن ‪ f :‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ f‬هﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺤﺪد ) ‪f −1 ( x‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫∈∀ ;‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪f −1 ( y ) = x = ⇔ y‬‬ ‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫= ‪⇔ y‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪⇔ y = x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀y‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪f −1 ( y ) = y 2‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪f −1 ( x ) = x 2‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪f (I ) = J‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ، I‬و‬
‫)=‪y J ; f ( x‬‬
‫∈∀ ; ‪∀x ∈ I‬‬ ‫⇔‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪= x‬‬ ‫) ‪f −1 ( y‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪∀x ∈ I ; f −1 o f ( x ) = x‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪∀y ∈ J ; f o f −1 ( y ) = y‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫دراﺳﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪: f −1‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ ) f‬اﻟﺮﺗﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ . I‬و ‪ f −1‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪. f‬‬
‫‪f (I ) = J‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ x‬و ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪. J‬‬
‫‪f −1 ( x ) = a‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪f −1 ( y ) = b‬‬
‫) ‪f −1 ( x ) − f −1 ( y‬‬
‫‪Τ f −1‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x − y‬‬
‫‪a − b‬‬
‫=‬
‫) ‪f ( a ) −( f b‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪f ( a ) −() f b‬‬ ‫‪Τf‬‬
‫‪a − b‬‬
‫‪Τ f −1 × Τ f‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫إذن ‪ f‬و ‪ f −1‬ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻰ‪).‬اﻟﺮﺗﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘـﺎج وﺧﺎﺻﻴـﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ f‬و ‪ f −1‬ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻰ ‪) .‬اﻟﺮﺗﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪: f −1‬‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫=‬‫} ‪ f ( x ) = y‬و ‪{ M ( x, y ) ∈ P / x ∈ I‬‬
‫‪f −1‬‬
‫} ‪ f ( y ) = x‬و ‪= { M ( y, x ) ∈ P / y ∈ J‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫} ‪ f ( x ) = y‬و ‪= { M ( y, x ) ∈ P / x ∈ I‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ) ‪ B ( b, a‬و ) ‪ A ( a, b‬ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺼﻒ اﻷول ) ‪. ( y = x‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻــﺔ وﺧﺎﺻﻴـﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ) ‪. ( O, i , j‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺼﻒ اﻷول‪.‬‬ ‫‪f −1‬‬

‫و‬ ‫‪f‬‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫∈‪n‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪ .1‬داﻟﺔ اﻟﺠـﺬر ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺗﺒـﺔ ‪n‬‬
f ( )=
+ +
‫و‬ +
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ f :(x x n ) ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
+
. ‫ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f −1 ‫ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ‬f : ‫إذن‬
f −1 ( x ) = n x : ‫وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑــ‬
: ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ وﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎت‬
+
∀x ∈ ; ∀∈
n *
(1
( x)
n
n
xn = x = n
f ( x ) = xn
f −1 ( x ) = n
x
x = f −1 ( f ( x ) ) = n f ( x) = n
xn
‫ﻣﺜــﺎل‬
4 = 2
4 = 2
3
8 = 3
23 = 2
4
16 = 4
24 = 2
+
. ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f −1 : x n
x : ‫( اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬2
+
∀x, y ∈ (3
n
x = n y ⇔ x= y
n
x n y ⇔ x y
+
∀x, ∈
y∈ ; ∀n *
(4
n xy = n
x × n y
+
∀x ∈ ; ∀x ∈ *
+ ∀∈
; n *
n
x x
n =
y n y
+
∀x ∈∈ ; ∀n, m *
(5
n m
x = n× m
x = m n
x
( x)
m
n
xm = n
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫∈∀‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫∈∀ ;‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ 1n‬‬
‫)‪( a‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪= a= == a‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎜a‬‬
‫⎠ ⎝‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪a = a‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ a‬ﻋﺪدا ﻣﻦ ‪ +‬و ‪ r‬ﻋﺪدا ﺟﺬرﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد ‪ a r‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﺠﺬرﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد ‪ a‬ذات اﻷس ‪. r‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫=‪r‬‬ ‫∈‪; x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫)‪( x‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪x = x‬‬ ‫==‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪xp‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺮآﺒﺔ داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وداﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﺬر ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪: n‬‬
‫= )‪g ( x‬‬ ‫‪()f‬‬

‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ g‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x0 ∈ I‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬وﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪x0‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪ g‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪. x0‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬ﻓﺈن ‪ g‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫ﻣﺜــﺎل ‪:‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪x2 + 1‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪x2 + 1‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫إذن ‪ :‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺮآﺒﺔ داﻟﺔ وداﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﺬر ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪: n‬‬

‫‪x0 ∈ I‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ . I‬و‬
‫‪lim f ( x ) = l‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫‪lim n f ( x ) = n l‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬

‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﺼﻮص ‪:‬‬
‫⇒ ∞ ‪lim f ( x ) = +‬‬ ‫∞ ‪lim n( f) x = +‬‬

‫‪x → x0‬‬ ‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘـــﺎت ‪:‬‬
: ‫أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

x −3 2
lim (1
x →+∞ 3
x3 + 1
: 1 ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘــﺔ‬
3
x 1−
x −3 2
x2 = 1
lim = lim
x →+∞
x +1
3 3 x→+∞ 1
x 3 1+ 3
x
: 2 ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘــﺔ‬
1
lim
x2 − 3
= lim
(x 2
− 3) 2
1
x3 + 1
(x + 1) 3
x →+∞ 3 x→+∞
3
( x 2 − 3) 6 (x − 3)
2 3
= lim = lim 6
(x + 1)
2 2
(x + 1)
x →+∞ x→+∞ 3
3 6
x6
= lim 6 = 1
x →+∞ x6
1
3 1 1
x x3 − 1
lim == lim 1
= lim x 3 6
lim (2
x →+∞ 6
x x→+∞
6
x→+∞ →+∞
x x6
x
‫ﺗﻤﺎرﻳﻦ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ اﻷول ‪:‬‬
‫‪B = lim‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪A = lim‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ ‪ a‬و ‪ b‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪f‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪C = lim‬‬ ‫‪x4 + x + 1 − x − 3‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫⎧‬ ‫‪x2 + x − a‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫⎪⎪‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪; x>2‬‬
‫‪x−2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺴﺎدس‪:‬‬ ‫⎨‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ [∞‪ [ 0, +‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪⎪ f ( x) = 2x + b‬‬ ‫‪; x≤2‬‬
‫⎩⎪‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪∀x ∈ [ 0, +∞[ :‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = x2 + 1 + 2x‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪. x0 = 2‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ f‬رﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل [∞‪. [ 0, +‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪد اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪ a‬و ‪ b‬و ‪ c‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪f‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ، f‬ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ ، J‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل [∞‪. [ 0, +‬‬ ‫⎧‬ ‫‪3 x 2 − 2bx + 1‬‬
‫‪⎪ f ( x) = 2‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪x >1‬‬
‫‪2 x + ax − a − 2‬‬
‫‪ f‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪. J‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫)‪( x‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد‬ ‫⎪‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪−2 x 2 + 3 x + 3‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = x‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫= )‪⎨ f ( x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪x < 1 :‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪x2 + 1‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪. [1, 2‬‬ ‫⎪‬ ‫‪2+c‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫= )‪f (1‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ‪:‬‬ ‫⎩‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﺴﻁ اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪. x0 = 1‬‬
‫)‪( 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4. 8.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3. 3 9‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫=‪ B‬و‬ ‫=‪ A‬و‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪81.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪⎧ f ( x) = 2 x 2 − 3 x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪x < −1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫⎪‬
‫‪⎨ f ( x) = x + 4‬‬ ‫‪; −1 ≤ x < 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪27 .49 .16‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫⎪‬
‫) ‪(9 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪⎩ f ( x) = x + 1 + 2‬‬ ‫‪x ≥1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫;‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ -1‬و ‪ 0‬و ‪. 1‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬أدرس اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪f‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺭ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ ‪ g‬اﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫\ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬هﻞ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫⎧‬ ‫‪x +1 −1‬‬
‫‪3 2‬‬
‫‪⎪g ( x) = 1+‬‬ ‫‪; x≠0‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫⎨‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪g ( 0) = 1‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬
‫أ‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ‪ Dg‬ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻒ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪. g‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬أﺣﺴﺐ ) ‪. lim g ( x‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد ‪ Df‬ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻒ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪. f‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫ﺟـ‪ -‬أدرس اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ g‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪.0‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪ f‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪات ‪. Df‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ g‬ﻗﺼﻮر اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل [∞‪. I = ]1, +‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫أ‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ g‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ‪ g −1‬ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪1− x‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ ، J‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪. I‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪1+ 3 x‬‬ ‫ب‪ -‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ‪. g −1‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد ‪ Df‬وأﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ) ‪. lim f ( x‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ − x + x + 1 = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ وﺣﻴﺪا ‪α‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ f‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ، f −1‬ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺎل‬
‫ﻓﻲ \ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن [‪. α ∈ ]1, 2‬‬
‫‪ ، J‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ ‪. Df‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ x3 − 3 x + 1 = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻁ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد ) ‪ f −1 ( x‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪. J‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻮل ﻓﻲ \ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ أﻋﻁ ﺗﺄﻃﻴﺭا ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ‪. 5 ×10−1‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = x‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ وﺣﻴﺪا ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ x3 − 6 x 2 + 6 = 0‬ﺣﻼن ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻁ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪. [ 0,1‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪. [ −2, 4‬‬
‫‪ .4‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻻﺷﺘـﻘـــــــــﺎق‬
‫اﻻﺷﺘﻘـﺎق ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄــﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-I‬‬
‫أﻧﺸﻄــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻖ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x0 = 1‬‬ ‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪-a‬‬
‫‪x2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪f ( x ) − f (1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= lim x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪1 − x2‬‬
‫‪= lim‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫)‪x 2 ( x − 1‬‬
‫‪= lim‬‬
‫) ‪(1 − x )(1 + x‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫)‪x 2 ( x − 1‬‬
‫) ‪− (1 + x‬‬
‫‪= lim‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬
‫‪= − 2‬‬
‫إذن اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻖ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ‪ x0 = 1‬هـﻮ ‪. −2‬‬
‫‪f ' (1) = −2‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫‪x0 = 2‬‬ ‫‪f ( x) = x‬‬ ‫‪-b‬‬
‫‪x − 2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= lim‬‬
‫‪x →2‬‬ ‫‪x − 2‬‬ ‫‪x→2‬‬ ‫‪x +‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪2 2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪f ' ( 2‬‬ ‫إذن ‪ f :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬و‬
‫‪2 2‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أدرس ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ اﺷﺘﻘﺎق ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x0 = 1‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = x2 − 3x + 2‬‬ ‫‪-a‬‬
‫‪⎧⎪ x 2 − 3 x + 2‬‬ ‫‪ x 2‬أو ‪x ≺ 1‬‬

‫‪f ( x) = ⎨ 2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎪⎩− x + 3 x − 2‬‬ ‫‪1≤ x ≤ 2‬‬
‫)‪f ( x ) − f (1‬‬ ‫‪− x 2 + 3x − 2‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= lim‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪1≺ x‬‬
‫‪x − 1‬‬ ‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪x 1‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫) ‪− ( x − 1)( x − 2‬‬
‫‪= lim‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪x 1‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫) ‪= lim − ( x − 2‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪x 1‬‬
‫‪= 1‬‬
‫‪f 'd (1) = 1‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪f ( x ) − f (1‬‬ ‫‪x − 3x + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= lim‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪x ≺1‬‬
‫‪x − 1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫→‬
‫‪x ≺1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪= lim x − 2 = − 1‬‬

‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪x ≺1‬‬
‫‪f 'g (1) = −1‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪f 'd (1) ≠ f 'g (1‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪ f :‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪. 1‬‬
‫⎧‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫; ‪⎪⎪ tan x‬‬ ‫≺‪0≺ x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x0 = 0‬‬ ‫)‪f ( x‬‬ ‫⎨ =‬ ‫‪-b‬‬
‫; ‪⎪sin x‬‬ ‫‪−π‬‬
‫‪≺ x≤0‬‬
‫⎩⎪‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪f ( x ) − f (0‬‬ ‫‪tan x‬‬
‫‪lim+‬‬ ‫‪= lim+‬‬ ‫‪= 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x →0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫)‪f ( x ) − f ( 0‬‬ ‫‪sin x‬‬
‫‪lim−‬‬ ‫‪= lim−‬‬ ‫‪= 1‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x →0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪f 'd ( 0 ) = f 'g ( 0 ) = 1‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫إذن ‪ f :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪x0 = 0‬‬
‫‪. f ' ( 0) = 1‬‬ ‫و‬
‫; ‪⎪⎧ x‬‬ ‫‪x ≥1‬‬

‫‪x0 = 0‬‬ ‫⎨ = )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪-c‬‬
‫; ‪⎪⎩ x + 1‬‬ ‫‪x ≺1‬‬
‫‪lim f ( x ) = lim x + 1 = 2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪x ≺1‬‬ ‫‪x ≺1‬‬
‫‪lim f ( x ) = lim+‬‬ ‫‪x = 1‬‬

‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪x 1‬‬
‫‪ f‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪. 1‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬

‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪ f :‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪. 1‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ذات‬ ‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ) (‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫اﻷﻓﺼﻮل ‪. x0‬‬
‫‪x0 = 0‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = x3 + 1‬‬ ‫‪-a‬‬
‫‪f ( 0) = 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪f ( x ) − f ( 0‬‬ ‫‪x3 + 1 − 1‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= lim‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x →0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x3 + 1 − 1‬‬
‫‪= lim‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x3 + 1 + 1‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪x2‬‬
‫‪= lim‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪x3 + 1 + 1‬‬ ‫)‬
‫)‪= 0 = f ' ( 0‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ 0‬هـﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟــ ) (‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
‫) ‪y = f ' ( 0 )( x − 0 ) + f ( 0‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻓﻲ ‪ 0‬هــﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪y = 1‬‬
‫‪x0 = 1‬‬ ‫‪f ( x) = 3 x‬‬ ‫‪-b‬‬
‫‪f (1) = 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪f ( x ) − f (1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= lim‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪= lim‬‬
‫‪x →1‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫()‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x2 +‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x + 1‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= lim‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪x →1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x + 1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪f ' (1‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس هــﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪y‬‬ ‫)‪( x − 1‬‬ ‫‪+ 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪y‬‬ ‫‪x +‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬اﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ‪ D f‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ ‪، x0‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x ) − f ( x0‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫∈ ‪= l‬‬
‫‪x → x0‬‬ ‫‪x − x0‬‬
‫‪f ' ( x0 ) = l‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد ) ‪ f ' ( x0‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻖ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ‪. x0‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.α‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪0‬‬ ‫‪[ x0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻔﺘﻮح [ ‪, x0 + α‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫‪f 'd ( x0 ) = l‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد ) ‪ f 'd ( x0‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ‪. x0‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ] ‪. ] x0 − α , x0‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x ) − f ( x0‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫∈ ‪= l‬‬
‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫‪x0 x‬‬
‫‪x − x0‬‬
‫‪f 'g ( x0 ) = l‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد ) ‪ f 'g ( x0‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ‪. x0‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ وﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪x0‬‬
‫) ‪f 'd ( x0 ) = f 'g ( x0‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر‬
‫‪ -4‬اﻟﺘﺄوﻳﻞ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪y‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ‪ P‬اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ م‪.‬م‪.‬م‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) (‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫) ‪M ( x, y‬‬ ‫‪. M0‬‬ ‫و )) ‪( x , f ( x‬‬

‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫)‪(Δ‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x0‬‬
‫‪x0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x ) − f ( x0‬‬
‫هﻮ ﻣﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪. ( MM 0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x − x0‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮب ‪ M‬ﻣــﻦ ‪. M 0‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( M 0 M‬ﻳﻘﺘﺮب ﻣﻦ ) ‪. ( Δ‬‬

‫إذن ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( Δ‬هـﻮ‬
‫) ‪f ( x ) − f ( x0‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫) ‪= f ' ( x0‬‬
‫‪x → x0‬‬ ‫‪x − x0‬‬
‫إذن ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( Δ‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪y = f ' ( x0 ) x + p‬‬
‫) ‪M 0 ( x0 , f ( x0 ) ) ∈ ( Δ‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪f ( x0 ) = f ' ( x0 ) x0 + p‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = f ( x0 ) − f ' ( x0 ) x0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪y = f ' ( x0 ) x + f ( x0 ) − f ' ( x0 ) x0‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫أو ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪y = f ' ( x0 )( x − x0 ) + f ( x0‬‬
‫) ) ‪. M 0 ( x0 , f ( x0‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫وهﺬﻩ هﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟــ ) (‬

‫‪f‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻤﺎس ﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ داﻟــﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ هﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟــ ) (‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫) ‪⎧⎪ y = f 'd ( x0 )( x − x0 ) + f ( x0‬‬

‫⎨‬
‫⎩⎪‬ ‫‪x ≥ x0‬‬
‫‪ -2‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر هﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟــ ) (‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫) ‪⎧⎪ y = f 'g ( x0 )( x − x0 ) + f ( x0‬‬

‫⎨‬
‫⎩⎪‬ ‫‪x ≤ x0‬‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪f 'd ( x0 ) = 2‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪f ( x0 ) = 1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x0‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪f 'd ( x0 ) = −2‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫= ) ‪f 'g ( x0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪f 'g ( x0 ) = −2‬‬
‫‪f 'g ( x0 ) = −1 ; f 'd ( x0 ) = 1‬‬
‫‪f 'g ( x0 ) = −1‬‬ ‫‪f 'd ( x0 ) = 2‬‬
‫‪M0‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻤﺎس ﻣﻮاز ﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻷراﺗﻴــﺐ‬

f ( x ) − f ( x0 )
lim+ = ±∞ : ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
x → x0 x − x0
f ( x ) − f ( x0 )
lim− = ±∞ : ‫أو‬
x → x0 x − x0
. x0 ‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻤﺎس ﻣﻮاز ﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻷراﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ‬ ( )f : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
f ( x ) − f ( x0 ) f ( x ) − f ( x0 )
lim− = +∞ lim+ = +∞
x → x0 x − x0 x → x0 x − x0
f ( x ) − f ( x0 ) f ( x ) − f ( x0 )
lim− = −∞ lim+ = −∞
x → x0 x − x0 x → x0 x − x0
f ( x ) − f ( x0 ) f ( x ) − f ( x0 )
lim = −∞ lim = +∞
x → x0 x − x0 x → x0 x − x0
: ‫اﻟﺪاﻟــﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘـــﺔ‬ -II
: ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬f ‫ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ‬f ' ‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ‬

f ( x ) = ( x 2 + 1) x -1
x
f ( x) = -2
x +1
2
f ( x ) = x2 −1 -3
f ( x ) = tan 5 ( x ) -4
: ‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴـﺢ‬
f ' ( x ) = ⎡⎣( x 2 + 1) x ⎤⎦ ' : ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬-1
= (x 2
+ 1) ' x + (x 2
+ 1) ( x )'
1
= 2x x + (x 2
+ 1)
2 x
= 2x x +
(x 2
+ 1) x
2x
x
f ( x) = : ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬-2
x +1
2
x ' ( x 2 + 1) − x ( x 2 + 1) '
f '( x) = : ‫إذن‬
(x + 1)
2 2
x2 + 1 − 2 x2
=
(x + 1)
2 2
− x2 + 1
=
(x + 1)
2 2
⎧⎪ x 2 − 1 ; x ≺ −1 ‫أو‬ x 1
f ( x) = ⎨ -3
⎪⎩1 − x ; −1 ≤ x ≤ 1
2
⎧2 x ; x ≺ −1 ‫أو‬ x 1
f '( x) = ⎨ : ‫إذن‬
⎩−2 x ; −1 ≤ x ≤ 1
f ( x ) = tan 5 ( x ) -4
f ' ( x ) = 5 tan 4 ( x ) ( tan ( x ) ) '
= 5 tan 4 x (1 + tan 2 ( x ) )
5 tan 4 x
=
cos 2 ( x )
: ‫ﺧﻼﺻــﺔ‬
(u ⋅ v ) ' = u ' v + uv '
⎛u⎞ u ' v − uv '

⎜ ⎟' =
⎝v⎠ v2
(u + v ) ' = u' + v'
( ku ) ' = k ⋅u ' / k ∈
(u ) '
n
= nu n −1 ⋅ u ' / n ∈
‫ﺟﺪول ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎت اﻟﺪوال اﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎدﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈــﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟــﺔ ' ‪f‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟــﺔ ‪f‬‬
‫∈‪a‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪ax + b‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫* ∈‪n‬‬ ‫‪n ⋅ x n −1‬‬ ‫‪xn‬‬
‫‪x≠0‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪2 x‬‬
‫‪−d‬‬ ‫‪ad − bc‬‬ ‫‪ax + b‬‬
‫≠‪x‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫' ) ‪( cx + d‬‬ ‫‪cx + d‬‬
‫‪− sin x‬‬ ‫) ‪cos ( x‬‬
‫‪cos x‬‬ ‫) ‪sin ( x‬‬
‫) ‪−a sin ( ax + b‬‬ ‫) ‪cos ( ax + b‬‬
‫) ‪a cos ( ax + b‬‬ ‫) ‪sin ( ax + b‬‬
‫≠‪x‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪+ kπ‬‬ ‫= ) ‪1 + tan 2 ( x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫) ‪tan ( x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫) ‪cos 2 ( x‬‬
‫) ‪af ' ( ax + b‬‬ ‫) ‪f ( ax + b‬‬
‫اﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠــﺎل ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪ ، I‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ آﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪. I‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪[ x0‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎن ﺣﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع [ ‪, x0 + α‬‬ ‫‬
‫= ‪Df‬‬ ‫‪] x0 − α‬‬ ‫= [ ‪, x0 + α‬‬ ‫‪[ x0‬‬ ‫[ ‪, x0 + α‬‬ ‫وآﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫و ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪. x0‬‬
‫) ‪f ' ( x0 ) = f 'd ( x0‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪ ، I‬ﻓﺈن داﻟﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ' ‪ f‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫)‪( 2‬‬
‫‪.f‬‬ ‫وإذا آﺎﻧﺖ ' ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ، I‬ﻓﺈن داﻟﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ' ‪ f‬وﺗﻜﺘﺐ " ‪ f‬أو‬
‫) (‬
‫' ) ‪f ( n +1) = f ( n‬‬ ‫وﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا وﺟﺪت ) ‪ f ( n‬وآﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ، I‬ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ‪ n‬ﻣﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﺑﺪاﻟــﺔ ﺗﺂﻟﻔﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-III‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x ) = (1 + 2 x‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪f ' ( x ) = 3 (1 + 2 x ) ⋅ 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪= 6 (1 + 2 x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪f ' ( 0) = 6‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬

‫‪f ( 0) = 1‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x) = 1 + 3( 2x ) + 3( 2x‬‬ ‫)‪(2x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪= 1 + 6x + 12x 2 + 8 x 3‬‬
‫) ‪= 1 + 6x + x (12x + 8 x 2‬‬
‫‪= f ( 0 ) + f ' ( 0 )( x − 0 ) +‬‬ ‫‪( x − 0 ) (12x‬‬ ‫) ‪+ 8x2‬‬
‫‪lim 12x + 8 x 2 = 0‬‬ ‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن ‪:‬‬

‫‪x →0‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ‪ x‬ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪. 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 12x + 8 x 2‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫)‪. f ( x‬‬ ‫‪1 + 6x‬‬ ‫ﺑﺠﻮار ﺻﻔﺮ‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪. u ( x ) = 1 + 6x‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ u‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺂﻟﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ‪. x0 = 0‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ وﺗﻌﺮﻳــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ ‪. ( I ) x0‬‬
‫‪. ∀x ∈ I‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا وﺟﺪت داﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ ‪ x0‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫∈ ) ‪f ( x ) = ax + b + ϕ ( x )( x − x0 ) / ( a, b‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪lim ϕ ( x ) = 0‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ‪:‬‬

‫‪x → x0‬‬
‫ﺑــ ‪:‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ u‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪u ( x ) = ax + b‬‬
‫) ‪u ( x ) = f ' ( x0 )( x − x0 ) + f ( x0‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺂﻟﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ‪. x0‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ذات اﻷﻓﺼﻮل ‪. x0‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ u‬هﻮ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟــ ) (‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-IV‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ داﻟﺔ ﻣﺮآﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴــﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪d f ( x‬‬
‫= )‪f '( x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪dx‬‬
‫= ) ‪fog ′ ( x‬‬
‫‪d‬‬ ‫) ) ‪( fog ( x‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪dx‬‬
‫‪g ( x) = y‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬
d f ( y) dy
fog ′ ( x ) = ⋅ : ‫إذن‬
dy dx
=
d ( f ( y )) ⋅
d ( g ( x ))
dy dx
= f '( y) ⋅ g '( x)
= f '( g ( x)) × g '( x)

: ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
( fog ) ' ( x ) = f ' ( g ( x )) × g ' ( x )
( gof ) ' ( x ) = g '( f ( x)) × f '( x)
: ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴــﺔ‬
. f (I ) ⊂ J ‫ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬J ‫ داﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل‬g ‫ و‬x0 ∈ I ، I ‫ داﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل‬f ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
. f ( x0 ) = y0 ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ‬g ‫ و‬x0 ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ‬f ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
. x0 ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ‬gof : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
( gof ) ' ( x ) = g '( f ( x )) × f '( x ) : ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
. J ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ‬g ‫ و‬I ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬

. I ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ‬gof : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
∀x ∈ I ; ( gof ) ' ( x ) = g ' ( f ( x )) × f ' ( x ) : ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
: ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘـــﺎت‬
: ‫أﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
⎛ π⎞
f ( x ) = cos ⎜ 2 x + ⎟ -1
⎝ 2⎠
⎛ π⎞ ⎛ π⎞
∀x ∈ ; f ' ( x ) = cos' ⎜ 2 x + ⎟ × ⎜ 2 x + ⎟ ' : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠
⎛ π⎞
= − 2 sin ⎜ 2 x + ⎟
⎝ 2⎠
f ( x ) = cos ( ax + b ) ⇒ f ' ( x ) = − cos' ( ax + b ) ⋅ ( ax + b ) ' -2
= − a sin ( ax + b )
g ( x ) = f ( ax + b ) -3
g ' ( x ) = f ' ( ax + b ) ⋅ ( ax + b ) '
= a ⋅ f ' ( ax + b )
f ( x) = v ( x) -4
u ( x) = x : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
f ( x ) = uov ( x ) : ‫إذن‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪u '( x‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪2 x‬‬
‫)‪f '( x) = u '(v ( x)) × v '( x‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪× v '( x‬‬
‫)‪2 v ( x‬‬
‫)‪v '( x‬‬
‫=‬
‫)‪2 v ( x‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪. f (I ) = J‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. J‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ f :‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ I‬ﻧﺤﻮ ‪. J‬‬
‫وﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f −1 :‬اﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪. f‬‬
‫‪∀x ∈ J ; f o f −1 ( x ) = x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬و ‪ f −1‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. J‬‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ J‬‬ ‫‪(f‬‬ ‫‪o f −1 ) ' ( x ) = 1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫'‪f‬‬ ‫' )) ‪( f ( x‬‬

‫‪−1‬‬
‫×‬ ‫)‪( f ( ) ) ' ( x‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪= 1‬‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ J‬‬ ‫)‪( f ( ) ) ' ( x‬‬

‫‪−1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫) ) ‪f ' ( f −1 ( x‬‬
‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x0 = f −1 ( y0 ) ; f ( x0 ) = y0‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫) ‪( f )' ( y‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫=‬
‫) ‪f ' ( x0‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪. I‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬و ‪. x0 ∈ I ، f ' ( x0 ) ≠ 0‬‬ ‫‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪ :‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f −1‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ) ‪. y0 = f ( x0‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫) ‪( f )' ( y‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫=‬
‫) ‪f ' ( x0‬‬
‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ داﻟﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻌﺪم ﻓﻲ ‪، I‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. f ' ( I ) = J :‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫وﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪ I‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪( f ) ' ( x‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫=‬
‫) ) ‪f ' ( f −1 ( x‬‬
‫‪ : 1‬ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ داﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﺬر ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرﺟﺔ ‪. n‬‬
f ( x ) = xn : ‫ﺑــ‬ +
‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
f −1 ( x ) = n x
f ' ( x ) = n x n −1 :‫و‬
1
( f ) ' ( x)
−1
=
f ' ( f −1 ( x ) )
: ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
1
=
( x)
n −1
n
n
( x )'
n
=
n n
1
x
n −1
: ‫إذن‬
: ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈــﺔ‬
( x )'
n
=
⎛ 1⎞
1
n −1
n ⎜ xn ⎟
⎝ ⎠
1− n
1 1 1 1n −1
= n −1
= ⋅xn = x
n
n n
nx
: ‫ﺧﻼﺻـــﺔ‬
⎛ 1n ⎞ 1 1n −1
( )
n
x ' = ⎜ x ⎟' =
⎝ ⎠ n
x
: ‫ﻣﺜـــﺎل‬
f ( x) = x -1
1
= x2
−1
1
∀x ∈ *
+ ; f '( x) = ⋅ x2
2
1 1
= 1
=
2 x
2x 2
1
f ( x) = 3
x = x 3
-2
1 13 −1 1 −32
∀x ∈ *
+ ; f '( x) = x = x
3 3
1 1
= 2
=
3
3x 3 3 x2
: ‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘـــﺎج‬
∀r ∈ *
-a
∀x ∈ *
+ (x )' r
= r x r −1
. I ‫ داﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬-b

.r∈ ‫و‬ f ( x) 0 ، I ‫ ﻣﻦ‬x ‫وﻟﻜﻞ‬
( f )'
r
= r f r −1 ( x ) × f ' ( x )
: ‫أﻣﺜﻠـــــﺔ‬
f ( x) = (x + 1)
2 2
3 -1
2
= (x 2
+ 1) 3
2
2
(x + 1) 3
−1
f '( x) = 2
⋅ ( 2x )
3
4x
= 1
3 ( x + 1)
2 3
( )
2
f ( x) = x− 2 -2
∀x ∈ *
+ ; f '( x) = 2 ( x− 2 × ) 2
1
x
x − 2
=
x
f ( x) = x + 1 + x2 + x + 1 -3
2x + 1
f '( x) = 1 +
2 x2 + x + 1
x +1
f ( x ) = x2 -4
2x −1
−3
( 2 x − 1)
2
x +1
f '( x) = 2x + x2
2x −1 x +1
2
2x −1
( u )' =
2 u
u'
‫ﺗﺪآﻴﺮ‬
⎛ ax + b ⎞ ad − bc
⎜ ⎟' =
⎝ cx + d ⎠ ( cx + d )
2
‫دراﺳـــﺔ اﻟــــــﺪوال‬
‫أﻧــﺸـﻄــــﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-I‬‬
‫[∞‪[ 2, +‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪f ( x) = x − 1 +‬‬ ‫‪x2 − 3 x + 2‬‬ ‫ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫هــﻮ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ م‪.‬م‪.‬م‪. ( O, i , j ) .‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫‪f‬‬
‫) ‪lim f ( x‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪ -1‬أﺣﺴﺐ ) ‪f ( 2‬‬

‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫)‪f ( x ) − f ( 2‬‬
‫‪ lim‬ﺛـﻢ اﻋﻂ ﺗﺄوﻳﻼ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬أ‪ -‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x→2‬‬
‫‪x 2‬‬
‫‪x − 2‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬أﺣﺴﺐ ) ‪ f ' ( x‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ [∞‪ ، ]2, +‬واﻋـﻂ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮاﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪5‬‬
‫‪lim f ( x ) − ⎜ 2 x − ⎟ = 0‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬
‫وأول اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪f ( 2) = 2 − 1 +‬‬ ‫‪22 − 3 × 2 + 2‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪= 2 −1 +‬‬ ‫‪4 − 6 + 2‬‬
‫‪= 1‬‬
‫‪lim f ( x ) = lim x − 1 +‬‬ ‫‪x2 − 3 x + 2‬‬

‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim x − 1 = +‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫∞‪x→+‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪x 2 − 3x + 2 = lim‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬

‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫∞‪= +‬‬
‫) ‪lim f ( x‬‬ ‫∞‪= +‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫)‪f ( x ) − f ( 2‬‬ ‫‪x − 1 + x 2 − 3x + 2 − 1‬‬

‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= lim‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬أ‪-‬‬
‫‪x →2‬‬
‫‪x 2‬‬
‫‪x − 2‬‬ ‫‪x →2‬‬
‫‪x 2‬‬
‫‪x − 2‬‬
‫‪x − 2 +‬‬ ‫‪x 2 − 3x + 2‬‬

‫‪= lim‬‬
‫‪x →2‬‬
‫‪x 2‬‬
‫‪x − 2‬‬
‫‪x 2 − 3x + 2‬‬
‫‪= lim 1 +‬‬
‫‪x→2‬‬
‫‪x 2‬‬
‫‪x − 2‬‬
‫‪x 2 − 3x + 2‬‬
‫‪= lim 1 +‬‬
‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‪− 2‬‬
‫‪x→2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x 2‬‬
f ( x ) − f ( 2) ( x − 2 ) ( x − 1)
lim = lim 1 +
x − 2 ( x − 2)
x →2 x→2 2
x 2 x 2
x −1
= lim 1 +
x→2
x 2
x − 2
= 1 + ( +∞ )
= +∞
: ‫ اﺳﺘﻨﺘــﺎج‬
.‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻤﺎس ﻣﻮازي ﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻷراﺗﻴﺐ وﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬ f ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬2 ‫ﻓﻲ‬
f ( x) = x − 1 + x2 − 3 x + 2 : ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬-‫ب‬
2x − 3
∀x ∈ ]2, +∞[ f '( x) = 1 + : ‫إذن‬
2 x2 − 3 x + 2
x 2 : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
2x − 3 0
∀x ∈ ]2, +∞[ f '( x) 0 : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
: f ‫ﺟــﺪول ﺗﻐﻴـﺮات‬
x 2 +∞
f '( x) +∞ +
f ( x) +∞
1
⎛ 5⎞
lim f ( x ) − ⎜ 2 x − ⎟ = 0 : ‫ ﻟﻨﺐ ي ن أن‬-3
x →+∞
⎝ 2⎠
⎛ 5⎞ 5
lim f ( x ) − ⎜ 2 x − ⎟ = lim x − 1 + x 2 − 3x + 2 − 2 x + : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x →+∞
⎝ 2⎠ x →+∞ 2
3
= lim x 2 − 3x + 2 − x +
x →+∞ 2
⎛ 3⎞
= lim x 2 − 3x + 2 − ⎜ x − ⎟
x →+∞
⎝ 2⎠
⎛ 9⎞
(x 2
− 3x + 2 ) − ⎜ x 2 − 3x + ⎟
⎝ 4⎠
= lim
x →+∞ 3
x 2 − 3x + 2 + x −
2
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪3‬‬
‫⎟ ‪x 2 − 3x + 2 + ⎜ x −‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪5‬‬
‫= ⎟ ‪lim f ( x ) − ⎜ 2 x −‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪5‬‬
‫‪lim f ( x ) − ⎜ 2 x − ⎟ = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﻮار ∞‪. +‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎرب ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﻟــ‬ ‫‪y = 2x −‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ذو اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪y = 2x −‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳـــﻦ ‪: 2‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪4 x − x2‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺣﺪد ‪. D f‬‬
‫‪ (2‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪات ‪. D f‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ [‪: ]0, 4‬‬
‫‪x − 2‬‬
‫= )‪f '( x‬‬
‫‪(4 x‬‬ ‫) ‪− x2‬‬ ‫‪4 x − x2‬‬
‫اﻋﻂ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪. f‬‬
‫‪ (4‬أﻧﺸﺊ ‪. f‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ذو اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ x = 2‬ﻣﺤﻮر ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻟــ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪Df‬‬ ‫‪{x‬‬ ‫∈‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪4x − x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫}‪0‬‬
x −∞ 0 4 +∞
x − 0 + +
4 − x + + 0 −
4 x − x2 − 0 + 0 −
D f = ]0 , 4[ : ‫إذن‬
1
lim+ f ( x ) = lim+ (2
x→0 x →0
4 x − x2
= +∞
1
lim f ( x ) = lim+
x → 4+ x→4
4 x − x2
= +∞
: ]0, 4[ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬x ‫ ﻟﻜﻞ‬f ' ( x ) ‫( ﺣﺴﺎب‬3
1
1
(4 x − x2 )
−
f ( x) = = 2
4 x − x2
3
1
(4 x − x2 )
−
f '( x) = − 2
(4 − 2 x)
2
x − 2
= 3
(4 x − x 2 2
)
x − 2
= 2 1
(4 x − x 2 2
) × ( 4 x − x2 ) 2
x − 2
f '( x) = : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
(4 x − x2 ) 4 x − x2
: ‫ﺟـﺪول اﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮات‬ -
x 0 2 4
f '( x) − 0 +
f ( x) +∞ +∞
. f ‫( إﻧﺸﺎء‬4
y
1
½
0 1 2 3 4 x
‫; ‪∀x ∈ D f‬‬ ‫‪4 − x ∈ Df‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ D f‬‬ ‫= )‪f (4 − x‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪4 (4 − x) −‬‬ ‫)‪(4 − x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ D f‬‬ ‫= )‪f (4 − x‬‬
‫‪16 − 4 x − 16 + 8 x − x 2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪4x − x2‬‬
‫)‪= f ( x‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ذو اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ x = 2‬ﻣﺤﻮر ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻟــ‬
‫ﺗـﺬآـﻴـــﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺤــﻮر ﺗﻤﺎﺛــﻞ‬
‫إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪ D ( x = a‬ﻣﺤﻮر ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻞ ) (‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ D f‬‬ ‫‪2a − x ∈ D f‬‬
‫)‪f (2 a − x) = f ( x‬‬ ‫و‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪x=a‬‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪//‬‬
‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪x1 + x = 2 a‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x1 = 2 a − x‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x1 ) = f ( x‬‬
‫)‪f (2 a − x) = f ( x‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺮآـﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﺛــﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ) ‪. I ( a, b‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x1‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪x1‬‬
‫‪x1 + x = 2 a‬‬
‫‪f ( x1 ) + f ( x ) = 2 b‬‬
‫‪x1 = 2 a − x‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x1 ) = 2 b − f ( x‬‬
‫)‪f (2 a − x) = 2 b − f ( x‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ I ( a, b‬ﻣﺮآﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻟــ‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ D f‬‬ ‫‪2a − x ∈ D f‬‬ ‫‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ D f‬‬ ‫)‪f (2 a − x) = 2 b − f ( x‬‬ ‫‬
‫ﻣـﻠـﺨـــﺺ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴـﺔ اﻻﺷﺘﻘــﺎق ورﺗـﺎﺑــﺔ داﻟــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫‪ f‬ﺛﺎﺑﺘــﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬ ‫ إذا آﺎن ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪f ' ( x ) = 0 : I‬‬
‫) ‪ ) f ' ( x‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟــ ' ‪ f‬أن ﺗﻨﻌﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻨﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ (‪.‬‬ ‫ إذا آﺎن ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪0 ، I‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪ f :‬ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫ إذا آﺎن ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ) f ' ( x ) ≺ 0 ، I‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟــ ' ‪ f‬أن ﺗﻨﻌﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻨﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪ f :‬ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪x1‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫داﻟــﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻄــﺎرف‬
‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫‪ -a‬اﻟﻘﻴــﻢ اﻟﻘﺼــﻮى‬
‫‪I ⊂ Df‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪x0 ∈ I‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ) ‪ f ( x0‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﺼﻮى ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ I‬‬ ‫) ‪f ( x ) ≤ f ( x0‬‬
‫و ‪x0 ∈ I‬‬ ‫] ‪I = [ a, b‬‬ ‫ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد ) ‪ f ( x0‬هﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﺼﻮى ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫[ ‪∀x ∈ [ a, x0‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫) ‪f ' ( x0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ ] x0 , b‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪f ' ( x0 ) ≺ 0‬‬ ‫و‬
‫‪f ' ( x0 ) = a‬‬ ‫و‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪x0‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬

‫)‪f '( x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬ ‫) ‪f ( x0‬‬
‫‪ -b‬اﻟﻘﻴــﻢ اﻟﺪﻧﻴــﺎ‬
‫‪I ⊂ Df‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪x0 ∈ I‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ) ‪ f ( x0‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ دﻧﻴـﺎ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ I‬‬ ‫) ‪f ( x ) ≥ f ( x0‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ I‬ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ ‪، x0‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ) ‪ f ( x‬ﻣﻄﺮاﻓــﺎ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ' ‪ f‬ﺗﻨﻌﺪم ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬وﺗﻐﻴﺮ إﺷﺎرﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻘﻌــﺮ ﻣﻨﺤﻨـﻰ داﻟــﺔ وﻧﻘـﻂ اﻻﻧﻌﻄــﺎف ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫و) (‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪I‬‬
‫ﻓﻮق‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤ ـﺪب ) أو ﺗﻘﻌﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ اﻷراﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ( إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ) (‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻤﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻤﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻌـﺮ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن‬ ‫) (‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫وﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻌـــﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤـﺪب‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫و) (‬ ‫‪f‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪب‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ " ‪ f‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬ﻓﺈن‬ ‫‬

‫ﻣﻘﻌــﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ " ‪ f‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬ﻓﺈن‬ ‫‬
‫إذا اﻧﻌﺪﻣﺖ " ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ‪ ( x0 ∈ I ) x0‬وﺗﻐﻴﺮ إﺷﺎرﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ) ‪ I ( x0 , f ( x0‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻧﻌﻄـﺎف‪.‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪Branches infinies‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻔــﺮوع اﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋـﻴــﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪. f‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا ﺁﻟﺖ ‪ x‬أو ) ‪ f ( x‬إﻟﻰ ∞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ) (‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫) ) ‪{M ( x , f ( x‬‬ ‫‪/ x ∈ Df‬‬ ‫}‬

‫‪ -a‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤـﺎت اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﺑــﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨـﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim f ( x ) = +‬‬ ‫أو‬ ‫∞ ‪lim f ( x ) = +‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬

‫‪x → x0+‬‬ ‫‪x → x0−‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( x = x‬ﻣﻘﺎرب ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻟــ )‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪lim f ( x ) = b‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬

‫∞→ ‪x‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﻮار ∞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟــ ) (‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎرب أﻓﻘــﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪( y = b‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن‬
‫)‪( a ≠ 0‬‬ ‫‪lim f ( x ) − ( a x + b ) = 0‬‬

‫∞→ ‪x‬‬
‫‪ -3‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻮار ∞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟــ ) (‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ذو اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y = ax + b‬ﻣﻘﺎرب‬
‫‪lim h ( x ) = 0‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫)‪f ( x) = a x + b + h ( x‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬

‫∞→ ‪x‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﻮار ∞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟــ ) (‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ذو اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y = ax + b‬ﻣﻘﺎرب‬
‫ﺑﺠﻮار ∞ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟــ ) (‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ذو اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y = ax + b‬ﻣﻘﺎرﺑﺎ‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= a‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪lim f ( x ) − a x = b‬‬
‫∞→ ‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞→ ‪x‬‬
‫‪( a , b) ∈ 2‬‬ ‫أو‬ ‫‪(a‬‬ ‫∈‬ ‫*‬

‫∈ ‪, b‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪ -b‬اﻻﺗﺠــﺎهــﺎت اﻟﻤﻘـﺎرﺑـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫∞ = ) ‪lim f ( x‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫∞ =‬ ‫‪ -1‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ اﺗﺠﺎهﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷراﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺠﻮار ∞‪. +‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ اﺗﺠﺎهﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻮار ∞ ‪.‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫∈‪= a‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪ -3‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫∞→ ‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫∞ = ‪lim f ( x ) − a x‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ اﺗﺠﺎهﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ذو اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y = ax‬ﺑﺠﻮار ∞ ‪.‬‬ ‫) (‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y = ax‬‬
‫∞‪b = +‬‬
‫∞‪b = −‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺧــﻼﺻــــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫∞ = ) ‪lim f ( x‬‬
‫∞→ ‪x‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= a‬‬
‫∞→ ‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫∞ = ‪a‬‬ ‫∈ ‪a‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪a = 0‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪f‬‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎهﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷراﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫‪lim f ( x ) − a x = b‬‬ ‫اﺗﺠﺎهﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺠﻮار ∞‬ ‫ﺑﺠﻮار ∞‬
‫∈ ‪b‬‬ ‫∞‪b = ±‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪y = ax + b‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪f‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎرب ﻟــ ‪ f‬ﺑﺠﻮار ∞‬ ‫اﺗﺠﺎهﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ y = ax‬ﺑﺠﻮار ∞‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎرﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪:1 ‬‬
‫‪f (x )  x x  1  x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ‪ f ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪: ‬‬
‫‪-1‬ﺃ‪ ‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ D ‬ﺣﻴﺰ‪ ‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪. f ‬‬
‫) ‪f (x‬‬
‫‪ lim‬ﺗﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻋﻂ‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ‪ ‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‪ lim f (x ) ‬ﻭ‪ lim f (x ) ‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬
‫‪x ‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x ‬‬ ‫‪x ‬‬
‫‪( x 2  1  x )2‬‬
‫‪x   : f '(x ) ‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺃ‪ – ‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪x 2 1‬‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺃﻋﻂ‪ ‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ‬ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪. f ‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﺃ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ x   : f (x )  x :‬ﺗﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻭﻝ‪ ‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺃﻧﺸﻰ‪ (C f ) ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪. (o , i , j ) ‬‬
‫‪-4‬ﺃ‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ f ‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ‪ ‬ﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ ‬ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﺎﻝ‪ J ‬ﻳﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x  J : f 1 (x ) ‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪1  2x‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺃﻧﺸﻰ‪ (C f 1 ) ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻧﻔﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪f (x ) ‬‬ ‫‪x 2 1  x ;x  0‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ‪:2‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ f ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪: ‬‬
‫‪f (x ) ‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x 3  x  1; x  0‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪D f ‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺃﺩﺭﺱ‪ ‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ f ‬ﻓﻲ‪0 ‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺃﺩﺭﺱ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‪ f ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ 0 ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﻭﻝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‪ ‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ f ‬ﻋﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﺪﺍﺕ‪D f ‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺃﺩﺭﺱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﻝ‪(C f ) ‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‪ f '(x ) ‬ﻟﻜﻞ‪ x ‬ﻣﻦ‪ * ‬ﺗﻢ‪ ‬ﺿﻊ‪ ‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ‬ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ f ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪D f ‬‬
‫‪6x 2  2‬‬
‫‪ x  0 : f ''(x ) ‬ﺗﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ‪ ‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‪(C f ) ‬‬ ‫‪ (7‬ﺃ( ﺑﺮﻫﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪: ‬‬
‫‪9(x 3  x )5 / 3‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺃﺭﺳﻢ‪ (C f ) ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪. o , i , j ‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‪ g ‬ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪ f ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪I  ,0 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃ( ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ g ‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‪ I ‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﺎﻝ‪ J ‬ﻳﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ g‬ﻟﻜﻞ‪x  J ‬‬ ‫ﺏ(ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‪(x ) ‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﺃﻧﺸﺊ‪ (C g 1 ) ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻧﻔﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩ( ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‪. ( g )'(2) ‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪f (x )  1  x ‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ : 3 ‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ f ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪ ‬‬
‫‪1 x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ D f ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‪ ‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ f ‬ﻋﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﺪﺍﺕ‪D f ‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‪ f '(x ) ‬ﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﺟﻞ‪ x ‬ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻪ‪x   :1  (1  x 2 ) 1  x 2  0 : ‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺿﻊ‪ ‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ‬ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪f ‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ f (x )  0 ‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ‪ ‬ﺣﻼ‪ ‬ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺍ‪  ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪   2 ‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﻝ‪(C f ) ‬‬
‫‪ (C‬ﻭ‪: y   x  2 ‬‬ ‫‪ (7‬ﺃﺩﺭﺱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ‪ ‬ﻝ )‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ I (0,1) ‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ ‬ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻞ‪ ‬ﻝ ) ‪(C f‬‬

‫‪ (9‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ (C f ) ‬ﻣﻊ‪(Oy ) ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ (10‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪ ‬ﺫﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻓﺼﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‪ ‬ﻝ ‪ I‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ‪ (C f ) ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪o , i , j ‬‬
‫‪. (x  m ) 1  x‬‬ ‫‪ (11‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺣﺴﺐ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻣﺘﺮ ‪ m‬ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺣﻠﻮﻝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ x  1  x 2 ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪: 4 ‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ f ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪f (x )  3 sin(x )  cos(x )  1 : ‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﺗﻜﻔﻲ‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ f ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪D E    ,  ‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‪g (x )  3 cos(x )  sin(x ) ‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺭﺱ‪ ‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ g ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪D E ‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‪ f ( ) ‬ﻭ‪f ( ) ‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﻣﻤﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪ (C f ) ‬ﻋﻨﺪ‪ A ( , 1) ‬ﻭ‪B ( , 1) ‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺃﺩﺭﺱ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ D E ‬ﻧﻘﻂ‪ ‬ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺗﻘﻌﺮ‪(C f ) ‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺣﻞ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪f (x )  0 ‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺃﺭﺳﻢ‪ (C f ) ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ D E ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪. ‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪:5 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ‪ f ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪ f (x )  2x  x : ‬ﻭ‪ (C f ) ‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪. (o , i , j ) ‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ D f ‬ﺗﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﺣﺴﺐ‪lim f (x ) ‬‬

‫‪x ‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ‪ ‬ﻝ‪ (C f ) ‬ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺃ‪ -‬ﺃﺩﺭﺱ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ f ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‪ 2 ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ‪ ٬ 0 ‬ﺗﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻭﻝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪x (4  3x‬‬
‫‪x  D f  0,2 : f '(x ) ‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ f ‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‪ ‬ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ D f  0,2 ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪: ‬‬
‫‪3(f (x )) 2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ‪ ‬ﻣﻄﺎ‪ ‬ﺭﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﺃﻧﺸﻰ‪ ‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ‬ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪  f ‬‬
‫‪ - -4‬ﺃﻧﻨﺸﻰ‪ (C f ) ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪. (o , i , j ) ‬‬
‫‪ 4‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‪ g ‬ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ f ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ‪I  0,  ‬‬
‫‪ 3‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ g ‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‪ I ‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﺎﻝ‪ J ‬ﻳﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ g 1 ‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‪ ‬ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ‪ 1 ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ( g 1 )'(1) ‬ﺗﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺱ‪ ( ') ‬ﻝ‪ (C g 1 ) ‬ﻋﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪ ‬‬
‫)‪A (1,1‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺘــﺎﻟﻴــــﺎت اﻟﻌــﺪدﻳــــــﺔ‬
‫‪ -I‬اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎت‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎت‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ I‬ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ هﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ I‬ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫اﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎت‬
‫→ ‪ u : I‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ‬ ‫*‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﺼﻮرة ‪ n‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ‪ un‬ﻋﻮض ) ‪ . u ( n‬اﻟﻌﺪد ‪ un‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﺪ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ذا اﻟﻤﺪل ‪ n‬وﻳﺴﻤﻰ أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻌﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮض ‪. u‬‬ ‫‪(un )n∈I‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑـ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫هﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪(un )n∈I‬‬ ‫} ‪{un / n ∈ I‬‬

‫) ‪( un‬‬ ‫أو‬ ‫= ‪ I‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑـ ‪(u n )n ≥0‬‬ ‫اذا آﺎن‬ ‫*‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑـ ‪(u n )n ≥1‬‬ ‫=‪I‬‬ ‫*‬
‫ اذا آﺎن‬
‫‪(u n )n ≥n‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫∈ ‪ I = {n‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺑـ‬ ‫ اذا آﺎن } ‪/ n ≥ n0‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺒﻮرة – اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻐﻮرة‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪∀n ∈ I‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺒﻮرة اذا وﻓﻘﻂ اذا وﺟﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ M‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪un ≤ M‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪(un )n∈I‬‬
‫‪∀n ∈ I‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ (un )n∈I‬ﻣﺼﻐﻮرة اذا وﻓﻘﻂ اذا وﺟﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ m‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪u ≥ m‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ (un )n∈I‬ﻣﺤﺪودة اذا وﻓﻘﻂ اذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ (un )n∈I‬ﻣﻜﺒﻮرة و ﻣﺼﻐﻮرة‬
‫∈ ‪∃k‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪∀n ∈ I‬‬ ‫‪un ≤ k‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ ( un )n∈I‬ﻣﺤﺪودة ⇔‬
‫رﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪(un )n∈I‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ } ‪I = {n ∈ / n ≥ n 0‬‬
‫‪∀n ∈ I u ≥ u‬‬ ‫‪ (un )n∈I‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ⇔‬

‫‪n +1‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪∀n ∈ I u‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪ (un )n∈I‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ⇔‬

‫‪n +1‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪∀n ∈ I u ≤ u‬‬ ‫‪ (un )n∈I‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ ⇔‬

‫‪n +1‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪∀n ∈ I u ≺ u‬‬ ‫‪ (un )n∈I‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ⇔‬

‫‪n +1‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪∀n ∈ I u = u‬‬ ‫‪ (un )n∈I‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ⇔‬

‫‪n +1‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ( un )n ≥ n0‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ اذا آﺎن ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ r‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪∀n ≥ n 0 u n +1 = u n + r‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد ‪ r‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ أﺳﺎس اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة‬
‫‪u n −1 + u n +1‬‬
‫‪∀n‬‬ ‫= ‪n0 u n‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ( u n ) n ≥ n0‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ اذا وﻓﻘﻂ اذا آﺎن‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻌﺎم‬
‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫‪∀n ≥ n 0‬‬ ‫اذا آﺎن ‪(u n )n ≥n0‬‬
‫‪ http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ r‬ﻓﺎن ‪u n = u n 0 + ( n − n 0 ) r‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫) ‪ ( un‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ r‬ﻓﺎن ‪un = u0 + nr‬‬ ‫‪ -‬اذا آﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫‪ ( un )n≥1‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ r‬ﻓﺎن ‪∀n ≥ 1 un = u1 + ( n − 1) r‬‬ ‫‪ -‬اذا آﺎن‬
‫‪∀n ≥ p ≥ n0‬‬ ‫‪ ( un )n≥ n‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ r‬ﻓﺎن ‪un = u p + ( n − p ) r‬‬ ‫‪ -‬اذا آﺎن‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﺣﺪود ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪(u n )n ≥ n‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
‫) ‪( n − p ) (u p + u n −1‬‬
‫= ‪Sn‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎن‬ ‫اذا آﺎن ‪S n = u p + u p +1................ + u n −1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ u n −1‬هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﺧﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ n − p‬هﻮ ﻋﺪد ﺣﺪود اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع ‪ S n‬و ‪ u p‬هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷول ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮع ‪ S n‬و‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮع ‪S n‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( un‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﺎن ‪ S n‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ‪ n‬ﺣﺪا أوﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ هﻮ‬ ‫اذا آﺎن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫) ‪n (u 0 + u n −1‬‬
‫= ‪S n = u 0 + u1................ + u n −1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اذا آﺎن ‪ (u n )n ≥1‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﺎن ‪ S n‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ‪ n‬ﺣﺪا أوﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ هﻮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫) ‪n (u1 + u n‬‬
‫= ‪S n = u1 + u 2 ................ + u n‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪∀n ≥ n 0 u n +1 = qu n‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ (u n ) n ≥ n‬هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ اذا آﺎن ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ q‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد ‪ q‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ أﺳﺎس اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة‬
‫‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪ (u n )n ≥ n‬هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ اذا وﻓﻘﻂ ادا آﺎن ‪n 0 u n 2 =u n +1 ⋅ u n −1‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻌﺎم‬
‫‪ (u n )n ≥ n‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ q‬ﻓﺎن ‪∀n ≥ n 0 u n = u n0q n −n0‬‬ ‫اذا آﺎن‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫) ‪ ( un‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ q‬ﻓﺎن ‪un = u0 q n‬‬ ‫‪ -‬اذا آﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎن ‪∀n ≥ 1 u n = u1q n −1‬‬ ‫‪ ( un )n≥1‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪q‬‬ ‫‪ -‬اذا آﺎن‬
‫‪∀n ≥ p ≥ n 0‬‬ ‫‪ (u n )n ≥n‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ q‬ﻓﺎن ‪u n = u p q n − p‬‬ ‫‪ -‬اذا آﺎن‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﺣﺪود ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ (u n ) n ≥ n‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ q‬ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ‪1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪1− q‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪n−p‬‬

‫‪Sn =up ‬‬ ‫اذا آﺎن ‪ S n = u p + u p +1................ + u n −1‬ﻓﺎن ‪‬‬
‫‪ 1− q ‬‬
‫‪ n − p‬هﻮ ﻋﺪد ﺣﺪود اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع ‪ S n‬و ‪ u p‬هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷول ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮع ‪S n‬‬
‫) ‪ ( un‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ q‬ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ‪ 1‬ﻓﺎن ‪ S n‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ‪ n‬ﺣﺪا أوﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ هﻮ‬ ‫اذا آﺎن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪1− q n ‬‬
‫‪S n = u 0 + u1................ + u n −1 = u 0 ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 1− q ‬‬
‫‪ ( u n ) n ≥ 1‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ q‬ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ‪ 1‬ﻓﺎن ‪ Sn S n‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ‪ n‬ﺣﺪا أوﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ هﻮ‬ ‫اذا آﺎن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪1− q n ‬‬
‫‪S n = u1 + u 2 ................ + u n = u1 ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 1− q ‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫‪ (u n )n ≥ n‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 1‬ﻓﺎن ) ‪S n = u p + u p +1................ + u n −1 = u p ( n − p‬‬ ‫اذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪ -VII‬ﻧﻬــﺎﻳـــﺎت اﻟﻤـﺘـﺘـﺎﻟـﻴـــــﺎت ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗـﻤﻬـﻴـــﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪∀n ∈ I‬‬ ‫) ‪un = f ( n‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ( un )n∈I‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋـﺪدﻳــﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ I‬ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻌﻨــﻰ ﻟﺤﺴﺎب اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪ ( un‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺆول إﻟﻰ ∞‪. +‬‬ ‫‪ -‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ I‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫) ‪lim un = lim f ( n‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫∞‪n →+‬‬ ‫∞‪n →+‬‬
‫ﺗـﺬآـﻴـــﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim f ( x ) = +‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪( ∀A‬‬ ‫‪0 ) ( ∃B‬‬ ‫‪0 ) ( ∀x ∈ D f‬‬ ‫)‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫‪B ≺ x‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫)‪A ≺ f ( x‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim f ( n ) = +‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪( ∀A‬‬ ‫∈ ‪0 ) ( ∃N‬‬ ‫)‬

‫∞‪n →+‬‬
‫‪N ≺ n‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫)‪A ≺ f ( n‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim un = +‬‬
‫∞‪n →+‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪( ∀A‬‬ ‫∈ ‪0 ) ( ∃N‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪N ≺ n‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪A ≺ un‬‬
‫أﻣﺜـﻠـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬
un = 3
n +1 (1
lim un = lim 3 n + 1 = + ∞
n →+∞ n →+∞
un = n Arc tan n (2
π
lim un = lim n Arc tan n = + ∞ ⋅
n →+∞ n →+∞ 2
= +∞
: ‫ﻣـﻼﺣـﻈـــﺔ‬
lim un = − ∞ ⇔ ( ∀A 0 ) ( ∃N ∈ )
N ≺ n ⇒ un ≺ − A
lim un = − ∞ ⇔ lim ( −un ) = + ∞

n →+∞ n →+∞
: ‫ﺗـﺬآـﻴـــﺮ‬
lim f ( x ) = l ⇔ ( ∀ε 0 ) ( ∃B 0 ) ( ∀x ∈ D f )
x →+∞
B ≺ x ⇒ f ( x) − l ≺ ε
: ( q n ) ‫ ﻧـﻬـﺎﻳـــﺔ‬-2
. q n ‫ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬q ‫ﻧــﺎﻗﺶ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
1 ≺ q :1 ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
(α 0) / q = 1 + α : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
q n = (1 + α )
n
: ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
∀n ∈ (1 + α) ≥ 1 + nα
n
; : ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ أن‬
n = 0 : ‫ﻣﻦ أﺟــﻞ‬
(1 + α)
0
= 1 ; 1 + 0α = 1 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
(1 + α)
0
≥ 1 + 0α : ‫إذن‬
(1 + α) = 1 + α
1
(1 + α) ≥ 1 + α
1
: ‫إذن‬
(1 + α)
2
= 1 + 2 α + α2 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
(1 + α)
2
≥ 1 + 2α : ‫إذن‬
(1 + α) ≥ 1 + nα
n
: ‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن‬
(1 + α) ( n + 1) α
n +1
≥ 1 + : ‫وﻧﺒﻴﻦ أن‬
(1 + α) ≥ 1 + nα
n
(1 + α) ≥ (1 + α ) (1 + n α )
n +1
: ‫إذن‬
(1 + α)
n +1
≥ 1 + n α + α + n α2 : ‫إذن‬
(1 + α) ( n + 1) α
n +1
≥ 1 + + nα : ‫إذن‬
(1 + α) ( n + 1) α
n +1
≥ 1 + : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
∀n ∈ (1 + α) ≥ 1 + nα
n
; : ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
lim 1 + n α = + ∞ : ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
n →+∞
(1 + α) = +∞
n
lim : ‫إذن‬
n →+∞
lim q n = + ∞ : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
n →+∞
q = 1 :2 ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
lim q n
= lim 1 n
= 1
n →+∞ n →+∞
0 ≺ q ≺ 1 :3 ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
1
1 ≺ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
q
n
⎛1⎞
lim ⎜ ⎟ = + ∞ : ‫إذن‬
n →+∞
⎝q⎠
1
lim n = + ∞ : ‫إذن‬
n →+∞ q
lim q n = 0 : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
n →+∞
q = 0 :4 ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
lim q = 0 n
n →+∞
−1 ≺ q ≺ 0 :5 ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
( −q ) = 0
n
lim : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
n →+∞
( −1) qn = 0
n
lim : ‫إذن‬
n →+∞
‫‪lim q n = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬

‫∞‪n →+‬‬
‫‪q ≤ −1‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ‪:6‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪ q n‬ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻮﺟــﻮدة‪.‬‬
‫ﺧـﻼﺻــــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫⎧‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫‪1 ≺ q‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1 = q‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫= ‪lim q n‬‬ ‫⎨‬
‫∞‪n →+‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪−1 ≺ q ≺ 1‬‬
‫⎩⎪‬ ‫ﻏ ﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮدة‬ ‫‪q ≤ −1‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒـﻴﻘـــﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( un‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪⎛1 −‬‬ ‫⎞‪2‬‬
‫⎜⎜ = ‪un‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪⎝1 +‬‬ ‫⎠⎟ ‪2‬‬
‫‪1−‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪≺ 1+‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 −‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫≺‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1 −‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1 − 2 + 1+‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫= ‪+ 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1+ 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪1 + 2‬‬
‫‪1 −‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪−1‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1 −‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫≺ ‪−1‬‬ ‫‪≺ +1‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪lim un = 0‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪n →+‬‬
‫‪2n + 3n‬‬
‫= ‪un‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪2n − 3n‬‬
‫‪2n + 3n‬‬
‫‪lim un = lim‬‬
‫∞‪n →+‬‬ ‫∞‪n →+‬‬ ‫‪2n − 3n‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛2‬‬
‫‪⎜ ⎟ + 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪= lim ⎝ ⎠ n‬‬
‫∞‪n→+‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛2‬‬
‫‪⎜ ⎟ −1‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= −1‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻳــﻖ ﺗﻘــﺎرب ﻣـﺘـﺘـﺎﻟﻴــﺔ‬

‫‪.‬‬
‫و ‪. ( wn )n ≥ n‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪( vn )n≥ n‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪( un ) n ≥ n‬‬‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬إذا وﺟﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ N‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫‪un ≺ vn ≺ wn‬‬
‫‪lim un = lim wn = l‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪lim vn = l‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (2‬إذا وﺟﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ N‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪un ≺ vn‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim un = +‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬

‫∞ ‪lim vn = +‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪un ≺ vn‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim vn = −‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬

‫∞ ‪lim un = −‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬إذا وﺟﺪ ‪ N‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪un ≺ vn‬‬
‫‪lim vn = 0‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬

‫‪lim un = 0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬إذا وﺟﺪ ‪ N‬ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪un − l ≺ vn‬‬
‫‪lim vn = 0‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬

‫‪lim un = l‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (6‬إذا وﺟﺪ ‪ N‬ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪k‬‬
‫‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫≺ ‪un − l‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪lim un = l‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗـﻌـﺮﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( un‬ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑﺔ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴـﺔ‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬ـﺪة إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﻧﻘﻮل أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺒـﺎﻋ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴــﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫‪lim un = l‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫' ‪lim vn = l‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫' ‪lim un + vn = l + l‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫' ‪lim un ⋅ vn = l ⋅ l‬‬
‫‪un‬‬ ‫‪l‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫' ‪(l‬‬ ‫)‪≠ 0‬‬
‫‪vn‬‬ ‫'‪l‬‬
‫ﻣﺒـﺮهـﻨــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫آﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑﺔ وﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪un ≺ vn‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪N≺n‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎن ﻟﻚ‬
‫‪lim un = l‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫' ‪lim vn = l‬‬ ‫و‬
‫'‪l ≺ l‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫آﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ وﻣﻜﺒﻮرة هــﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫آﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ وﻣﺼﻐﻮرة هـﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘـﻨـﺘــــﺎج ‪:‬‬
‫آﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ وﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ هــﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫آﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ وﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ هـﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( un‬اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬

‫] ‪⎧⎪u0 ∈ [ a , b‬‬
‫⎨‬
‫) ‪⎪⎩∀n ∈ ; un +1 = f ( un‬‬
‫]‪∀ x ∈ [ a , b‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫]‪f ( x ) ∈ [ a , b‬‬ ‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫)] ‪([ a , b‬‬ ‫⊂‬ ‫]‪[a , b‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻤﻨﺼﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ a , b‬‬ ‫‪; f ( x) ≥ x‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ أن ) ‪ ( un‬ﻣﻜﺒـﻮرة‪.‬‬
‫‪a ≤ u0 ≤ b‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ‪n = 0‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪a ≤ un ≤ b‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪a ≤ un +1 ≤ b‬‬ ‫وﻧﺒﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫]‪f ( x ) ∈ [ a , b‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ]‪، [ a, b‬‬
‫‪a ≤ u0 ≤ b‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪a ≤ un +1 ≤ b‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬ ‫‪a ≤ f ( un ) ≤ b‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪1 ∀n‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪a ≤ un ≤ b‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫وﻟﻨﺒﻴﻦ أن ‪ ( un ) :‬ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳــﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ a, b‬‬ ‫‪f ( x) ≥ x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪a ≤ un ≤ b‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪f ( un ) ≥ un‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪un +1 ≥ un‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳــﺔ ‪.2‬‬ ‫) ‪( un‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫وﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬و ‪ 2‬ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ أن ‪ ( un ) :‬ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑــﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذن ﻟـﻬـﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ‪ l‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪l = f ( l‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳــﺔ ) ‪ ( un‬هــﻲ ﺣــﻞ اﻟﻤﻌـﺎدﻟــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪a ≤ x ≤ b‬‬ ‫‪f ( x) = x‬‬

‫] ‪⎧⎪u0 ∈ [ a , b‬‬
‫⎨‬
‫) ‪⎪⎩∀n ∈ ; un +1 = f ( un‬‬
‫]‪∀ x ∈ [ a , b‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫]‪f ( x ) ∈ [ a , b‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪a ≤ x ≤ b‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪a ≤ f ( x) ≤ b‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن ‪:‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ a , b‬‬ ‫‪; f ( x) ≤ x‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ أن ‪ ( un ) :‬ﻣﺼﻐــﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪a ≤ u0 ≤ b‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ‪n = 0‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪a ≤ un ≤ b‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪a ≤ un +1 ≤ b‬‬ ‫وﻧﺒﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫]‪f ( x ) ∈ [ a , b‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ]‪، [ a, b‬‬
‫‪a ≤ u0 ≤ b‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪a ≤ f ( un ) ≤ b‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪a ≤ un +1 ≤ b‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪1 ∀n‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪a ≤ un ≤ b‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪ ( un‬ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴــﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬

‫]‪∀x ∈ [ a, b‬‬ ‫‪f ( x) ≤ x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪a ≤ un ≤ b‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪f ( un ) ≤ un‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪un +1 ≤ un‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴــﺔ ‪.2‬‬ ‫) ‪( un‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫وﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬و ‪ 2‬ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ أن ‪ ( un ) :‬ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑــﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إذن ﻟـﻬـﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ‪ l‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪l = f ( l‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳــﺔ ) ‪ ( un‬هــﻲ ﺣــﻞ اﻟﻤﻌـﺎدﻟــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪a ≤ x ≤ b‬‬ ‫‪f ( x) = x‬‬
‫ﺧـﻼﺻــﺔ وﺧـﺎﺻﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪un +1 = f ( un‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ) ‪ ( un‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺔ‬
‫و ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠــﺎل ‪I‬‬
‫‪u0 ∈ I‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪f (I ) ⊂ I‬‬ ‫ﻣـــﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑــﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫) ‪( un‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫‪x ∈I‬‬ ‫‪، f ( x) = x‬‬ ‫ﻓــﺈن ﻧﻬـﺎﻳﺘـﻬــﺎ هـﻲ ﺣــﻞ اﻟﻤﻌـﺎدﻟــﺔ‬
‫‪⎧u0 = 1‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫⎨‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪⎪⎩∀n ∈ ; un +1 = 2 un + 1‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴــﺎ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑـــ ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪x + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫]‪، f ( x ) ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫‪، f ( x) ≥ x‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺒــﻮرة‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪( un ) :‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ ( un ) :‬ﺗـﺰاﻳـﺪﻳـﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ) ‪. ( un‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪. [ 0, 2‬‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫)]‪([0, 2‬‬ ‫⊂ ]‪= [1, 2‬‬ ‫]‪[ 0, 2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫∈ )‪، f ( x‬‬ ‫]‪[ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻦ ‪، f ( x ) ≥ x :‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻤﻨﺼﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪، [ 0, 2‬‬

‫]‪∀x ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫‪، f ( x) ≥ x‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪0 ≤ u0 ≤ 2‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ‪ n = 0‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪0 ≤ un ≤ 2‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮض أن ‪:‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫]‪، f ( x ) ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪0 ≤ f ( un ) ≤ 2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪0 ≤ un +1 ≤ 2‬‬ ‫أي ‪:‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫‪، 0 ≤ un ≤ 2‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺒــﻮرة‪.‬‬ ‫) ‪( un‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫]‪∀x ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫]‪، f ( x ) ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪f ( x) ≥ x‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫] ‪، un ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫‪، f ( un ) ≥ un‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪un +1 ≥ un‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳــﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫) ‪( un‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪ ( un ) :‬ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳــﺔ وﻣﻜﺒﻮرة ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑــﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ هــﻲ ﺣــﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟـﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x ∈ [ 0 , 2] ،‬‬ ‫)‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪= x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = x‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪x + 1 = x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪⇔ x = 2‬‬
‫]‪2 ∈ [ 0 , 2‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪lim un = 2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻤـﺮﻳــﻦ ﺗﻄﺒـﻴـﻘــﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪⎧u0 = − 1‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫⎨‬ ‫‪2 ⋅ un + 3‬‬
‫‪⎪∀n ∈ ; un +1 = u + 2‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪2x + 3‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬أدرس ﺗﻐﻴﺮات اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x + 2‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﺸﺊ اﻟﺤﺪود اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ) ‪. ( un‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ أﻧﺸﺊ ) (‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫≤ ‪− 1 ≤ un‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (3‬اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ رﺗﺎﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( un ) . u0 ، ( un‬ﻣﺘﻘﺎرﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ) ‪. ( un‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀n‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫≤ ‪− 1 ≤ un‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪u0 = − 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪، n=0‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬
‫≤ ‪−1 ≤ u0‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪u1 = 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪، n =1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬
‫≤ ‪−1 ≤ u1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫≤ ‪−1 ≤ un‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن ‪:‬‬
‫≤ ‪−1 ≤ un +1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫وﻧﺒﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫≤ ‪−1 ≤ un‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪f ( −1) ≤ f ( un ) ≤ f‬‬ ‫)‪( 3‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫≤ ) ‪1 ≤ f ( un‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫≤ ‪1 ≤ un +1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫≤ ‪−1 ≤ un +1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫≤ ‪−1 ≤ un‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ u0 = 2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫= ‪vn‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪−1 + 2un‬‬ ‫و ) ‪ (vn‬ﺏﺤﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ) ‪( un‬‬ ‫ﺕﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ (1‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
‫‪un − 1‬‬ ‫= ‪ un+1‬‬ ‫‪un‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪(1‬ﺏﻴﻦ أن ) ‪ (vn‬ﻡﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪( 2‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ‪ vn‬ﺙﻢ ‪ un‬ﺏﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪. n‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪u0 = 0; u1 = 1; un + 2‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪( un+1 + un ) :‬‬ ‫ﺕﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ( un )n∈ (2‬ﻡﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻧﻀﻊ‪ vn = un+1 − un :‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ n‬ﻡﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫أ( ﺏﻴﻦ أن ) ‪ (vn‬ﻡﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔهﻨﺪﺱﻴﺔ وﺣﺪد أﺱﺎﺱﻬﺎوﺣﺪهﺎ اﻷول‪.‬‬
‫ب( ﻋﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ‪ vn‬ﺙﻢ ‪ un‬ﺏﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪. n‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪. u5‬‬ ‫ﺕﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ (un ) (3‬ﻡﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔهﻨﺪﺱﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‪ u2 = 2 :‬و‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺣﺪد أﺱﺎس اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ) ‪. (un‬‬
‫‪ (vn ) (2‬ﻡﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‪ vn = 3n un − n :‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ n‬ﻡﻦ ∗ ‪.‬‬
‫أ( ﺏﻴﻦ أن ) ‪ (vn‬ﻡﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻴﺔ وﺣﺪد أﺱﺎﺱﻬﺎوﺣﺪهﺎ اﻷول‪.‬‬
‫‪S = 31 u1 + 32 u2 + 33 u3 + .... + 3n un‬‬ ‫ب( ( اﺣﺴﺐ ﺏﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪ n‬اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع ‪:‬‬
‫‪ u0 = 1‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ب ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪( un‬‬ ‫ﺕﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ (4‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ un+1 = un 3 2 + u3 ; n ∈ Ν‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ un > 0‬و ‪∀n ∈ Ν : un ≤ 3 2‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺏﻴﻦ ﺏﺎﻟﺘﺮﺝﻊ أن ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺏﻴﻦ أن ) ‪ (un‬ﺕﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺙﻢ اﺱﺘﻨﺘﺞ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻡﺘﻘﺎرﺏﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪vn‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ ) ‪ (vn‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ب ‪− 1; n ∈ Ν :‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪un3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫أ( ﺏﻴﻦ أن ) ‪ (vn‬ﻡﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔهﻨﺪﺱﻴﺔ أﺱﺎﺱﻬﺎ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ب(ﺣﺪد ) ‪ (vn‬ﺙﻢ ) ‪ (un‬ﺏﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪. n‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪lim un‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫ج(اﺣﺴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1  3  1  3‬‬ ‫‪ 1  ‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪S = 2    +   + .... + ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫د( اﺣﺴﺐ ﺏﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪ n‬اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع ‪:‬‬
‫‪  u0   u1 ‬‬ ‫‪ un−1  ‬‬
‫ﻡﻦ اﻗﺘﺮاح اﻷﺱﺘﺎذ‪:‬ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ اﻷﺻﺐ‬

‫‪5x + 2‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫ﺕﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ (5‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ I = [ 2, 3‬ب ‪:‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬
‫ب( ﺏﻴﻦ أن ‪. f ( I ) ⊂ I :‬‬ ‫‪(1‬أ(اﻋﻂ ﺝﺪول ﺕﻐﻴﺮات ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪I‬‬
‫‪u = 2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪5un + 2‬‬ ‫‪( 2‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ ) ‪ (un‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ب ‪:‬‬
‫‪ un+1 = u + 3 ; n ∈ Ν‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫أ( ﺏﻴﻦ أن‬

‫‪∀n ∈ Ν : 2 ≤ un ≤ 3‬‬
‫ب( ﺏﻴﻦ أن ) ‪ (un‬ﻡﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺕﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ج(اﺱﺘﻨﺘﺞ أن ) ‪ (un‬ﻡﺘﻘﺎرﺏﺔ و ﺣﺪد ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪2 + 3un2‬‬
‫= ‪∀n ∈ Ν : un+1‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪u0 = 1‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ب ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪( un‬‬ ‫ﺕﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ (6‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1 + 3un‬‬
‫‪3un‬‬
‫= ‪∀n ∈ Ν : 2 − un+1‬‬ ‫) ‪(2 − un‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬أ( ﺏﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 + 3un‬‬
‫‪∀n ∈ Ν : 0 ≺ un ≺ 2‬‬ ‫ب( ﺏﻴﻦ ﺏﺎﻟﺘﺮﺝﻊ أن ‪:‬‬
‫ج(ﺏﻴﻦ أن ) ‪ (un‬ﺕﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺙﻢ اﺱﺘﻨﺘﺞ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻡﺘﻘﺎرﺏﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪3un‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪∀n ∈ Ν :‬‬ ‫≺‬ ‫‪ (2‬أ( ﺏﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 + 3un 7‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ب( اﺱﺘﻨﺘﺞ أن ‪∀n ∈ Ν : 2 − un ≺   :‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ج( اﺣﺴﺐ ‪. lim un :‬‬
‫∞‪n →+‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫ب‪:‬‬ ‫‪R+‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﺕﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ (7‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
‫‪1+ x‬‬‫‪3‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪R+‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‬ ‫‪R+‬‬ ‫ﺕﻘﺎﺏﻞ ﻡﻦ‬ ‫‪ (1‬أ( ﺏﻴﻦ أن‬

‫‪f‬‬
‫ب( ﺏﻴﻦ أن ‪. ∀x ∈ R + : f ( x ) ≤ x :‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ج( ﺣﺪد ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪ [ 0,1‬ﺏﺎﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪u0‬‬
‫‪. 2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ب ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ) ‪( un‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫∈ ‪un +1 = f (un ), n‬‬
‫أ( ﺕﺤﻘﻖ أن ‪. ∀n ∈ Ν : 0 ≤ un ≤ 1 :‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪lim un‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫ب( اﺱﺘﻨﺘﺞ أن ) ‪ (un‬ﻡﺘﻘﺎرﺏﺔ ﺙﻢ اﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻡﻦ اﻗﺘﺮاح اﻷﺱﺘﺎذ‪:‬ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ اﻷﺻﺐ‬
‫اﻟــــــﺪوال اﻷﺻـﻠﻴـــــﺔ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ . I‬ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ F‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ F‬داﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪. I‬‬
‫)‪F '( x) = f ( x‬‬ ‫وﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪: I‬‬
‫ﻣﺜــــﺎل ‪:‬‬
‫‪F ( x ) = x2 + x + 1‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
‫‪F '( x) = 2 x + 1‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = 2 x + 1‬‬ ‫إذن ‪ :‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ F‬هﻲ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪد داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪f ( x) = 2‬‬ ‫‪-a‬‬
‫\ ∈ ‪F ( x) = 2 x + C / C‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = x‬‬ ‫‪-b‬‬

‫‪1 2‬‬
‫= )‪F ( x‬‬ ‫‪x + C‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = x3‬‬ ‫‪-c‬‬

‫‪1 4‬‬
‫= )‪F ( x‬‬ ‫‪x + C‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = xn‬‬ ‫*` ∈ ‪/ n‬‬ ‫‪-d‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪F ( x‬‬ ‫‪x n +1 + C‬‬
‫‪n +1‬‬
‫}‪f ( x ) = x r ; r ∈ `* − {−1‬‬ ‫‪-e‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪F ( x‬‬ ‫‪x r +1 + C‬‬
‫‪r +1‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = x‬‬ ‫‪-f‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= x2‬‬
‫‪2 32‬‬
‫= )‪F ( x‬‬ ‫‪x + Cte‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‪+ 1‬‬ ‫)‪(2 x‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-g‬‬
‫= )‪F ( x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‪+ 1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+ Cte‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ur ⋅ u ' :‬‬ ‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴــﺔ‬ ‫‪u r +1 + C‬‬
‫‪r +1‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺧـﺎﺻﻴـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ F‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ I‬ﻓﺈن ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬هــﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫\ ∈ ‪.λ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫‪F + λ‬‬
‫ﺑـﺮهــــﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ F‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬و ‪ λ‬ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪(F‬‬ ‫‪+ λ)' = F ' = f‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ F + λ‬هـﻲ أﻳﻀـﺎ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوال اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬هــﻲ ‪. F + λ‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ x0‬ﻣﻦ ‪ I‬و ‪ y0‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ \ ∈ ‪. y0‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ وﺣﻴﺪة ‪ F‬ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫‪F ( x0 ) = y0‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫أﻣـﺜـﻠـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺸﺮط ‪. F ( x0 ) = y0‬‬
‫‪F ( 2) = 1‬‬ ‫‪f ( x) = x + 1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫‪1 2‬‬
‫= )‪F ( x‬‬ ‫‪x + x + C = 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪F ( 2) = 1‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬
‫‪x + x + C = 1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2 + 2 + C = 1‬‬
‫‪C = −3‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪F ( 0) = 0‬‬ ‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪x + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪F ( x ) = 2 Arc tan x + C‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪F ( 0) = 0‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪C = 0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫)‪F ( x‬‬ ‫‪= 2 Arc tan x‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛π‬‬
‫‪F⎜ ⎟ = 0‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = cos 2 x‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪F ( x‬‬ ‫‪sin‬‬ ‫)‪(2 x‬‬ ‫‪+ C‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛π‬‬
‫‪F⎜ ⎟ = 0‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝2‬‬
‫‪C = 0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪F ( x‬‬ ‫‪sin 2 x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ F‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫و ‪ G‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ g‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪ :‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ F + G‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f + g‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬
‫آﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ I‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣـﻈــﺔ وﺧـﺎﺻﻴـــﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ F‬و ‪ G‬داﻟﺘﻴﻦ أﺻﻠﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ، I‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪λ‬‬
‫‪F − G = λ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺟــﺪول اﻟــﺪوال اﻷﺻﻠﻴــﺔ اﻻﻋﺘﻴـﺎدﻳـــﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣـﻼﺣﻈـــﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟــﺔ ‪ ) F‬اﻷﺻﻠﻴــﺔ (‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟــﺔ ‪f‬‬
‫‪x+C‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫\∈ ‪C‬‬ ‫‪1 2‬‬
‫‪x +C‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1 n +1‬‬
‫`∈‪n‬‬ ‫‪x +C‬‬ ‫‪xn‬‬
‫‪n +1‬‬
‫‪1 r +1‬‬
‫}‪r ∈ _ − {−1‬‬ ‫‪x +C‬‬ ‫‪xr‬‬
‫‪r +1‬‬
‫‪1 n +1‬‬
‫`∈‪n‬‬ ‫‪u +C‬‬ ‫' ‪un ⋅u‬‬
‫‪n +1‬‬
‫‪1 r +1‬‬
‫}‪r ∈ _ − {−1‬‬ ‫‪u +C‬‬ ‫' ‪ur ⋅u‬‬
‫‪r +1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Arc tan x + C‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪sin x + C‬‬ ‫‪cos x‬‬

‫‪− cos x + C‬‬ ‫‪sin x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪a≠0‬‬ ‫‪sin ( ax + b ) + C‬‬ ‫) ‪cos ( ax + b‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪a≠0‬‬ ‫‪cos ( ax + b ) + C‬‬ ‫) ‪sin ( ax + b‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫≠‪x‬‬ ‫‪+ kπ‬‬ ‫‪tan x + C‬‬ ‫= ) ‪1 + tan 2 ( x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪cos 2 x‬‬
: ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـﻘـــــﺎت‬
: ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬f ‫ﺣﺪد داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ‬
x2 − 1
f ( x) = -1
x2 + 1
x2 + 1 − 2
=
x2 + 1
−2
= + 1
x + 1
2
F ( x ) = x − 2 Arc tan x + C : ‫إذن‬
f ( x) = x 3
x2 + 1 -2
1
f ( x) = 2 x 3 x2 + 1 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
2
1
=
1
2
( x 2
+ 1) 3
(2 x)
1
1 1
( x2 + 1) 3
+1
F ( x) = : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
2 1
+1
3
4
=
1
3
×
3
4
(x 2
+ 1) 3
4
=
3
8
(x 2
+ 1) 3
3 4
F ( x) = 3
x2 + 1 : ‫إذن‬
8
f ( x) = (2 x + 1) x2 + x + 3 -3
1
= (x 2
+ x + 3) 2 (2 x + 1)
3
F ( x) =
2
3
( x 2 + x + 3) 2
sin 3 x
f ( x) = -4
cos5 x
1
F ( x ) = tan 3 x ⋅
cos 2 x
1
= tan 4 x
4
f ( x) = (x + 1) x
2
3 2
: ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬ -5
2
f ( x) =
1
2
( x + 1) 3 2 x
2
5
F ( x) =
1 3
2 5
( x 2 + 1) 3 + C : ‫إذن‬
5
=
3
10
( x 2 + 1) 3 + C
‫اﻟــــــﺪوال اﻷﺻـﻠﻴـــــﺔ‬ ‫&‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎرﻳﻦ ﺣﻮل اﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎق‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ‪1‬‬
‫' ‪ D f‬ﻓﻲ آﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ - A‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ' ‪ f‬ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ D f‬و‬
‫‪f ( x ) = x x 2 − 4 -4‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = cos ( x3 − 6 x ) -3‬‬ ‫‪f ( x )= sin x -2‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫= )‪(x‬‬
‫‪x2 − 2x‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪2cos x −1‬‬ ‫)‪( x + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = 3 2 x + 1 -6‬‬ ‫‪( x ) = 3 ( 2x‬‬ ‫)‪+ 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ [∞‪ [−1;+‬ﺑـ ‪f ( x ) = 3 x + 1‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﺑﺪاﻟﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺠﻮار ‪0‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫و ‪0,998‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أﻋﻂ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪1,003‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوال اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ وﻣﺠﺎﻻت ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪2x + 2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ) ‪f (x‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = 3 x 2 + 2 − 5 -1‬‬
‫)‪( x + 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = ( x 2 − 2 x ) x -4‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = 3 x − 2 -3‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = ( cos x ) -6‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = x cos ( x2 + 3) -5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪f ( x )= 2x +1 -7‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪4‬‬
‫‪ f ( x ) = − x 2 + 2‬‬ ‫‪x ≥1‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ب‬
‫‪ f ( x ) = 3x − 2‬‬ ‫‪x <1‬‬
‫‪ f‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[0; 2‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن‬
‫]‪[0; 2‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوال اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ f ( x ) = x sin‬‬ ‫‪x≠0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑـ‬

‫‪ f ( 0) = 0‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻓﻲ ‪ 0‬و أن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ' ‪ f‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 0‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬و ‪ F‬داﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﺪدﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻴﻦ ﺑـ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ f ( x ) = 2 x sin x − cos‬‬ ‫‪x≠0‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ f ( 0) = 0‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ F ( x ) = x sin‬‬ ‫‪x≠0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ F (0) = 0‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ f‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪0‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن‬
‫‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ \‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ F‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ )‪f ( x ) = x ( x + 1)( x + 2 )( x + 3‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪7‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ' ( x ) = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺛﻼث ﺣﻠﻮل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ \‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫اﻟــــــﺪوال اﻟﻠـﻮﻏـﺎرﻳـﺘـﻤـﻴــــﺔ‬ ‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫داﻟــﺔ اﻟﻠـﻮﻏـﺎرﻳﺘــﻢ اﻟﻨﺒﻴـــﺮي ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-I‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻤﻬﻴــــﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن آﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ ، I‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪. I‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ }‪ r ∈ Q − {−1‬هﻲ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ( x‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪+‬‬ ‫وﻧﻌﻠﻢ ان اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ) ‪x r‬‬
‫*‬
‫⎛‬ ‫‪x r +1‬‬ ‫⎞‬

‫‪.⎜ x‬‬ ‫⎟‪+ C‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪r +1‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫*‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪1‬‬
‫إذن هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪ ⎜ x‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ :‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ⎟‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= x −1‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪r = −1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫*‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪1‬‬

‫واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻌﺪم ﻓﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ داﻟـﺔ اﻟﻠـﻮﻏـﺎرﻳﺘــﻢ اﻟﻨﺒــﺮي وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑــ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪ ⎜ x‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ⎟‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪x‬‬
‫‪ ln‬أو ) ‪. ( Log‬‬
‫‪ln (1) = 0‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫= ) ‪ln' ( x‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬داﻟﺔ اﻟﻠﻮﻏﺎرﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻨﺒﺮي ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫*‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬داﻟﺔ اﻟﻠﻮﻏﺎرﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻨﺒﺮي ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫∈ ‪∀x , y‬‬ ‫*‬

‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪ln x = ln y‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪x = y‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪ln x‬‬ ‫‪ln y‬‬
‫‪ln1 = 0‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
1 ≺ x ⇔ ln x 0 : ‫إذن‬
0 ≺ x ≺ 1 ⇔ ln x ≺ 0
: ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـــﻖ‬
: ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬f ‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
f ( x ) = ln ( x − 1) + ln ( 3 − x ) -1
Df = {x ∈ / x −1 0 ‫و‬ 3− x 0}
= {x ∈ / x 1 ‫و‬ x ≺ 3} : ‫إذن‬
Df = ]1 , 3[
f ( x ) = ln (1 − x ) -2
Df = {x ∈ / 1 − x 0}
= ]−∞ , 1[
x
f ( x) = -3
x −1
D f = ]−∞ , 0[ ∪ ]1 , + ∞[ : ‫إذن‬
: ‫ ﺧﺎﺻﻴـــﺎت‬-3
∀x, y ∈ *
+ ; ln ( xy ) = ln x + ln y : 1-3
: ‫ﺑﺮهــﺎن‬
y=a : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
u ( x ) = ln ( ax ) : ‫ داﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬u ‫و‬

u ' ( x ) = a ln' ( ax ) : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
a 1
= =
ax x
1
ln' ( x ) = : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
x
⎛ 1⎞
⎜x ⎟ ‫ داﻟﺘﻴﻦ أﺻﻠﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ‬ln x ‫ و‬u : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
⎝ x⎠
u ( x) = ln x + C : ‫ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬C ‫ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬: ‫إذن‬
u ( x ) = ln ( ax ) = ln x + C : ‫إذن‬
u (1) = ln a = 0 + C : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
ln a = C : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
u ( ax ) = ln a + ln x : ‫إذن‬
∀x, y ∈ *
+ ; ln ( xy ) = ln x + ln y : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
1
∀x ∈ *
+ ; ln = − ln x : 2-3
x
∀x ∈ *
+ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x
0 = ln1 = ln
x
⎛ 1⎞
= ln ⎜ x × ⎟
⎝ x⎠
1
= lnx + ln
x
1
∀x ∈ *
+ ; ln = − ln x : ‫إذن‬
x
: 3-3
x
∀x, y ∈ *
+ ; ln = ln x − ln y
y
∀n ∈ , ∀x ∈ *
+ ; ln x n = n ln x : 4-3
n = 0 ‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬
ln x 0
= ln1 = 0
= 0 ln x
ln x = 1 ln x
1
ln x 2
= ln x + ln x
= 2 ln x
ln x n = n ln x : ‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن‬
ln x n +1 = ( n + 1) ln x : ‫وﻧﺒﻴﻦ أن‬
ln x n +1 = ln x n × x : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
= ln x n + ln x
= n ln x + ln x
= ( n + 1) ln x
∀n ∈ , ∀x ∈ *
+ ; ln x n = n ln x : ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
∀r ∈ , ∀x ∈ *
+ ; ln x r = r ln x : 5-3
p
r = : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
q
y = xr :‫و‬
p
y = x q
: ‫إذن‬
yq = x p : ‫إذن‬
ln y q = ln x p
q ln y = p ln x
p
ln y = ln x
q
: ‫إذن‬
ln x r = r ln x
: ‫ﺣــﺎﻻت ﺧــﺎﺻـــﺔ‬
*
: + ‫ ﻣﻦ‬x ‫ﻟﻜﻞ‬
1
ln x = ln x
2
1
ln 3 x = ln x
3
1
ln n x = ln x
n
f ( x ) = ln x ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ‬f ‫ دراﺳﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬-4
: ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋـﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳــﻒ‬: 1-4

D f = ]0 , + ∞[ = *
+
: ‫ اﻟﻨﻬــﺎﻳـــﺎت‬: 2-4
: ‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴـــﺪ‬
∀n ∈ ; ln 2 = n ln 2
n
lim 2n = + ∞
n→+∞
ln 2 0 :‫و‬
lim n ln2 = + ∞ : ‫إذن‬
n →+∞
: ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
lim ln x = + ∞
x →+∞
lim ln x ‫ﻟﻨﺤﺴﺐ‬ -
x → 0+
1
x = : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
t
(x → 0+ ) ⇔ (t → + ∞)
1
lim ln x = lim+ ln
x → 0+ t →0 t
= lim − ln t = − ∞
t →+∞
: ‫إذن‬
lim+ ln x = − ∞
x →0
: ‫ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴــﻦ اﻻﻧﻬـﺎﺋﻴﻴــﻦ‬: 3-4

lim+ ln x = − ∞ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x →0
. f ‫ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷراﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻘﺮب ﻟــ‬: ‫إذن‬
lim ln x = + ∞ : ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x →+∞
ln x
lim ‫ﻟﻨﺤﺴﺐ‬ -
x →+∞ x
u ( x ) = x − ln x : ‫ﺑــ‬ *
+ ‫ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬u : ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
1 x −1
u '( x) = 1 − = : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x x
u (1) = 1
∀x ∈ *
+ u ( x) ≥ 1 : ‫إذن‬
∀x ∈ *
+ u ( x) 0 : ‫إذن‬
∀x ∈ *
+ x − ln x 0 : ‫إذن‬
∀x ∈ *
+ x ln x : ‫إذن‬
∀x ∈ *
+ x ln x : ‫إذن‬
1
∀x ∈ *
+ ; ln x ≺ x : ‫إذن‬
2
‫‪ln x‬‬ ‫‪2 x‬‬

‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫≺‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ln x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫[∞‪∀x ∈ [1, +‬‬ ‫≺ ‪;0‬‬ ‫≺‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ln x‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ln x‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ اﺗﺠﺎهﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫) (‬‫‪f‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : 4-4‬اﻟﺮﺗﺎﺑــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫= ) ‪ln' ( x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫إذن ‪ :‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫*‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‬ ‫إذن ‪ f :‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫∈‪1‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬

‫‪. ln e = 1‬‬ ‫وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑــ ‪ e‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫*‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ وﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪+‬‬
‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪2, 718‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟــﺪول اﻟﺘﻐﻴــﺮات ‪: f‬‬
‫‪ : 5-4‬اﻟﺘﻘﻌــــﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪f '( x) = 2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪f '' ( x ) ≺ 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻌـــﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : 6-4‬ﻣﻌـﺎدﻟــﺔ اﻟﻤﻤــﺎس ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄــﺔ ‪. 1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪ln' (1‬‬ ‫‪= 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ln x‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= 1‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x →1 x − 1‬‬
‫ﻓـﻲ ‪ 1‬هــﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟــ‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫‪y = 1 ( x − 1) + 0‬‬ ‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫‪y = x −1‬‬
ln x
lim = 0 -7
x →+∞ xn
lim+ x n ln x = 0
x →0 -8
x = t −1 : ‫ ﻧﻀﻊ‬-5 ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟــ‬

(x → 0) ⇔ (t → 1)
ln (1 + x ) ln t
lim = lim = 1
x →0 x t →1 t − 1
1
x = : ‫ ﻧﻀﻊ‬-6 ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟــ‬
t
(x → 0+ ) ⇔ (t → + ∞ )
ln x
lim ، n = 2 ‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬ -7 ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟــ‬
x →+∞ xn
ln x 1 ln x 2
lim =
x →+∞ x2 2 x2
1 ln X
= lim = 0
X →+∞ 2 X
lim x n ln x = lim+ x n −1 ( x ln x ) : ‫ ﻧﻀﻊ‬-8 ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟــ‬
x → 0+ x →0
= 0
1 1
lim x ln x = lim ln : ‫إذن‬
x → 0+ t →+∞ t t
ln t
= lim −
t →+∞ t
= 0
: ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴـــﻢ‬-5
f ( x ) = ln (U ( x ) ) : ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ‬
: f ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬

Df = {x ∈ D f / U ( x) 0}
: ‫اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳــﺎت‬
⎧ lim ln U ( x ) = + ∞
⎪⎪ x → x0
lim U ( x ) = + ∞ ⇒ ⎨ ln U ( x )
x → x0
⎪ xlim = 0
⎪⎩ → x0 U ( x)
⎧
⎪
⎪ xlim ln (U ( x ) ) = − ∞
→x
⎪⎪ 0
lim U ( x ) = 0+ ⇒ ⎨ xlim U ( x ) ln U ( x ) = 0
x → x0 →x
⎪ 0
⎪ ln (1 + U ( x ) )
⎪ xlim = 1
⎪⎩ → x0 U ( x)
⎧⎪ ln (U ( x ) )
lim U ( x ) = 1 ⇒ ⎨ xlim = 1
x → x0
⎪⎩ → x0 U ( x ) − 1
: f ‫ﻣﺸﺘﻘـﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟـﺔ‬
. I ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق وﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬U ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
∀x ∈ I ; f ' ( x ) = ln' (U ( x ) ) × U ' ( x )
3
U '( x)
=
U ( x)
f ( x ) = ln ( x 2 + 1) -1 : ‫ﻣﺜــﺎل‬
2x
f '( x) =
x +1
2
f ( x ) = ln x -2
f '( x) =
( x )' 1‫ﻃـ‬
x
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪2x‬‬
‫ﻃـ‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ln x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪f '( x‬‬
‫‪2x‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = ln‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪x2 + 1‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪ln ( x 2 + 1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1 2x‬‬
‫= )‪f '( x‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪4 x2 + 1‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫=‬
‫)‪2 ( x + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ u‬داﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ u‬وﻻ ﺗﻨﻌﺪم‪.‬‬
‫'‪u‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ اﻟﻠﻮﻏﺎرﻳﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ u‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. I‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ )‪u '( x‬‬
‫∈‪C‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫هــﻲ اﻟـﺪوال ‪ln u ( x ) + C‬‬ ‫‪⎜⎜ x‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪوال اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ⎟‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎟⎠ ) ‪u ( x‬‬
‫)‪u ( x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫) ‪⇒ f ( x ) = ln u ( x‬‬
‫)‪u '( x‬‬
‫= )‪⇒ f '( x‬‬
‫)‪u ( x‬‬
‫‪u ( x) ≺ 0‬‬ ‫) ‪⇒ f ( x ) = ln −u ( x‬‬

‫) ‪−u ' ( x‬‬ ‫)‪u '( x‬‬
‫= )‪⇒ f '( x‬‬ ‫=‬
‫) ‪−u ( x‬‬ ‫)‪u ( x‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x ) = ln u ( x‬‬ ‫إذن ‪ :‬إذا آﺎﻧــﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪u '( x‬‬
‫= )‪f '( x‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫)‪u ( x‬‬
: ‫ﻣﺜــﺎل‬
f ( x ) = ln x 2 − 3 x + 1
2x − 3
⇒ f '( x) =
x − 3x + 1
2
: ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘــﺎت‬
: 1 ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳــــﻦ‬
: ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴــﺔ‬f ‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
f ( x ) = ln ( 2 x − 1) -1
Df = {x ∈ / 2x −1 0}
⎧ 1⎫
= ⎨x ∈ / x ⎬
⎩ 2⎭
⎤1 ⎡
Df = ⎥ , + ∞⎢
⎦2 ⎣
1
f ( x) = -2
ln x
Df = {x ∈ / x 0 ‫ و‬ln x ≠ 0}
= {x ∈ / x 0 ‫ و‬x ≠ 1}
D f = ]0 , 1[ ∪ ]1 , + ∞[ : ‫إذن‬
f ( x) = ln x -3
Df = {x ∈ / x 0 ‫و‬ ln x ≥ 0}
= {x ∈ / x 0 ‫ و‬x ≥ 1}
D f = [1 , + ∞[
f ( x) = 1 − ln 2 x -4
ln e = 1 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨــﺎ‬
. ‫ ﻣــﻦ‬a ‫ ﻟﻜﻞ‬: ‫إذن‬
a ln e = a
ln e a = a : ‫إذن‬
Df = {x ∈ *
+ / 1 − ln 2 x ≥ 0} : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨــﺎ‬
(1 − ln 2 x ) = (1 − ln x )(1 + ln x ) : ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
1 − ln x = 0 ⇔ ln x = 1 = ln e
⇔ x=e
1 + ln x = 0 ⇔ ln x = − 1 = ln e −1
1
⇔ x=
e
⎡1 ⎤
D f = ⎢ , e⎥
⎣e ⎦
ln x + 1
f ( x) = -5
ln x − 1
⎤ 1⎤
D f = ⎥ 0 , ⎥ ∪ ]e , + ∞[ : ‫إذن‬
⎦ e⎦
ln x + ln ( x + 1) = ln 6 -1
Df = {x ∈ / x 0 ‫و‬ x −1}
= ]0 , + ∞[
∀x ∈ D f ; ⇔ E1 ⇔ ln( x × ( x + 1) ) = ln 6
⇔ x2 + x = 6
⇔ x2 + x − 6 = 0
Δ = 25 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x2 = 2 ‫و‬ x1 = − 3 : ‫إذن‬
x 0 : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
S = {2} : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
ln 2 x − 3 ln x + 2 = 0 -2
D f = ]0 , + ∞[ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
X = ln x : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
( E2 ) ⇔ X 2 − 3X + 2 = 0 : ‫إذن‬
Δ = 9 − 8 = 1 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
3 + 1 3 −1
x2 = = 2 ‫أو‬ x1 = = 1 : ‫إذن‬
2 2
ln x = 2 ‫أو‬ ln x = 1 : ‫إذن‬
x = e2 ‫أو‬ x = e : ‫إذن‬
S = {e , e } 2
: ‫إذن‬
( E3 ) : ln x + ln x − 2 = 0 -3
Df = {x ∈ *
+ / ln x ≥ 0}
= {x ∈ *
+ / x ≥ 1}
= [1 , + ∞[
X ≥ 0 ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ln x = X : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
X2 + X − 2 = 0 : ‫إذن‬
Δ = 1+ 8 = 9 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
−1 − 3 −1 + 3
X = ‫أو‬ X = : ‫إذن‬
2 2
X = −2 ‫أو‬ X = 1
−2 ≺ 0 : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
X = 1 : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
ln x = 1 : ‫إذن‬
ln x = 1
x = e : ‫أي‬
S = {e} : ‫إذن‬
: ‫ﻟﻨﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳــﺎت‬
ln (1 + x 2 )
lim -1
x →+∞ x
⎛ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞
ln ⎜ x 2 ⎜ 2 + 1⎟ ⎟ ln x 2 + ln ⎜1 + 2 ⎟
lim ⎝ ⎝x ⎠⎠
= lim ⎝ x ⎠
x →+∞ x x →+∞ x
⎛ 1 ⎞
ln ⎜ 1 + 2 ⎟
lnx ⎝ x ⎠
= lim 2 +
x →+∞ x x
= 0
ln (1 + x ) ln (1 + x ) x +1
lim = lim ⋅ -2
x →+∞ x x →+∞ (1 + x ) x
X = x +1 : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
ln ( x + 1) ln X
lim = lim = 0 : ‫إذن‬
x →+∞ x +1 X →+∞ X
1+ x
lim = 1 :‫و‬
x →+∞ x
ln (1 + x )
lim = 0 : ‫إذن‬
x →+∞ x
( )
2
lim+ x ln 2 x = lim+ x ln x -3 :
x→0 x →0
= lim+
x→0
( x ln x )
2 2
( )
2
= lim+ 22 x ln x
x→0
( )
2
= lim+ 4 x ln x
x →0
= 0
lim+ x ln n ( x ) =
x →0
lim+
x →0
( n
x ln n x
n n
) ، n∈ -4 :
n
x = X : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
lim+ x ln n ( x ) = n n (X ln X )
n
: ‫إذن‬
x →0
= 0
: ‫ﻣﺜـــﺎل‬
3
lim x ln x : ‫ﻟﻨﺤﺴﺐ‬
x → 0+
X = 3
x : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
x = X3 : ‫إذن‬
lim+ x ln 3 x = lim+ X 3 ln 3 X 3 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x →0 X →0
lim+ X 3 ( 3 ln 3 X )
3
=
X →0
lim+ 27 ( X ln X )
3
=
X →0
= 0
-5
lim x + ln ( x 2 + 1)
x →−∞
⎛ ln ( x 2 + 1) ⎞
lim x + ln ( x + 1)
2
= lim ⎜1 + ⎟ : 1‫ﻃـ‬
x →−∞ x →−∞ ⎜ x ⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎛ ln ( − x ) ⎞
= lim x ⎜1 − 2 ⎟
x →−∞
⎝ −x ⎠
⎛ ln ( t ) ⎞
= lim − t ⎜1 − 2 ⎟ − x = t : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
x →−∞
⎝ t ⎠
= −∞
⎛ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎞
lim x + ln ( x 2 + 1) = lim x + ln ⎜ x 2 ⎜1 + 2 ⎟ ⎟ : 2‫ﻃـ‬
x →−∞ x →−∞
⎝ ⎝ x ⎠⎠
⎛ 1 ⎞
= lim x + ln x 2 + ln ⎜1 + 2 ⎟
x →−∞
⎝ x ⎠
⎛ ln x 2 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞
= lim x ⎜1 + ⎟ + ln ⎜1 + 2 ⎟
x →−∞
⎝ x ⎠ ⎝ x ⎠
⎛ ln ( − x ) ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞
= lim x ⎜1 − 2 ⎟ + ln ⎜ 1 + 2 ⎟
x →−∞
⎝ −x ⎠ ⎝ x ⎠
= −∞
: ‫ﺗﺬآﻴـــﺮ‬
1
ln' ( x ) = *
+ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬x ‫ﻟﻜﻞ‬
x
U '( x)
f ( x ) = ln U ( x ) ⇒ f '( x) =
U ( x)
U '( x)
f ( x ) = ln U ( x ) ⇒ f '( x) =
U ( x)
x −1
f ( x ) = ln -1
x +1
D f = ]−∞, −1[ ∪ ]1, +∞[
: 1‫ﻃـ‬
⎛ x −1 ⎞
⎜ ⎟'
⎝ x +1⎠
∀x ∈ D f ; f '( x) =
x −1
x +1
2
( x + 1)
2
=
x −1
x +1
2 2
= =
( x − 1)( x + 1) x −12
: 2‫ﻃـ‬
x −1
∀x ∈ D f ; f ( x) = ln
x +1
= ln x − 1 − ln x + 1
1 1
∀x ∈ D f ; f '( x) = − : ‫إذن‬
x −1 x +1
=
( x + 1) − ( x − 1)
x2 −1
2
=
x −1
2
1 + ln x
f ( x) = -2
x
f '( x) =
(1 + ln x ) ' x − ( ln x + 1) x '
x2
1
⋅ x − 1 − ln x
x 1 − 1 − ln x
= =
x2 x2
− ln x
=
x2
f ( x ) = ln ln x -3
Df = {x ∈ / x 0 ‫و‬ ln x ≠ 0 }
= ]0 , 1[ ∪ ]1 , + ∞[
∀x ∈ D f ; f '( x) =
( ln x ) '
ln x
1
= x
ln x
1
=
x ln x
f ( x ) = ln (x + x2 + 1 ) -4
∀x ∈ ; x2 + 1 x2
∀x ∈ ; x2 + 1 x
∀x ∈ ; x2 + 1 + x 0 : ‫إذن‬
Df = : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
x
1 +
∀x ∈ D f ; f '( x) = x2 + 1 : ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x + x2 + 1
x2 + 1 + x
= x2 + 1
x + x2 + 1
1
f '( x) =
x2 + 1
2 ln x
f ( x) =
x2
Df = {x ∈ / x ≠ 0 ‫أو‬ x 0 } -1
= *
∀x ∈ D f ; − x ∈ Df *
2 ln − x
f (−x) = :‫و‬
(−x)
2
2 ln x
=
x2
f (−x) = f ( x) : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
.‫ داﻟﺔ زوﺟﻴــﺔ‬f : ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬

-‫أ‬ -2
2 ln ( x )
lim f ( x ) = lim
x →0
x 0
x →0
x 0
x2
2
= lim ⋅ ln ( x )
x →0
x 0
x2
= ( +∞ ) ( −∞ )
= −∞
2 ln ( x )
lim f ( x ) = lim
x →+∞ x →+∞ x2
2 ln x
= lim
x →+∞ x x
= 0
∀x ∈ ]0, +∞[ * -‫ب‬
⎛ 2 ln x ⎞
f '( x) = ⎜ 2 ⎟'
⎝ x ⎠
f '( x) =
(2 ln x ) ' x 2 − ( x ) ' ( 2 ln x )
2
x4
2 x − 2 x ( 2 ln x )
=
x4
2 x (1 − 2 ln x )
=
x4
2 (1 − 2 ln x )
∀x ∈ ]0, +∞[ ; f '( x) = : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
x3
∀x ∈ *
+ ; f '( x) = 0 ⇔ 1 − 2 ln x = 0 *
1
⇔ ln x =
2
1
⇔ x = e 2
⇔ x = e
: ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
f (1) = 0 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬ -‫أ‬ -3

f ' (1) = 2 : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
y = f ' ( x )( x − 1) + f (1)
y = 2 ( x − 1) : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
y = 2x − 2
. 1 ‫ ذات اﻷﻓﺼﻮل‬A ‫ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ( ) ‫هــﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟــﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴــﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻤــﺎس ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ‬
f
‫داﻟــﺔ اﻟﻠـﻮﻏـﺎرﻳﺘــﻢ ﻟﻸﺳــﺎس ‪: a‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳــــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ a‬ﻋﺪدا ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ وﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد ‪.1‬‬
‫}‪a ∈ *+ − {1‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪ln x‬‬
‫‪ ⎜ x‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ داﻟـﺔ اﻟﻠـﻮﻏـﺎرﻳﺘــﻢ ﻟﻸﺳــﺎس‪ . a‬وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑــ ‪. log a‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ⎟‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪ln a‬‬
‫‪ln x‬‬
‫= ) ‪log a ( x‬‬ ‫أي أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ln a‬‬
‫ﻣﺜـــﺎل ‪:‬‬
‫‪ln x‬‬
‫) ‪log 2 ( x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪ln 2‬‬
‫‪ln x‬‬
‫= ) ‪log e ( x‬‬ ‫‪= ln x‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪ln e‬‬
‫‪ln x‬‬
‫= ) ‪log10 ( x‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪ln10‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪log a ( a ) = 1‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬و ‪ y‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫) ‪log a ( xy ) = log a ( x ) + log a ( y‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛x‬‬
‫) ‪log a ⎜ ⎟ = log a ( x ) − log a ( y‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝ y‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬
‫) ‪log a ⎜ ⎟ = − log a ( x‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝ x‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪،‬‬ ‫وﻟﻜﻞ ‪ n‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪،‬‬ ‫وﻟﻜﻞ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪www.0et1.com‬‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺘﺎذ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ اﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬

log a ( x n ) = n log a ( x )
log a ( x r ) = r log a ( x )
log a ‫دراﺳــﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟــــﺔ‬
f a ( x ) = log a ( x ) : ‫ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ‬f a ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳــﻒ‬
Da = ]0 , + ∞[
: ‫اﻟﻨﻬـﺎﻳـــﺎت‬
a 1 : 1 ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
lim log a ( x ) = + ∞
x →+∞
lim log a ( x ) = − ∞
x → 0+
0 ≺ a ≺ 1 : 2 ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
lim log a ( x ) = − ∞
x →+∞
lim log a ( x ) = + ∞
x → 0+
: ‫اﻟﺘﻐﻴـــﺮات‬
*
+ ‫ ﻣــﻦ‬x ‫ﻟﻜﻞ‬
⎛ ln x ⎞ 1
( log ( x ) ) '
a = ⎜ ⎟' =
⎝ ln a ⎠ x ln a
‫اﻟﻔــﺮوع اﻟﻼﻧﻬـﺎﺋﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim log a ( x ) = +‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪x → 0+‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫)‪ ( x = 0‬ﻣﻘــﺎرب ﻟــ )‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪log a ( x‬‬ ‫‪ln x 1‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= lim‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪→+‬‬ ‫‪x ln a‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ اﺗﺠﺎهﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻮار ∞‪. +‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴــﻞ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﺎﻧــﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪a = 10‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ log10‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ داﻟـﺔ اﻟﻠﻮﻏــﺎرﻳﺘــﻢ اﻟﻌﺸــﺮي‪ ،‬وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑــ ‪. log‬‬
‫‪log10 = 1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪log10x = x‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x, y‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪; log ( xy ) = log x + log y‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪log‬‬ ‫‪= log x − log y‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫∈ ‪; ∀y‬‬
‫‪log x = y‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪x = 10 y‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎرﻳﻦ ﺣﻮل اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻠﻮﻏﺎرﻳﺘﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪lim+ ( sin x ) ln x‬‬

‫‪x →0‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪lim x + ln x 2 + 1‬‬
‫∞‪x →−‬‬
‫)‬ ‫;‬ ‫) ‪lim+ x ( ln x‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد‬
‫‪ -2‬أدرس ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ اﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎق و ﺣﺪد ) ‪f ' ( x‬‬
‫= ) ‪f (x‬‬
‫‪ln x‬‬
‫‪(b‬‬ ‫(‬
‫‪f ( x ) = ln 2x − x + 1‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪1 − (ln x ) 2‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪Log 2‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬

‫= )‪x + 2 + Log 4 ( x + 3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪( ln x )3 − 2 ( ln x )2 + 3ln x‬‬ ‫‪= 0 (a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ 2‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪3x‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = 1 − ( ln x ) (d‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = ln ( ln x ) (c‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = ln ( 2 x 2 − x + 3) (b f ( x ) = 1 − ln x (a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ln ( 2 x − 3)( x + 1) = ln 3‬‬ ‫‪ln ( 2 x − 3) + ln ( x + 1) = ln 3‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻻت‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ -1 3‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ln 2 x − 3 + ln x + 1 = ln 3‬‬
‫‪2ln ( 2 x − 1) − 3ln (1 − x ) = 0‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺮاﺟﺤﺎت‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ x+2‬‬
‫‪ln x + 1 ≺ − ln 3 x + 5‬‬ ‫(‬
‫‪, ln −3 x 2 + x + 2 ≥ 0‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪ln ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ x −1 ‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪Log 2 x‬‬ ‫‪+ Log 4 ( 2x + 5 ) + Log 4 2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Log‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪Log‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ln xy = 3‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪4‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎت‬
‫‪ x −3‬‬ ‫‪x2 − 2 x‬‬
‫‪lim ( ln x ) − x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪lim x ln ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪lim x(ln x‬‬ ‫∈‪n‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪lim ln‬‬
‫∞‪x→+‬‬ ‫∞‪x→+‬‬ ‫‪ x ‬‬ ‫‪x →0 +‬‬ ‫∞‪x→−‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 3‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪ln x 2 + 2‬‬ ‫)‬
‫∞‪x→+‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1 + ln x‬‬
‫= )‪ f ( x‬‬ ‫‪x 0‬‬ ‫‪3+ x‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1 − ln x‬‬ ‫‪(c‬‬ ‫)‪f ( x) = ln(1− ln x‬‬ ‫‪(b ; f ( x) = ln‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪ f ( x) = x −1 x ≤ 0‬‬ ‫‪4− x‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪6‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = ln‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑـ ‪x − 1‬‬
‫; ) ‪lim f ( x‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ‪ D f‬أﺣﺴﺐ ) ‪lim f ( x‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪x →1‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أﺣﺴﺐ ) ‪ f ' ( x‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ }‪ D f − {0‬و أﻋﻂ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮات اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪f‬‬
‫‪ -3‬أدرس اﺷﺘﻘﺎق ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬و أول اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫‪ -4‬أدرس اﻟﻔﺮوع اﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪C f‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ C f‬ﺑﻘﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ‪ A‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺘﻴﻬﺎ و أﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪A‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ‪ C f‬و ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ اﻷﺻﻞ‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫‪ln 2‬‬ ‫ﻧﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫‪ -7‬أﻧﺸﺊ ‪C f‬‬
‫‪0, 7http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴـــــــﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-I‬‬
‫‪x+3= 0‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ ` اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫` ∉ ‪x = −3‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫∅= ‪. S‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫}‪. S = {−3‬‬ ‫وﻓﻲ ] ﺣﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ هﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2x −1 = 0‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ ] اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪x = ∉ ] :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫∅= ‪S‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫⎫ ‪⎧1‬‬
‫⎬ ⎨= ‪S‬‬ ‫وﻓﻲ _ اﻟﺤﻞ هﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫⎭‪⎩2‬‬
‫‪x −2 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ _ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x= 2‬‬ ‫أو‬ ‫‪x=− 2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫∅= ‪S‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫{‬
‫‪S = − 2, 2‬‬ ‫}‬ ‫وﻓﻲ \ اﻟﺤﻞ هﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x2 + 1 = 0‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ \ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x 2 = −1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫∅= ‪S‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x2 + 1 = 0‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ آﺘﺐ ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫{‬
‫‪S = − −1, −1‬‬ ‫}‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫وﻟﺘﻔﺎدي هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎت وﺿﻊ اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ‪ Euler‬اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪. i‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﺪد ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ‪. i 2 = −1 :‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﻓﻲ ^ اﻟﺤﻞ هﻮ ‪S = {−i, i} :‬‬
‫وﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺟﺎء اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﺎن اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎن ‪ Gauss‬و ‪ Gauchy‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪-5‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ \ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ x3 = 15 x + 4‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﻮﻣﺒﻠﻲ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻐﻴﺮ‬

‫وﺑﺪﻟﻚ ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ 4‬ﺣﻞ ﻟﻬﺪﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ذﻟﻚ ؟‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﺎدي ‪2 − −121 + 3 2 + −121 = 4‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣـﻴـــــﺎت ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-II‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳـﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ^ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ \ وﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ^ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ i‬وﻳﺤﻘﻖ ‪. i = −1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪ -2‬آﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ^ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ وﺣﻴﺪ ‪ a + ib :‬ﺣﻴﺚ \ ∈ ‪ a‬و \ ∈ ‪. b‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ^ ﻣﺰودة ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺘﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ واﻟﻀﺮب ﺗﻤﺪدان ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ \ وﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻌﺎرﻳـﻒ وﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤـﺎت ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ هﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ^ ‪.‬‬
‫}\ ∈ ‪^ = {a + ib / a ∈ \ ; b‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺠﺒﺮي ﻟﻌﺪد ﻋﻘﺪي ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ z‬ﻋﺪدا ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ z = a + ib‬ﺣﻴﺚ \ ∈ ‪ b ∈ \ ; a‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺠﺒﺮي ﻟﻠﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪. z‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ – اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺘﺨﻴﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ z‬ﻋﺪدا ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪a ∈ \ ، b ∈ \ ، z = a + ib‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد ‪ a‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪. z‬‬
‫)‪a = ℜe(z‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ رﻣﺰﻩ آﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫واﻟﻌﺪد ‪ b‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺘﺨﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪. z‬‬

‫) ‪b = Im ( z‬‬ ‫وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘــﺎج‬
‫; ^ ∈ ‪∀z‬‬ ‫) ‪z = ℜe ( z ) + i Im ( z‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺴﺎوي ﻋﺪدﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﺪﻳﻴــﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﻦ ‪ z1‬و ‪. z2‬‬
‫‪z1 = a + ib‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪( a, b ) ∈ \ 2‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪z2 = c + id‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪( c, d ) ∈ \ 2‬‬ ‫و‬
‫‪z1 = z2‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫و ‪a=c‬‬ ‫‪b=d‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘــﺎج‬
‫) ‪⎧⎪ℜe ( z1 ) = ℜe ( z2‬‬
‫‪z1 = z2‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫⎨‬
‫) ‪⎪⎩Im ( z1 ) = Im ( z2‬‬
‫‪ -5‬اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻓﻲ ^ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -a‬اﻟﺠﻤــﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ^ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫^ ∈ ) ‪∀ ( z1 , z2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪z1 + z2 = z2 + z1‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺎدﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ هﻮ ‪. 0‬‬
‫‪ -b‬اﻟﻀــﺮب ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻀﺮب ﻓﻲ ^ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎدﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ هﻮ‪. 1‬‬
‫‪ -c‬ﻣﻘﻠﻮب ﻋﺪد ﻋﻘﺪي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻌــﺪم ‪:‬‬

‫‪⎧⎪ z ≠ 0 ; z = a + ib‬‬
‫⎨‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫\ ∈ ) ‪⎪⎩( a, b‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪a − ib‬‬
‫‪a + ib‬‬
‫=‬
‫) ‪( a − ib ) ( a + ib‬‬
‫‪a − ib‬‬
‫=‬
‫) ‪a 2 − ( ib‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪a − ib‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪a 2 + b2‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪−b‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+ i‬‬
‫‪a + b2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪a + b2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫أآﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺠﺒﺮي اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 + 2i‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪3+i‬‬
‫‪1 + 2i‬‬
‫=‬
‫) ‪(1 + 2i ) ( 3 − i‬‬
‫‪3+i‬‬ ‫) ‪(3 + i ) (3 − i‬‬
‫‪3 + 6i − i − 2i 2‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪9 − i2‬‬
‫‪5 + 5i‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+ i‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2−i‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪1 + 2i‬‬
‫ﻃـ ‪: 1‬‬
‫‪2 − i‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪( 2 − i ) (1 − 2i ) = 2 − 2 − 4i − i = − i‬‬
‫‪1 + 2i‬‬ ‫‪1 + 4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻃـ ‪: 2‬‬
‫‪2 − i‬‬ ‫‪2 − i‬‬ ‫‪2 − i‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= −i‬‬
‫‪1 + 2i‬‬ ‫‪− i + 2i‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪i (2 − i‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻌﺪد ﻋﻘــﺪي ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺻﻮرة ﻋﺪد ﻋﻘﺪي ﻟﺤﻖ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ‪Affixe d’un point‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ) ‪. ( O, e1 , e2‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪f :‬‬ ‫^‬ ‫‪→ P‬‬

‫) ‪z = a + ib → M ( a, b‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ f‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑـﻞ ﻣﻦ ^ ﻧﺤﻮ ‪. P‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ M ( a, b‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪. z = a + ib‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻟﺤﻖ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪. M ( a, b‬‬ ‫‪( a, b ) ∈ \ 2‬‬ ‫واﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪ z = a + ib‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪aff ( M ) = z‬‬ ‫وﻳﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﺘﺠﻬــﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ g‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮف ﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ^ ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ ‪. V2‬‬
‫‪g :‬‬ ‫^‬ ‫‪→ V2‬‬

‫‪G‬‬
‫) ‪z = a + ib → u ( a, b‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ g :‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ^ ﻧﺤﻮ ‪. V2‬‬
‫‪ -a‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ) ‪ u ( a, b‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪، z = a + ib‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻟﺤﻖ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬـﺔ ‪. u‬‬ ‫‪( a, b ) ∈ \ 2‬‬ ‫واﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪ z = a + ib‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪aff ( u ) = z‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘـﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴـﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ) ‪. v ( c, d ) ، u ( a, b‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪aff ( u ) = a + ib‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪aff ( v ) = c + id‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬
‫= ) ‪aff ( u + v‬‬ ‫)‪(a + c‬‬ ‫) ‪+ (b + d‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫=‬ ‫) ‪( a + ib‬‬ ‫) ‪+ ( c + id‬‬

‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫) ‪= aff ( u ) + aff ( v‬‬
‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
G G G G
aff ( u + v ) = aff ( u ) + aff ( v )
: ‫ ﻟﺤﻖ ﺟﺪاء اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘـﻲ‬-c

G
. λ ∈ \ ‫ و‬u ( a, b ) ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ‬
G
. ( λ a, λ b ) ‫ هﻤﺎ‬λu ‫ إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺘﻲ‬: ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
G
aff ( λu ) = λ a + i λb : ‫إذن‬
= λ ( a + ib )
G
= λ aff ( u )
: ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
G G
aff ( λ u ) = λ aff ( u )
JJJG
: AB ‫ ﻟﺤﻖ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ‬-d
aff ( A ) = x A + i y A : ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
aff ( B ) = xB + i yB :‫و‬
JJJG JJJG JJJG
( )
aff AB (
= aff −OA + OB ) : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
JJJG JJJG
= aff ( −OA ) + aff ( OB )
JJJG JJJG
= − aff ( OA ) + aff ( OB )
= − x A + i y A + xB + i y B
= ( xB − x A ) + i ( yB − y A )
JJJG
( )
aff AB = aff ( B ) − aff ( A ) : ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
: ‫ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﻌـﺔ‬-e

. ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬z B ‫ و‬z A ‫ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻟﺤﻘﺎهﻤﺎ‬B ‫ و‬A ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
. z I ‫ [ ﻟﺤﻘﻬﺎ‬AB ] ‫ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ‬I ‫و‬
JJG JJG
AI = IB : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
JJG JJG
( )
aff AI = aff IB ( ) : ‫إذن‬
zI − z A = zB − zI : ‫إذن‬
2 zI = z A + zB
: ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
z A + zB
zI =
2
‫‪z A + zB‬‬
‫= ‪. zI‬‬ ‫هـــﻮ‬ ‫] ‪[ AB‬‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ‬

‫‪ z A‬و ‪ z B‬و ‪. zC‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬و ‪ C‬ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﻘﺪي أﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ A :‬و ‪ B‬و ‪ C‬ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪JJJG‬‬ ‫‪JJJG‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪( ∃α ∈ \ ) / AC = α AB‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫) (‬
‫‪( ∃α ∈ \ ) / aff AC = α aff AB‬‬ ‫) (‬
‫‪zC − z A‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫) \ ∈ ‪( ∃α‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪= α‬‬
‫‪zB − z A‬‬
‫‪zC − z A‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫\∈‬
‫‪zB − z A‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ وﺧﺎﺻﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬و ‪ C‬ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ أﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ ‪ z A‬و ‪ z B‬و ‪ zC‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪. z A ≠ z B‬‬
‫‪zC − z A‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴــﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ C ، B ، A‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺔ إذا وﻓﻖ إذا آﺎن اﻟﻌﺪد‬
‫‪zB − z A‬‬
‫‪z B = 3 + 2i ، z A = 1 + i‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬أﻧﺸﺊ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ C ، B ، A‬و ‪ D‬اﻟﺘﻲ أﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪zC = 2 − i ،‬‬
‫و ‪. z D = −2i‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أن اﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ‪ ABCD‬ﻣﺘﻮازي اﻷﺿﻼع‪.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪JJJG‬‬
‫‪aff DC‬‬‫) (‬ ‫‪= zC − zD‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪= 2 − i + 2i‬‬
‫‪JJJG‬‬
‫) (‬
‫‪aff AB‬‬ ‫‪= zB − z A‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪= 3 + 2i − 1 − i‬‬
‫) (‬
‫‪aff AB = aff DC‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪AB = DC‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ‪ ABCD‬ﻣﺘﻮازي اﻷﺿﻼع ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬و ‪ C‬ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ أﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ هــﻲ ‪ z ، 1 :‬و ‪. iz + 1‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ‪ E‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ) ‪ B ( z‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ B ، A‬و ‪ C‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪A=B‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫‪A = B ⇔ z = 1‬‬
‫‪A∈ E‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪A=C‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫‪iz + 1 = 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪iz = 0‬‬
‫‪z = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪O∈E‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪B=C‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪3‬‬
‫‪z = iz + 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪(1 − i ) z = 1‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪z‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 − i‬‬
‫‪1 + i‬‬
‫= ‪z‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛1 1‬‬
‫‪B⎜ , ⎟ ∈ E‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝2 2‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪4‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ B ، A‬و ‪ C‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ B ، A :‬و ‪ C‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪zB − z A‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫\∈‬
‫‪zC − z A‬‬
‫‪z −1‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫\∈‬
‫‪iz‬‬
‫‪iz − i‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫\∈‬
‫‪−z‬‬
‫‪i − iz‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫\∈‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z = x + iy‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪i − i ( x + iy‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫\∈‬
‫‪x + iy‬‬
‫) ‪y + i (1 − x‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫\∈‬
‫‪x + iy‬‬
‫⇔‬
‫‪(y‬‬ ‫) ‪+ i (1 − x ) ) ( x − i y‬‬
‫\∈‬
‫‪x2 + y 2‬‬
‫‪(x y‬‬ ‫) ‪+ (1 − x ) y ) + i ( x − x 2 − y 2‬‬

‫⇔‬ ‫\ ∈‬
‫‪x2 + y 2‬‬
‫‪x − x2 − y 2 = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x2 − 2‬‬ ‫‪x + y2 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x2 − 2‬‬ ‫‪x +‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪+ y2 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎜x −‬‬ ‫= ‪+ y2‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪⎛ ⎛1‬‬ ‫⎞‬ ‫⎞‪1‬‬

‫; ⎟‪E = A ⎜Ω ⎜ , 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎝ ⎝2‬‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫⎠⎟ ‪2‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻂ اﻟﻤﺘﺪاورة‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪D,C,B,A‬اﻟﺘﻲ أﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ هﻲ ‪d,c,b,a‬‬
‫‪d −a b−c‬‬ ‫‪d −a d −c‬‬
‫×‬ ‫أو \ ∈‬ ‫×‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ D,C,B,A‬ﻣﺘﺪاورة اذا وﻓﻘﻂ اذا آﺎن \ ∈‬
‫‪b−a d −c‬‬ ‫‪b−a b−c‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ و ﺗﺪآﻴﺮ‬
‫اذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ℓ‬هﻲ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ‪ABC‬و‪D‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻓﺎن‬
‫‪JJJGJJJG n‬‬ ‫‪JJJGJJJG‬‬ ‫‪JJJGJJJG n‬‬ ‫‪JJJGJJJG‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫(‬ ‫( )‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫( )‬
‫‪ AB, AD + CB,CD = π‬أو ‪M ∈ A ⇔ AB, AD = CB,CD‬‬ ‫( )‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫‪ c = -1+i‬و ‪ d=1-3i‬ﻣﺘﺪاورة‬ ‫أﺛﺒﺚ أن اﻟﻨﻘﻂ‪ D,C,B,A‬اﻟﺘﻲ أﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‪ a = -2‬و‪ b=2‬و‬
‫ﻣﺮاﻓــﻖ ﻋــﺪد ﻋـﻘــــﺪي ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-III‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫‪z = a + ib‬‬
‫‪( a, b ) ∈ \ 2‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪q + BCD‬‬
‫‪q =π‬‬
‫ﻣﺮاﻓﻖ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي‬
‫‪M ∈ A ⇔ BAD‬‬
‫هﻮ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي اﻟﺬي ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑــ ‪ z‬واﻟﻤﻌﺮف ﺑــ ‪z = a − ib‬‬
‫‪a + ib = a − ib‬‬ ‫أي ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈــﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫‪.z = z‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ z‬ﻣﻦ ^ ;‬
‫‪ (2‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪z = a + ib‬‬

‫‪z z = a 2 + b2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (3‬اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ) ‪ M ( z‬و ) ‪ M ' ( z‬ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺘﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
: ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴـــﺎت‬
( a, b ) ∈ \ 2 ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ‬z = a + ib ‫ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬-1
z + z = 2a : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
z − z = 2ib
: ‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘــﺎج‬
∀z ∈ ^
z + z = 2 ℜe ( z )
z − z = 2 i Im ( z )
.‫ ﻋﺪدا ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺎ‬z ‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬-2
z = z ⇔ z ∈ \
z + z = 0 ⇔ ‫ ﺗﺨﻴﻠﻲ ﺻﺮف‬z
.‫ ﻋﺪدان ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺎن‬z2 ‫ و‬z1 ‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬-3

z1 + z2 = z1 + z2
z1 × z2 = z1 × z2
⎛ z1 ⎞ z1
⎜ ⎟ = / z2 ≠ 0
⎝ z2 ⎠ z2
. \ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬α ‫ ﻣﻦ ^ وﻟﻜﻞ‬z ‫ﻟﻜﻞ‬

αz = αz
. ` ‫ ﻣﻦ‬n ‫ ﻣﻦ ^ وﻟﻜﻞ‬z ‫ ﻟﻜﻞ‬-4

= (z )
n n
z
∀ z1 , z2 , ... zn ∈ ^ -5
z1 ⋅ z2 ⋅ ....... zn = z1 ⋅ z2 ⋅ ........ zn
n n
π zk = π zk
k =1 k =1
: ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴــﻖ‬
z + 2i
( E1 ) : = 3i : ‫ ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ ^ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟــﺔ‬-1
iz −1
D = {z ∈ ^ / i z − 1 ≠ 0}
1
iz −1 ≠ 0 ⇔ z ≠
i
⇔ z ≠ −i
⇔ z ≠ i
D = {z ∈ ^ / z ≠ i} : ‫إذن‬
∀ z ∈^ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
( E1 ) ⇔ z + 2i = (i z − 1) 3 i
⇔ z + 2 i = −3 z − 3 i
⇔ z + 3z − 5i = 0
z = x + iy : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
( E1 ) ⇔ (x + i y) + 3 ( x − i y) + 5 i = 0 : ‫إذن‬
⇔ (x + 3 x ) + i ( y − 3 y + 5) = 0
⇔ 4 x + i (5 − 2 y ) = 0
⇔ 4x = 5 − 2y = 0
5
⇔ x = 0 ‫و‬ y =
2
5
z = i : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
2
⎧5 ⎫
S = ⎨ i⎬ : ‫وﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
⎩2 ⎭
( E2 ) : z2 + 4 z − 5 = 0 : ‫ ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ ^ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟــﺔ‬-2
z = x + iy : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
( E2 ) (x + i y) + 4 ( x − i y) − 5 = 0
2
⇔ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
⇔ x2 + 2 i x y − y 2 + 4 x − 4 i y − 5 = 0
⇔ (x 2
− y 2 + 4 x − 5) + i ( 2 x y − 4 y ) = 0
⎪⎧ x − y + 4 x − 5 = 0
2 2
⇔ ⎨
⎪⎩2 y ( x − 2 ) = 0
⎪⎧ x − y + 4 x − 5 = 0
2 2
⇔ ⎨
⎪⎩ y = 0 ‫ أو‬x = 2
y = 0 : ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
x2 + 4 x − 5 = 0 : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
‫‪∆ = 62‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪ x2 = 1‬و ‪x1 = − 5‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪S1‬‬ ‫}‪{−5 ; 1‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪x = 2 :‬‬

‫‪4 − y + 4× 2 − 5 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪4 − y2 + 8 − 5 = 0‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪− y2 = − 7‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪y2 = 7‬‬
‫= ‪y‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫أو‬ ‫‪y = − 7‬‬
‫= ‪S2‬‬ ‫‪{2 − i‬‬ ‫‪7 ; 2 + i 7‬‬ ‫}‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪S‬‬ ‫‪{−5‬‬ ‫‪; 1 ; 2 − i 7 ; 2 + i‬‬ ‫}‪7‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Module d’un nombre complexe‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴــﺎر ﻋــﺪد ﻋـﻘـــﺪي‬ ‫‪-IV‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ z‬ﻋﺪدا ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫‪z = a + ib /‬‬ ‫)‪(a , b‬‬ ‫\ ∈‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪z = a − ib‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪z ⋅ z = a 2 + b2 ≥ 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪∀z ∈ ^ ; z z ≥ 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﻴــﺎر اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘـﺪي ‪. z‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪z z‬‬
‫وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑــ ‪. z‬‬
‫‪z = a + ib /‬‬ ‫)‪(a , b‬‬ ‫‪∈ \2‬‬
‫= ‪z‬‬ ‫= ‪zz‬‬ ‫‪a 2 + b2‬‬
‫أﻣﺜــﺎل ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪2 − i‬‬ ‫= ‪4 + 1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫= ‪3 + 2i‬‬ ‫= ‪9 + 4‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫= ‪2 − 3i‬‬ ‫= ‪4 + 9‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬

‫; ^ ∈ ‪∀z‬‬ ‫‪z = −z = z‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﻴـﺎر ﻋـﺪد ﻋﻘــﺪي ‪:‬‬

‫‪G G‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ) ‪. ( O, e1 , e2‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ) ‪ M ( a, b‬ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪. z = a + ib‬‬
‫= ‪z‬‬ ‫‪a 2 + b2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫= ‪OM‬‬ ‫‪a 2 + b2‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪z = OM‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ z‬ﻋﺪدا ﻋﻘـﺪﻳـﺎ ﺻﻮرﺗﻪ ‪ M‬وﺻﻮرﺗﻪ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻴﺔ ‪. u‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪z = OM = u‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴـﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘـﻮى اﻟﻌـﻘــﺪي ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻟﺤﻘﺎهﻤﺎ ‪ z A‬و ‪ zB‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪JJJG‬‬
‫) (‬
‫‪aff AB = zB − z A‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪JJJG‬‬
‫‪AB = AB = z B − z A‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻟﺤﻘﺎهﻤﺎ ‪ z A‬و ‪. zB‬‬
‫‪JJJG‬‬
‫‪AB = AB = z B − z A‬‬
‫‪zB = − 3 + 2i‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪zA = 1 + i‬‬ ‫‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪AB :‬‬
‫‪AB = z B − z A‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪= −3 + 2i − 1 − i‬‬
‫= ‪= −4 + i‬‬ ‫= ‪16 + 1‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴـــﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫; ^ ∈ ‪∀z‬‬ ‫‪z = 0‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪z = 0‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ z‬ﻣﻦ ^ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪ℜe ( z ) ≤ z‬‬
‫‪Im ( z ) ≤ z‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ z1‬و ‪ z2‬ﻣﻦ ^ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪z1 + z2 ≤ z1 + z2‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ z1‬و ‪ z2‬ﻣﻦ ^ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫‪z1 ⋅ z2 = z1 ⋅ z2‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ z‬ﻣﻦ ^ وﻟﻜﻞ ‪ n‬ﻣﻦ *` ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫‪zn = z‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ z1‬ﻣﻦ ^ وﻟﻜﻞ ‪ z2‬ﻣﻦ *^ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬

‫‪z1‬‬ ‫‪z1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪z2‬‬ ‫‪z2‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ z‬ﻣﻦ *^ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-7‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـــﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ) ‪ M ( z‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻬﺎ ‪ z‬ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪z = z − i‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪z = 2 z − i‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ذات اﻟﻠﺤﻖ ‪. i‬‬ ‫ﻃـ‪: 1-‬‬
‫‪z = z − i‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪OM = AM‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫إذن ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ M‬هــﻲ واﺳﻂ اﻟﻘﻄﻌــﺔ ]‪. [OA‬‬
‫‪z = x + iy‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻃـ‪: 2-‬‬

‫)‪= x + i ( y − 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪z = z − i‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪x + iy‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫)‪( y − 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪x2 + y 2 = x2 +‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪y2 = y2 − 2 y + 1‬‬

‫⇔‬ ‫‪2y = 1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫= ‪y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪z = 2 z − i‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪z = x + iy‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x2 + y 2 = 2‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫)‪( y − 1‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪= 4 (x‬‬ ‫) )‪( y − 1‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x2 + y 2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪4 x2 + 4 y 2 − 8 y + 4 − x2 − y2 = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪3 x2 + 3 y 2 − 8 y + 4 = 0‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x2 + y 2 −‬‬ ‫‪y +‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫⋅ ‪x2 + y 2 − 2‬‬ ‫‪y +‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫⎟ ‪x + ⎜y −‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪3‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪4‬‬

‫= ‪.r‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ M‬هﻲ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ⎟ ‪ Ω ⎜ 0 ,‬وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﻤـﺪة ﻋـﺪد ﻋﻘــﺪي ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻨﻌـــﺪم‪.‬‬ ‫‪-V‬‬

‫‪L’argument d’un nombre complexe non nul.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳـﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ M‬ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﻌﺪم ‪. z‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪Gn‬‬ ‫‪JJJJG‬‬
‫ﻋﻤـﺪة اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪ z‬هﻮ آﻞ ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺔ ‪ ، e1 , OM‬وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟـﻪ ﺑــ ) ‪. arg ( z‬‬
‫‪ k ∈ ] / θ + 2kπ‬هﻮ أﻳﻀﺎ‬ ‫‪ -1‬إذا آﺎن ‪ θ‬هﻮ ﻋﻤﺪة اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪ ، z‬ﻓﺈن آﻞ ﻋﺪد ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺪة اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪. z‬‬
‫] ∈ ‪arg ( z ) = θ + 2kπ / k‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬

‫] ‪arg ( z ) = θ [ 2π‬‬ ‫أو ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻌﺪد ‪ 0‬ﻻ ﻋﻤﺪة ﻟــﻪ‪.‬‬
‫أﻣﺜـﻠــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫أﻧﺸﺊ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ اﻟﺘﻲ أﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪zE = 2 + 2 i ، zD = − 2 i ، zC = 3 i‬‬ ‫‪، zB = − 3 ، z A = 4‬‬
‫و ‪zF = − 2 + 2 i‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘـــﺎج ‪:‬‬
‫] ‪Arg ( z A ) = 0 [ 2π‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫] ‪Arg ( z B ) = π [ 2π‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫= ) ‪Arg ( zC‬‬ ‫] ‪[ 2π‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪−π‬‬
‫= ) ‪Arg ( z D‬‬ ‫] ‪[ 2π‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫= ) ‪Arg ( zE‬‬ ‫] ‪[ 2π‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫= ) ‪Arg ( zF‬‬ ‫] ‪[ 2π‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺸﻜــﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻟﻌـﺪد ﻋﻘـﺪي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻌــﺪم‪.‬‬
‫‪zE = 2 + 2 i‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎛ 2‬‬ ‫⎞‪2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⎜⎜ × ‪8‬‬ ‫‪+ i‬‬ ‫⎟‬
‫‪⎝ 2‬‬ ‫⎠⎟ ‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫⎞‪π‬‬
‫‪= 2 2 ⎜ cos‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪+ i sin‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫⎠‪4‬‬
‫‪. zE‬‬ ‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺴـﻤـﻰ اﻟﺸﻜـﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﻠـﺜــﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪= 2 + 2 i‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳـﻒ وﺧﺎﺻﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪z = z‬‬ ‫‪( cos θ‬‬ ‫) ‪+ sin θ‬‬ ‫آﻞ ﻋﺪد ﻋﻘﺪي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻌﺪم ‪ z‬ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ وﺣﻴﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜــﻞ‬
‫] ‪θ = arg ( z ) [ 2π‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫وﺗﺴﻤــﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑــﺎﻟﺸﻜـﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﻠـﺜــﻲ ﻟﻠﻌـﺪد اﻟﻌﻘـﺪي ‪. z‬‬

‫] ‪z = [r , θ‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ آﺬﻟﻚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪r = z‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫] ‪θ ≡ arg ( z ) [ 2π‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫⎡‬ ‫⎤ ‪−π‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ −π‬‬ ‫‪⎛ −π‬‬ ‫⎞⎞‬
‫‪z = ⎢3 ,‬‬ ‫⎥‬ ‫⎜ ‪= 3 ⎜ cos‬‬ ‫⎜ ‪⎟ + i sin‬‬ ‫⎟⎟‬
‫⎣‬ ‫⎦ ‪6‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ 6‬‬ ‫‪⎝ 6‬‬ ‫⎠⎠‬
‫⎛‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫⎞‪π‬‬

‫‪= 3 ⎜ cos‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪− i sin‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫⎠‪6‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫⎞‪π‬‬

‫‪z = 3 ⎜ cos‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪+ i sin‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫⎠‪6‬‬
‫⎡‬ ‫⎤‪π‬‬
‫⎥ ‪= ⎢3 ,‬‬
‫⎣‬ ‫⎦‪6‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ z‬ﻋﺪدا ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻩ ﻳﺴﺎوي ‪. 1‬‬
‫‪z = [1 , θ ] = cos θ + i sin θ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪z = cos θ − i sin θ‬‬

‫) ‪= cos ( −θ ) + i sin ( −θ‬‬
‫] ‪= [1 , − θ‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻟﻌـﺪد ﻋﻘـﺪي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻌـﺪم ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪( a, b‬‬ ‫‪∈ \2‬‬ ‫↔‬ ‫‪z = a + ib‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫= ‪z‬‬ ‫‪a 2 + b2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫⎞‬

‫‪b‬‬
‫= ‪z‬‬ ‫⎜ ‪a 2 + b2‬‬ ‫‪+ i‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎝ a + b‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪a + b‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ θ‬ﻣﻦ ] ‪. ]−π , π‬‬
a
cos θ = : ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
a + b2
2
b
sin θ =
a + b2
2
z = r ( cos θ + i sin θ )
r = z : ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
θ ≡ arg z [ 2 π ]
: ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴــﻖ‬
: ‫أآﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
z1 = 1 + i 3 -1
z = 1 + 3 = 2 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
⎛1 3⎞
z = 2 × ⎜⎜ + i ⎟ : ‫إذن‬
⎝2 2 ⎟⎠
⎛ π π⎞
= 2 ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
⎝ 3 3⎠
⎡ π⎤
z1 = ⎢ 2 , ⎥
⎣ 3⎦
z2 = 3 − i -2
⎛ 3 1⎞
z2 = 2 ⎜⎜ − i ⎟⎟
⎝ 2 2⎠
⎛ ⎛ −π ⎞ ⎛ −π ⎞ ⎞
= 2 ⎜ cos ⎜ ⎟ + i sin ⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝ ⎝ 6 ⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠⎠
⎡ −π ⎤
= ⎢2 ;
⎣ 6 ⎥⎦
z3 = 2 + 2 i -3
z3 = 8 = 2 2 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
⎛ 2 2⎞
z3 = 2 2 ⎜⎜ + i ⎟ : ‫إذن‬
⎝ 2 2 ⎟⎠
⎛ π π⎞
= 2 2 ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
⎝ 4 4⎠
⎡ π⎤
= ⎢2 2 ; ⎥
⎣ 4⎦
z4 = − 3 − i -4
⎛− 3 1 ⎞
= 2 ⎜⎜ − i⎟
⎝ 2 2 ⎟⎠
⎛ ⎛ −5π ⎞ ⎛ −5π ⎞⎞ ⎡ −5π ⎤

= 2 ⎜ cos ⎜ ⎟ + i sin ⎜ ⎟⎟ = ⎢2 ,
⎝ ⎝ 6 ⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠⎠ ⎣ 6 ⎥⎦
: ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴـــﺎت‬
1
∀z ∈ ^* , arg ≡ − arg z [ 2 π ] -1
z
z = [1 , θ ] : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
1 1
=
z cos θ + i sin θ
cos θ − i sin θ
=
1
= cos ( −θ ) + i sin ( −θ )
= [1 , − θ ]
1
∀z ∈ ^* , arg ≡ − arg z [ 2 π ] : ‫إذن‬
z
: ^* ‫ ﻣﻦ‬z2 ‫ و‬z1 ‫ ﻟﻜﻞ‬-2-
arg z1 ⋅ z2 ≡ arg z1 + arg z2 [ 2 π ]
z1 = [1 , θ ] : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
z2 = [1 , α ]
z1 ⋅ z2 = ( cos θ + i sinθ ) ( cos α + i sinα ) : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
= ( cos θ cos α − sinθ sinα ) + i ( cos θ sinα + sinθ cos α )
= cos (θ + α ) + i sin (θ + α )
= [1 , θ + α ]
arg z1 ⋅ z2 ≡ arg z1 + arg z2 [ 2 π ] : ‫إذن‬
: ^* ‫ ﻣﻦ‬z2 ‫ و‬z1 ‫ﻟﻜﻞ‬-3

z1
arg ≡ arg z1 − arg z2 [ 2 π ]
z2
z1 ⎛ 1⎞
arg = arg ⎜ z1 × ⎟ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
z2 ⎝ z2 ⎠
1
= arg z1 + arg [2 π ]
z2
‫‪z1‬‬
‫‪arg‬‬ ‫] ‪≡ arg z1 − arg z2 [ 2 π‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪z2‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ n‬ﻣﻦ ` وﻟﻜﻞ ‪ z‬ﻣﻦ *^‬
‫] ‪arg z n = n arg ( z ) [ 2 π‬‬
‫ﺑﺮهــﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮهــﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻـــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪⎡1‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫⎥ ‪= ⎢ , −θ‬‬
‫‪[R , θ ] ⎣ R‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫] ‪[ R , θ ] ⋅ [r , α‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫] ‪[R × r ; θ + α‬‬

‫] ‪[R , θ‬‬ ‫‪⎡R‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫⎥ ‪= ⎢ ; θ −α‬‬
‫] ‪[r , α‬‬ ‫‪⎣r‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫] ‪[R , θ‬‬ ‫⎦⎤ ‪= ⎡⎣ R n ; n α‬‬

‫‪n‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴــــﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 + i‬‬
‫= ‪Z‬‬ ‫أآﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺠﺒﺮي اﻟﻌﺪد ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 + i 3‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪sin‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪cos‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻲ‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫⎡‬ ‫⎤‪π‬‬
‫‪1 + i‬‬ ‫⎦⎥ ‪⎢⎣ 2 , 4‬‬ ‫⎤ ‪⎡ 2 −π‬‬
‫= ‪Z‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⎢ =‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫⎥‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 + i 3‬‬ ‫⎡‬ ‫⎤‪π‬‬ ‫⎣‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫⎦ ‪12‬‬
‫⎣⎢‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫⎦⎥ ‪3‬‬
‫= ‪Z‬‬
‫‪1 + i‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪(1‬‬ ‫‪+ i) 1 − i‬‬‫(‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪1 + i 3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1 +‬‬ ‫‪3 + i − i‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫=‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1 + 3‬‬ ‫‪1 − 3‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+ i‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫⎛ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪−π‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪−π‬‬ ‫‪1 + 3‬‬ ‫‪1 − 3‬‬
‫‪⎜ cos‬‬ ‫‪+ i sin‬‬ ‫= ⎟‬ ‫‪+ i‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫⎝ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪12‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪2 +‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2 −‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫‪cos‬‬ ‫‪− i sin‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪+ i‬‬ ‫أي ‪:‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪2 +‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪2 − 6‬‬
‫‪cos‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪sin‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ -4‬زاوﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴـﻦ وﻋﻤﺪة ﻋـﺪد ﻋﻘـﺪي ‪:‬‬
‫‪JJJG‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻤـﺪة ﻟﺤــﻖ اﻟﻤﺘﺠـﻬــﺔ ‪AB‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪ P‬ﻟﺤﻘﺎهﻤﺎ ‪ z A‬و ‪ z B‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ‪.‬‬
JJJJG JJJG
. OM = AB : ‫ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﺣﻴﺚ‬M ‫وﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
( G JJJG
) ( G JJJJG
e1 , AB = e1 , OM )
( eG , AB )
JJJG
1 ≡ arg z B − z A [ 2 π ] : ‫إذن‬
: ‫ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺧﺎﺻـﺔ‬
( eG , OA) ≡ arg z [2 π ]
JJJG
1 A
( eG , OM ) ≡ arg z [2 π ]
JJJJG
1 M
‫ زاوﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ وﻋﻤﺪة ﺧﺎرج ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬-2

. ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬zC ، zB ، z A ‫ ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ أﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ‬C ‫ و‬B ‫ و‬A ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
( ) ( ) ( )
JJJG JJJG JJJG G G JJJG
AB, AC = AB, e1 + e1 , AC : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
− ( e , AB ) + ( e , AC )
G JJJG G JJJG
= 1 1
= − arg ( z B − z A ) + arg ( zC − z A )
zC − z A
= arg
zB − z A
: ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴــﺔ‬
zC ، zB ، z A ‫ أﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ‬، ‫ ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﻘﺪي‬C ‫ و‬B ، A ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
. ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬
( AB, AC )
JJJG JJJG zC − z A
≡ arg [2 π ]
zB − z A
: ‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘــﺎج‬
( AB, CD )
JJJG JJJG z D − zC
≡ arg [2 π ]
zB − z A
b = −4 − 2 i ، a = 2 − 2 i : ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬7 ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳــﻦ‬
1 5
e = + i c = +4 + 2 i
2 2
1 5
4 + 2i − − i
c − e 2 2
= : ‫إذن‬
a − e 1 5
2 − 2i − − i
2 2
7 1
− i
2 2 7 − i
= =
3 9 3 − 9i
− i
2 2
=
(7 − i ) (3 + 9 i)
9 + 81
21 + 9 + i ( 63 − 3)
=
90
1 2
= + i
3 3
1 5
2 − 2i − − i
a − e 2 2
= : ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
b − e 1 5
−4 − 2 i − − i
2 2
3 9
− i
= 2 2
−9 9
− i
2 2
3 − 9i 1 − 3i
= =
−9 − 9 i −3 − 3 i
−1 + 3 i
=
3 + 3i
=
( −1 + 3 i ) (3 − 3 i )
18
−3 + 3 i + 9 i + 9 6 + 12 i
= =
18 18
1 2
= + i
3 3
c − e a − e
= : ‫إذن‬
a − e b − e
( ) ( ) [2 π ]
JJJG JJJG JJJG JJJG
EA ; EC ≡ EB ; EA : ‫إذن‬
: ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈــﺔ ﻣﻬﻤــﺔ‬
، ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬C ‫ و‬B ، A ‫ أﻟﺤﺎق اﻟﻨﻘـﻂ‬zC ، zB ، z A ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
zC − z A ⎡ ±π ⎤
= ⎢1 , ⇔ ‫ ﻣﺘﺴــﺎوي اﻟﺴﺎﻗﻴـــﻦ‬ABC ‫اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ‬ : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
zB − z A ⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
‫وﻗﺎﺋــﻢ اﻟــﺰاوﻳــــﺔ‬
zC − z A ⎡ ±π ⎤
= ⎢1 , ⇔ ‫ ﻣﺘﺴﺎوي اﻷﺿﻼع‬ABC ‫اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ‬
zB − z A ⎣ 3 ⎥⎦
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻟﻺزاﺣﺔ‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻣﻨﺴﻮب اﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ م م م‬
‫‪ t‬ذات اﻟﻤﻨﺠﻬﺔ ) ‪u ( z0‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻻزاﺣﺔ‬
‫‪JJJJJG G‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪tuG ( M ) = M ′ ⇔ MM ′ = u‬‬
‫‪JJJJJG‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫اذن ‪aff MM ′ = aff u‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪z′ − z = z0‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻟﻼزاﺣﺔ ذات اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ) ‪z0 ∈ ^ / u ( z0‬‬
‫‪z ′ = z + z0‬‬ ‫هﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺎآﻲ‬

‫) ‪ Ω ( z0‬وﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪k‬‬ ‫‪h‬اﻟﺬي ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﺎآﻲ‬
‫‪JJJJJG‬‬ ‫‪JJJJG‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪h ( M ) = M ′ ⇔ ΩM ′ = k ΩM‬‬
‫‪JJJJJG‬‬ ‫‪JJJJG‬‬
‫اذن ‪aff ΩM ′ = k .aff ΩM‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ) ‪z ′ − z0 = k ( z − z0‬‬
‫وﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ‪k‬‬ ‫) ‪Ω ( z0‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺎآﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ‬

‫) ‪z ′ − z0 = k ( z − z0‬‬ ‫هﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪:1‬‬
‫) ‪(1  i 3)(sin   i cos ‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺣﻞ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪  ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪z ‬‬ ‫‪(z  2  4i )(5  i )  5  7i‬‬
‫) ‪(2  2i )(cos  i sin ‬‬
‫‪z  1t  t 2‬‬ ‫‪Arg (t )    2  et t  1‬‬ ‫‪2z  z  4  5i‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﻞ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ 2 ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪3z  z '  2  5i‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ (O , u ,v ) ‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ‪ A : ‬ﻭ‪ B ‬ﻭ‪ C ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ z  z '  2  i‬‬
‫‪ – 3‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ‪ ‬ﻟﻸﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪ 2(1  i‬ﻭ‪ 2(1  i ) ‬ﻭ‪. 2i 2 ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3  2i 1  i 27‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪A C  BC :‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫(‪,‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪3  4i 2  i 1  i‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪(CA ,CB ) ‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ z  (1  i ) n  (1  i ) n :‬ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻟﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﻜﻞ‪ n ‬ﻣﻦ‪.  ‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ‪ ‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ‪ABC :‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﺤﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪ D ‬ﻟﻜﻲ‪ ‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪ADBC ‬‬
‫‪2z  i‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪z    1  i  : f  z  ‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‪ ‬‬
‫‪z 1 i‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪:6‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻡ‪ (o , e1 , e 2 ) ‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ ) ‪A (1  i‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ‪ u  2  2i : ‬ﻭ‪v  6  i 2 ‬‬ ‫‪1 ‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻠﺘﻲ‪ ‬ﻝ‪ u ‬ﻭ‪.v ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪ B  i  ‬ﻭ‪M  z  ‬‬
‫‪2 ‬‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻠﺘﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪﻱ‪. :‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺣﻞ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪  ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪f (z )  i ‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪. cos‬‬ ‫‪ sin‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﻢ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ‪ M  z  ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪f (z )  2 :‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﻀﻊ‪ z  x  iy ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪(x . y )   2 : ‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪:7‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃ( ﺑﺮﻫﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪2x  2 y  2 x  3 y  1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x  2 y 1‬‬
‫ﻧﻀﻊ‪ z 1  2i ‬ﻭ‪ z 2  3  i ‬ﻭ‪z 3  2(1  i ) ‬‬ ‫‪f (z ) ‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬
‫)‪(x  1)  ( y  1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(x  1) 2  ( y  1) 2‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻠﺘﻲ‪ ‬ﻝ‪ z 1 ‬ﻭ‪z 2 ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺏ( ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ M  z ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ) ‪ f (z‬ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪z 112  z 212 :‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺝ( ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻱ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ M  z ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪f ( z )  i  ‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻠﺘﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩ‪. 3 :‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪:3‬‬
‫‪z2‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻱ‪ ‬ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ‪ M (z ) ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻛﻞ‪ ‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪z  1  i  3 -1‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ‪ cos ‬ﻭ‪sin ‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪z  2  z  2i -2‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‪ A ‬ﻭ‪ B ‬ﻭ‪ C ‬ﺻﻮﺭ‪ z 1 ‬ﻭ‪ z 2 ‬ﻭ‪ z 3 ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪z  1  2i  2 -3‬‬
‫ﺃ( ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ o ‬ﻫﻲ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻠﺖ‪. ABC ‬‬ ‫‪z  z  z z  0 -4‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺣﺪﺩ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪OB ,OC : ‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪:8‬‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺘﺐ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺘﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪٬ i‬‬ ‫‪ ٬ ‬‬ ‫‪ i ٬   i‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‪ a ‬ﻭ‪ b ‬ﻭ ‪ 3 c‬ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺔ‪ ‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ‬ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ A ‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2 2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻭ‪ C ‬ﺻﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻱ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪1 i 4‬‬
‫‪c a‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪) ٬ (1  i 3) 24 ٬ 1  i 3 ٬ 3  i 3‬‬
‫(‪Re‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ ABC :‬ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ‪)  0  A‬‬ ‫‪3 i‬‬
‫‪b a‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‪ ABC :‬ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪(1  itg ) 2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪z a‬‬ ‫‪, a  0 et    k ‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ‪. a  b  c  ab  bc  ac ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1  tg ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1  cos  i sin‬‬
‫‪z ‬‬ ‫‪,     2‬‬
‫‪1  cos  i sin‬‬
‫اﻟـــــــﺪوال اﻷﺳـﻴــــــــﺔ‬
‫‪Fonctions exponentielles‬‬
‫اﻟﺪاﻟــﺔ اﻷﺳـﻴـــﺔ اﻟﻨﺒــﺮﻳــــﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-I‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴــــﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن داﻟﺔ اﻟﻠﻮﻏﺎرﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻨﺒﺮي ‪ ln‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. \ *+‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim ln x = +‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫∞ ‪lim ln x = −‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬

‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪x→ 0‬‬
‫‪x 0‬‬
‫إذن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ ln‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ \ *+‬ﻧﺤﻮ \ ‪.‬‬

‫إذن ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴـﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣـﻦ \ ﻧﺤــﻮ ‪. \*+‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻠﻮﻏﺎرﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻨﺒﺮي هﻲ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺳﻴـﺔ اﻟﻨﺒﺮﻳــﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑــ ‪. exp‬‬
‫\ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫\ ∈ ‪; ∀y‬‬
‫‪ln x = y‬‬ ‫‪⇔ x = exp y‬‬
‫; \ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪exp ( x ) = e‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪exp (1) = e = e‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪exp ( 0 ) = e0 = 1‬‬
‫‪∀x ∈ \ ; e x ; 0‬‬ ‫‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪∀x ∈ \ ; ln e x = x‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪∀x ∈ \ *+ ; e ln x = x‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ exp‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫\ ∈ ) ‪∀ ( x, y‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫;‬ ‫‪e = ey‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪x = y‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪ex ; e y‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪x ; y‬‬ ‫‬
‫∞ ‪lim e x = +‬‬ ‫‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫‪lim e x = 0+‬‬
‫∞‪x → −‬‬
‫; ‪∀ ( x, y ) ∈ \ 2‬‬ ‫‪ex+ y = ex ⋅ e y‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬‬

‫‪ex‬‬
‫= ‪e x− y‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪ey‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪e− x‬‬ ‫‪= x‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪e‬‬
3ELMO : ‫ ﻧﻬـﺎﻳـــﺎت ﻣﻬـﻤـــﺔ‬-5
http://3elmo.blogspot.com
x
e
lim = +∞ -a
x →+∞ x
: ‫ﺑﺮهـــﺎن‬
X = ex : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
(x → + ∞) ⇔ (X → + ∞) ln X = x : ‫إذن‬
ex X 1 1
lim = lim = lim = = +∞
x →+∞ x X →+∞ ln X X →+∞ ln X 0+
X
lim x e x = 0 -b
x →−∞
x
lim x e x = lim − x : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
x →−∞ x →−∞ e
X = −x : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
−X
lim x e x = lim : ‫إذن‬
x →−∞ X →+∞ eX
−1 −1
= lim = = 0
X →+∞ eX +∞
X
ex −1
lim = 1 -c
x →0 x
ex = X : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
(x → 0) ⇔ (X → 1) : ‫إذن‬
ex −1 X −1
lim = lim : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
x →0 x X →1 ln X
1
= lim = 1
X →1 ln X
X −1
n -d
lim x e x = 0
x →−∞
ex
lim n = +∞ -e
x →+∞ x
2
ex ⎛ ex / 2 ⎞
lim = lim ⎜ ⎟
x →+∞ x2 x →+∞
⎝ x ⎠
2
⎛ ⎞
⎜ ex / 2 ⎟
= lim ⎜
x →+∞ x⎟
⎜2 × ⎟
⎝ 2⎠
2
⎛ ⎞
e x
1 ⎜ ex / 2 ⎟
lim = lim ⎜ x ⎟
x →+∞ x2 x →+∞ 4
⎜ ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠
x
X = : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
2
2
1 ⎛ eX ⎞
= lim ⎜ ⎟
X →+∞ 4
⎝ X ⎠
= +∞
n
⎛ ⎞
ex ⎜ ex / n ⎟
x≥2 ; = lim ⎜
x ⎟
lim
x →+∞ xn x →+∞
⎜ n ⎟
⎝ n ⎠
n
⎛ ⎞
1 ⎜ ex / n ⎟
= lim n ⎜ ⎟
x →+∞ n x
⎜ ⎟
⎝ n ⎠
x
X = : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
n
n
1 ⎛ eX ⎞
= lim n ⎜ ⎟
X →+∞ n
⎝ X ⎠
= +∞ : ‫ﺗﻄﺒـﻴـــﻖ‬
: ‫أﺣﺴـــﺐ‬
x2 − x x2 − x
e −1 e − 1 x −x 2
lim = lim ⋅
x →0 x x →0 x −x2
x
ex −x − 1
2
= lim ⋅ ( x − 1)
x →0 x2 − x
= 1 ⋅ ( 0 − 1) = − 1
ex −x − 1 eX − 1
2
lim = lim = 1 : ‫ﻷن‬

x →0 x2 − x X →0 X
( X = x2 − x : ‫) وﺿﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻣﺸﺘﻘـﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟـﺔ اﻷﺳﻴــﺔ اﻟﻨﺒـﺮﻳــﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫; \ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪Log e x = x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫; \ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪( Log e ) ' = 1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫; \ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫' ) ‪Log ' ( e ) × ( e‬‬‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪= 1‬‬ ‫أي ‪:‬‬
‫; \ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬
‫‪(e ) ' = 1‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ex‬‬
‫; \ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫' ) ‪(e‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪= ex‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌـﻤﻴـــﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪f ( x ) = eu ( x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻋﺪدﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓــﺔ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ u‬داﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪. I‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪ f :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪. I‬‬
‫; ‪∀x ∈ I‬‬ ‫= ' )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫' ) ) ( ‪(e‬‬
‫‪u x‬‬
‫) ‪= u ' ( x ) ⋅ eu ( x‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒـﻴـــﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ex − 1‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪x + 1‬‬
‫)‪e x ( x − 1) − ( e x − 1‬‬
‫= )‪f '( x‬‬
‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‪+ 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x ex + 1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‪+ 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = e‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪-2‬‬
‫= )‪f '( x‬‬‫' ) ‪(e‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪= ( x )' × e‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪⋅e‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪2 x‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = x e‬‬
‫)‪( x −1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪f '( x) = 1 ⋅ e‬‬

‫)‪( x −1) + x 2 x e( x −1‬‬
‫) (‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= (1 + 2 x 2 ) e‬‬
‫)‪( x −1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎرﻳــﻦ ﺗﻄﺒـﻴـﻘﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫أﺣﺴـﺐ اﻟﻨﻬـﺎﻳـــﺎت ‪:‬‬
x
lim x e− x = lim −x
-1
x →+∞ x →+∞ e
1
⎛ x ⎞2
= lim ⎜ 2 x ⎟
x →+∞
⎝e ⎠
X = 2x : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
1
⎛1 X ⎞ 2
= lim ⎜ ⋅ ⎟ = 0
⎝2
X →+∞ eX ⎠
e1/ x − 1
lim x ( e 1/ x
− 1) = lim -2
x →+∞ x →+∞ 1
x
1
X = : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
x
eX −1
lim x ( e1/ x − 1) = lim = 1
x →+∞ X →0 X
ex + 1 1 + e− x
lim = lim = 1 -3
x →+∞ ex + 3 x →+∞ 1 + 3e− x
: ‫ اﻟﺘﻘـﻌــــﺮ‬-7
∀x ∈ ; (e ) ' = e
x x
∀x ∈ ; (e )" = (e ) '
x x
= ex : ‫إذن‬
∀x ∈ ; ex 0 : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
.(‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺳﻴـﺔ اﻟﻨﺒﺮﻳــﺔ ) ﻣﺤﺪب‬ : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫‪− 1) ⋅ e‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪:‬‬ ‫‬

‫= ‪Df‬‬ ‫[∞ ‪= ]−∞ , +‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻬـﺎﻳــــﺎت ‪:‬‬ ‫‬

‫‬ ‫‪lim‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫∞ ‪( x − 1) ⋅ e x = +‬‬
‫‬ ‫‪lim‬‬
‫∞‪x →−‬‬
‫‪(x‬‬ ‫‪− 1) ⋅ e x = − 1 ⋅ 0‬‬ ‫) ‪( F .I‬‬
‫‪lim x e x = 0‬‬
‫∞‪x →−‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻐـﻴــــﺮات ‪:‬‬ ‫‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫‪− 1) ⋅ e x‬‬
‫‪f ' ( x ) = 1 ⋅ ex +‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫‪− 1) e x‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪= xe‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺟــﺪول اﻟﺘﻐـﻴــــﺮات ‪:‬‬ ‫‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬
‫)‪f '( x‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫اﻟﻔــﺮوع اﻟﻼﻧﻬـﺎﺋـﻴـــﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‬

‫∞ ‪lim f ( x ) = +‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪+‬‬
‫)‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬

‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪= lim‬‬ ‫‪⋅ ex‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫∞ ‪= 1 × ( +∞ ) = +‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﺷﻠﺠﻤﻴﺎ اﺗﺠﺎهﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷراﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘـﻌـــﺮ وﻧﻘــﻂ اﻻﻧـﻌـﻄــﺎف ‪:‬‬ ‫‬

‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫)‪f '( x‬‬ ‫‪= xe‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪f "( x ) = 1 ex + x ex‬‬
‫‪= (1 + x ) ⋅ e x‬‬
: 5 ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـــﻖ‬
x
e
f ( x) =
e −1 x
: ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
Df = {x ∈ / e ≠ 1}
x
= {x ∈ / x ≠ 0} = *
: ‫اﻟﻨﻬـﺎﻳــــﺎت‬
x
e 1
lim = lim = 1
+∞ e −1
x +∞ 1
1 − x
e
ex 0
lim = = 0
−∞ ex − 1 0 −1
ex 1
lim+ x = = +∞
x →0 e −1 0+
ex 1
lim− x = = −∞
x →0 e −1 0−
: ‫اﻟﺘﻐـﻴــــﺮات‬
x
e
∀x ∈ *
; f ( x) = : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
e −1
x
e x ( e x − 1) ' − e x ( e x )
f '( x) =
(e − 1)
x 2
− ex
= ≺ 0
(e − 1)
x 2
: ‫ﺟــﺪول اﻟﺘﻐـﻴــــﺮات‬
‫اﻟـــﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺳـﻴـــﺔ ﻟﻸﺳــــﺎس ‪a‬‬
‫ﺗـﻤـﻬـﻴــــﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫∈‪a‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫}‪− {1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒـﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. \ *+‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ) ‪log a x‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫إذن ‪ :‬هﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﺑـﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ \ *+‬ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ‪. \ *+‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫‪.(x‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺳﻴـﺔ ﻟﻸﺳـﺎس ‪ ، a‬وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑـــ ) ) ‪expa ( x‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ) ‪log a x‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫∈ ‪∀y‬‬
‫‪log a ( x ) = y‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫) ‪x = expa ( y‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪exp a ( x ) = a‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(1‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪a x = ex‬‬ ‫‪ln a‬‬
‫‪(2‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪1x = 1‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪ax‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫‪f (x‬‬ ‫) ‪ax‬‬ ‫دراﺳــﺔ اﻟـﺪاﻟـــﺔ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺠﻤـﻮﻋــﺔ اﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬

‫= ‪D‬‬ ‫[∞ ‪= ]−∞ , +‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻨﻬــﺎﻳــــﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟــﺔ ‪: 1‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪lim a = lim e‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x ln a‬‬
‫∞‪= +‬‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫‪lim a x = lim e x ln a = 0‬‬

‫∞‪x →−‬‬ ‫∞‪x →−‬‬
‫‪0≺ a ≺1‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟــﺔ ‪: 2‬‬ ‫‬

‫‪lim a‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪= 0‬‬
‫∞‪+‬‬
‫∞ ‪lim a x = +‬‬
‫∞‪−‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﻐـﻴــــﺮات ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪= e‬‬ ‫‪x ln a‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫' ) ‪(a‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪= ln a ⋅ a x‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫') ‪(a‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪= ln a ⋅ a x‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
. ln a ‫هــﻲ إﺷﺎرة‬ (a ) '

x
‫وﻣﻨﻪ إﺷﺎرة‬
∀x ∈ ; ( a )′′
x
= ( ln a ⋅ a ) ' x
= ln 2 a ⋅ a x 0
a 1 : 1 ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟــﺔ‬
x −∞ +∞
f '( x) +
+∞
f ( x)
0
0≺ a ≺1 : 2 ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟــﺔ‬
x −∞ +∞
(ax ) ' −
+∞
ax
0
: ‫ﺗـﻄﺒـﻴـﻘـــﺎت‬
: ‫أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـــﺔ‬
x ⎛ 1⎞
⎛ 1⎞ x ln ⎜⎝
1+ ⎟
lim ⎜1 + ⎟ = lim e x⎠
(1
x →+∞
⎝ x⎠ x →+∞
⎛ 1⎞
ln ⎜1 + ⎟
⎝ x⎠
1
= lim e x
x →+∞
1
X = : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
x
(x → + ∞) ⇔ (X → 0)
ln (1 + X )
lim e X
= e1 = e : ‫إذن‬
X →0
1 1
lim (1 + x ) x = lim+ e ln (1 + x ) x
(2
x → 0+ x →0
ln (1 + x )
= lim+ e x
x →0
= e1 = e
lim x x = lim+ e x ln x = e0 = 1 (3
x → 0+ x →0
: ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤـﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴــﺔ‬f ‫ﺣـﺪد ﻣﺸﺘﻘــﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟـﺔ‬
f ( x ) = 4x (1
f ( x ) = e x ln 4
f '( x) = ( ln 4 ) ⋅ e x ln 4 : ‫إذن‬
= ( ln 4 ) ⋅ 4x
2x
f ( x) = (2
x
e x ln 2
f ( x) =
x
f '( x) =
( ln 2 ) × 2x × x − 2x
: ‫إذن‬
x2
=
(x ln 2 − 1) 2 x
x2
1
f ( x) = x x (3
ln x
f ( x) = e x
⎛ ln x ⎞
ln x
f '( x) = ⎜ ⎟' ⋅ e
x
: ‫إذن‬
⎝ x ⎠
1 − ln x ln x
= 2
⋅ e x
x
f ( x ) = 3 1− x (4
f ( x) = e (1− x ) ln 3
f '( x) = ( (1 − x ) ⋅ ln 3) ' ⋅ 3 1− x : ‫إذن‬
= − ln 3 ⋅ 3 1− x
x
⎛ 1⎞
f ( x ) = ⎜1 + ⎟ (5
⎝ x⎠
⎛ 1⎞
x ln ⎜1 + ⎟
f ( x) = e ⎝ x⎠
⎛ 1⎞
⎛ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎞ x ln ⎜1 + ⎟
f '( x) = ⎜ x ln ⎜1 + ⎟ ⎟ ' ⋅ e ⎝ x⎠
: ‫إذن‬
⎝ ⎝ x ⎠⎠
⎛ 1 ⎞
⎜ ⎛ − ⎟ ⎛ 1⎞
1⎞ x2 x ln ⎜1 + ⎟
= ⎜ ln ⎜1 + ⎟ + x ⋅ ⎟ ⋅e
⎝ x⎠
⎜ ⎝ x⎠ 1+ x ⎟
⎝ x ⎠
⎛ 1⎞
⎛ ⎛ 1⎞ 1 ⎞ x ln ⎜1 + ⎟
f '( x) = ⎜ ln ⎜1 + ⎟ − ⎟ ⋅e ⎝ x⎠
⎝ ⎝ x⎠ 1+ x ⎠
‫ﺗﻤﺎرﻳﻦ ﺣﻮل اﻟﺪوال اﻷﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪lim 1 − ‬‬ ‫‪lim  x + ‬‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫‪x →+∞ ‬‬ ‫‪x ‬‬ ‫‪x →+∞ ‬‬ ‫‪x ‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = x 2 x‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫أدرس و ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ f ( 0 ) = 1‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻻت‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪−3 x −3‬‬
‫‪ex‬‬ ‫‪=e‬‬ ‫‪; e 4 x −3 = 2‬‬
‫‪3e 3x − 2e 2 x − e x = 0‬‬
‫‪2e 2 x − 3e x + 1 ≺ 0 ; e x − 2e − x + 1 0‬‬ ‫‪32 x‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺮاﺟﺤﺎت ‪− 3x − 6 0‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪x + 2 y = 1‬‬
‫‪ x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ 2 =3‬‬
‫‪2x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪e −e‬‬ ‫‪e −1‬‬ ‫‪e +1‬‬ ‫‪2 x‬‬ ‫‪e +2‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪; lim‬‬ ‫‪lim‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪lim‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪lim‬‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫‪x→0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x→0 e2x − 3ex + 2‬‬ ‫‪x→+∞ x3‬‬ ‫∞‪x→−‬‬ ‫‪x→+∞ ex − 1‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪lim x‬‬ ‫‪lim‬‬
‫‪x →0+‬‬ ‫‪x →1 x − 1‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = 2e‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪− 3e + 1‬‬ ‫‪ -I‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ ‪ f‬ﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫‪-1‬أ‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ‪ D f‬وﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪ f‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪات ‪D f‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬أدرس ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪f‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أ‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ C f‬و ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ب‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟـ ‪ C f‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ذات اﻷﻓﺼﻮل ‪0‬‬
‫ج‪ -‬أدرس اﻟﻔﺮوع اﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪C f‬‬
‫د‪ -‬أﻧﺸﺊ ‪C f‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪g ( x ) = ln 2e 2 x − 3e x + 1‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪ -II‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ g‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑـ‬
‫‪ -1‬أ‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ‪ Dg‬و ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪ g‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪات ‪Dg‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬أدرس ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪g‬‬
‫‪Cg‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬أدرس اﻟﻔﺮوع اﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ Cg‬ﺛﻢ أﻧﺸﺊ‬
‫) ‪f ( x ) = 2x (1 − ln x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ ‪ f‬ﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ f ( x ) = e x − 1 − 2 1 − e x‬‬ ‫‪x ≤0‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫‪ f http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬و ‪e‬‬
‫‪ -1‬أدرس اﺷﺘﻘﺎق و اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫و أﻋﻂ اﻟﺘﺄوﻳﻞ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -2‬أﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪ f‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪات ‪ D f‬ﺛﻢ أدرس اﻟﻔﺮوع ﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪C f‬‬
‫‪i = j = 2cm‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬أدرس ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪ f‬و أﻧﺸﺊ ‪C f‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ J‬ﻳﺠﻴﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫]‪]−∞;0‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ g‬ﻗﺼﻮر اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ]−∞;0‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ ) ‪ g −1 ( x‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪J‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = 2x +‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑـ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪x‬‬
‫‪e −1‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ‪ D f‬و ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪ f‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪات ‪D f‬‬
‫أدرس ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪ f‬و أﻋﻂ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮاﺗﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫أدرس اﻟﻔﺮوع اﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ‪f‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪ 1‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ A  0; ‬ﻣﺮآﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ‪C f‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫‪ 2‬‬
‫أﻧﺸﺊ ‪ C f‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ م‪.‬م‪.‬م‬ ‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪2xe x − ( m − 1)e x − 2x + m = 0‬‬ ‫∈ ‪. m‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2x‬‬
‫= ) ‪f (x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+ ln x 2 − 1‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬ ‫‪ -I‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ [∞‪D = [ 0;1[ ∪ ]1; +‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪ -1‬أﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪ f‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪات ‪. D‬‬
‫= ) ‪ f ' ( x‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪ D‬و أﻋﻂ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪f‬‬

‫(‬
‫‪2x x 2 − 3‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن )‬
‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ إﺷﺎرة ) ‪ f ( x‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪D‬‬
‫‪g ( x ) = x ln x 2 − 1‬‬ ‫‪ -II‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ g‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ D‬ﺑـ‬

‫‪ -1‬أ‪ -‬أﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪ g‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪات ‪. D‬‬
‫)‪g ( x‬‬
‫‪ lim‬و أﻋﻂ ﺗﺄوﻳﻼ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ب‪ -‬أﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫∞‪x →+‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪ g ' ( x ) = f ( x ) D‬و أﻋﻂ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪. g‬‬
‫‪ -3‬أ‪ -‬اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ دراﺳﺔ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺘﻲ ‪ I‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ‪C g‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬ﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪ D‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪g ( x ) = 0‬‬
‫ج‪ -‬أﻧﺸﺊ ‪C g‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) =  x −  e 2 x − 4 ( x − 1)e x − 2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑـ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2 ‬‬
‫‪f ( x ) = xe 2 x 1 −‬‬ ‫‪− x + x − 2x ‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬أﺣﺴﺐ ) ‪ lim f ( x‬و ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 2x e‬‬ ‫‪xe‬‬ ‫‪xe ‬‬ ‫∞‪x →−‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ) ‪lim f ( x‬‬

‫∞‪x →+‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أدرس ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪f‬‬
‫‪ -3‬أ‪ -‬أدرس اﻟﻔﺮوع اﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪C f‬‬
‫]‪[ −2; −1‬‬ ‫ب‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ C f‬ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ‪ x0‬ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 4‬‬ ‫‪225‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪; e2‬‬ ‫‪; e‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪i = j = 2cm‬‬ ‫ج‪ -‬أﻧﺸﺊ ‪C f‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1 2‬‬
‫) ‪ g ( x ) = ( x − 4 x ) ln x − ( x − 8 x + 4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ g‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑـ‬
‫‪ g ( 0 ) = −2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫[∞‪∀x ∈ ]0; +‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ) ‪g ( x ) = f ( ln x‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أدرس اﺗﺼﺎل و اﺷﺘﻘﺎق ‪ g‬ﻓﻲ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ‪0‬‬
‫‪ -3‬أدرس ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ‪g‬‬
‫‪ -4‬أ‪ -‬أدرس اﻟﻔﺮوع اﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪Cg‬‬
‫‪ C g‬وﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ب‪ -‬أﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ‪ -2‬ب‪ -‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول ‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﻃﻴﺮا ﻷﻓﺼﻮل ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ج‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﺼﻒ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟـ ‪ Cg‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ذات اﻷﻓﺼﻮل ‪ 0‬ﺛﻢ أﻧﺸﺊ ‪C g‬‬
‫‪Moustaouli Mohamed‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣـــــﻞ‬
‫‪ -I‬ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ و ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ I‬و ‪ a‬و‪ b‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪. I‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ F‬و ‪ G‬داﻟﺘﻴﻦ أﺻﻠﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬ﻓﺎن )‪.F(b)-F(a)=G(b)-G(a‬‬
‫أي أن اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ )‪ F(b)-F(a‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ‪.F‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ I‬و ‪ a‬و‪ b‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪.I‬‬
‫‪ f‬ﻣﻦ ‪ a‬إﻟﻰ ‪b‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ)‪ F(b)-F(a‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ F‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪ , I‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫وﻳﻘﺮأ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ‪ f ( x ) dx‬ﻣﻦ ‪ a‬إﻟﻰ ‪ b‬أو ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ a‬إﻟﻰ ‪ b‬ﻟـ ‪. f ( x ) dx‬‬ ‫‪∫a f ( x )dx‬‬ ‫وﻳﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪∫a f ( x )dx‬‬ ‫‪ a‬و‪ b‬ﻳﺴﻤﻴﺎ ﻣﺤﺪا اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ‪ x‬ﺑﺄي ﺣﺮف ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ أن‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪∫a f ( x )dx‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪∫a‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪∫a‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪t‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪dt‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪∫a f (u )du = ........‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪∫a f ( x )dx = F ( x )a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ )‪ F(b)-F(a‬ﻧﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪∫1 x dx‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ‬ ‫*‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫→ ‪ x‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [1; 2‬و داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ هﻲ ‪x → ln x‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪∫1 x dx = [ln x ]1 = ln 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اذن‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫∫‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪cos 2 x‬‬
‫‪dx‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪∫−1 x 2 + 1dx‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪∫ 2 cos xdx‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬ ‫*‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎت‬
‫أ‪ -‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎت‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ I‬و ‪ a‬و‪ b‬و‪ c‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ‪I‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪∫a‬‬ ‫* ‪f ( x ) dx = − ∫ f ( x ) dx‬‬ ‫* ‪∫a f ( x )dx = 0‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫)ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺷﺎل(‬ ‫‪∫a‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪∫a‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫* ‪∫c f ( x )dx‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ ‪I = ∫ x dx‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪ −1 2 ‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1 2 ‬‬
‫‪∫−1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪∫−1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪∫−1‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪xdx‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪∫0‬‬ ‫‪xdx‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ 2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪ 2 x  = 1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ب(‪ -‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ I‬و ‪ a‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮا ﻣﻦ ‪I‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫→ ‪ϕ :I‬‬ ‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x → ∫ f (t ) dt‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪ ∀x ∈ I‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ F‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.I‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ) ‪ϕ ( x ) = F ( x ) − F ( a‬‬
‫‪ ϕ ( a ) = 0‬أي أن ‪ ϕ‬داﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻌﺪم‬ ‫اذن ‪ ϕ‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬و ‪ϕ ' = f‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪a‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪ I‬و ‪ a‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮا ﻣﻦ ‪.I‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪ x → ∫ f ( t ) dt‬هﻲ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻌﺪم ﻓﻲ ‪a‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫→ ‪ x‬ﻋﻠﻰ [∞‪ ]0; +‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻌﺪم ﻓﻲ‪. 1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ x → ln x‬هﻲ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫[∞‪∀x ∈ ]0; +‬‬ ‫∫ = ‪ln x‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫[∞‪∀x ∈ ]0; +‬‬ ‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪ln x‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ [∞‪ ]0; +‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻌﺪم ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ج (‪ -‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬و ‪ g‬داﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬و ‪ λ‬ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫‪∫a ( λ f ( x ) )dx = λ ∫a f ( x )dx‬‬ ‫‪∫a ( f ( x ) + g ( x ) )dx = ∫a f ( x )dx + ∫a g ( x )dx‬‬

‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ‪ ) ∫ cos xdx ; ∫ ( x − 3x + 1) dx‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺧﻄﺎط ‪x‬‬

‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪( cos 4‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪sin x‬‬ ‫‪cos x‬‬
‫‪J =∫4‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫‪I =∫4‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪0 sin x + cos x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪sin x + cos x‬‬
‫‪J‬‬ ‫و اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ‪; I‬‬ ‫‪I−J‬‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ ‪I + J‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫د اﻟﺘﺄوﺑﻞ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد ‪∫a f ( x ) dx‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪A ( f ) = ∫ f ( x)dx‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ و ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ ( a ≺ b ) [ a; b‬ﻓﺎن ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺤﻴﺰ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪f‬‬
‫و ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ x = a‬و ‪ x = b‬هﻲ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪ A ( f‬ﺑﻮﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎت‬ ‫‪) = ∫a f ( x )dx‬‬
‫إذا آﺎن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎن وﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ هﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ‪OIJK‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫‪x2‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫‪(i‬‬ ‫‪= 1cm‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪j = http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫‪2cm‬‬ ‫أﻧﺸﺊ ‪C f‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ ﺑـ ‪ cm 2‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺤﻴﺰ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ C f‬و ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫‪.x = 3 ; x =1‬‬
‫‪ -II‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻼت‬
‫‪ -1‬اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺪوال اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪( ln x )2‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪( ln x )2 dx‬‬
‫‪ u 'u‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪u ( x ) = ln x‬‬ ‫‪∫1 x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬ ‫*‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫) ‪e ( ln x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬
‫‪1 3‬‬ ‫‪ 1 3  1‬‬ ‫‪1 3‬‬
‫و ﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ u 'u‬هﻲ ‪ 3 u‬إذن ‪∫1 x dx =  3 u ( x )1 =  3 ln x 1 = 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪e −x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪1+ex‬‬
‫أن‬ ‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺬا‬ ‫ﺑﻬ‬
‫‪ex +1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1 + e −x‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬ ‫* أﺣﺴﺐ ‪∫0 e x + 1dx‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫'‪u‬‬
‫‪∫0 e x + 1 ‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪2ln‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪0 ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ u ( x ) = 1 + e − x‬إذن ‪ − ln 1 + e − x ‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪−2‬‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪∫04 sin‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ‪xdx‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪2x 4 + x 2 + x − 1‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬

‫‪∀x ≠ 0‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ax‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬أ‪ -‬أوﺟﺪ ‪ a‬و‪ b‬و‪ c‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪x3 +x‬‬ ‫‪x x 2 +1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3 2x + x + x − 1‬‬
‫‪∫1‬‬ ‫‪x3 +x‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪dx‬‬
‫'‪1 u‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ u‬داﻟﺔ ﻳﺠﻴﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪهﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪2u 2 +1‬‬ ‫‪x 2 − 2x + 5‬‬
‫‪1+ 2 3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪∫1 x 2 − 2x + 5 dx‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1 ‬‬
‫‪ 1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪e2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪ln‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪ln‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪∫e x ln x‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪ -4‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪∫0 ( x + 1)( x + 2 ) dx‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء‬
‫] [‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪g‬‬ ‫'‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫'‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬ ‫] [‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺷﻨﻘﺎق‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫داﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬و ‪g‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن‬
‫] ‪∀x ∈ [a;b‬‬ ‫) ‪( fg ) ' ( x ) = f ' ( x ) g ( x ) + f ( x ) g ' ( x‬‬
‫] ‪∀x ∈ [a;b‬‬ ‫) ‪f ' ( x ) g ( x ) = ( fg ) ' ( x ) − f ( x ) g ' ( x‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪∫a f '( x ) g ( x )dx = ( fg )( x )a − ∫a f ( x ) g '( x )dx‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪v (x ) = x‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪; u ' ( x ) = cos x‬‬ ‫‪∫02 x cos xdx‬‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪v ' ( x ) = 1 ; u ( x ) = sin x‬‬
π π π π π
3ELMO π
http://3elmo.blogspot.com
∫ 2 x cos xdx = [ x sin x ]02 − ∫ 2 sin xdx = [ x sin x ]02 − [ − cos x ]02 = −1 ‫إذن‬
0 0 2
π
π e
K = ∫ 2 e x sin xdx ; J = ∫ x 2 sin xdx ; I = ∫ ln xdx ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬
0 0 1
‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬
π π π π
K = e x sin x  2 − ∫ 2 e x cos xdx = e x sin x  2 − e x cos x  2 − K
0 0 0 0
π π 
1 x
   x

K =  e sin x  − e cos x  2  = .........
2
2  0 0 

x +2
1 1 3 2
∫0 x + 1 dx ∫0 ∫0 ( x − 1)e 2 x dx ∫1 x
2
ln x x + 3dx ln xdx ‫ أﺣﺴﺐ‬-1 ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
x  π π
f (x ) = ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬  − 2 ; 2  ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء أوﺟﺪ اﻟﺪوال اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ‬-2
cos 2 x
x x
(J = ∫0 e t sin 2 tdt ‫ ) ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻋﺘﺒﺎر‬I = ∫ e t cos 2 tdt
0
‫ أﺣﺴﺐ‬-3
‫ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ و اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬-III
‫ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ‬-1
[a;b] ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫ داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ‬F ‫[ و‬a;b] ‫ داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫( ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬a
b
∀x ∈ [a;b ] F ' ( x ) = f ( x ) ∫a f ( x )dx = F (b ) − F (a )
[ a; b ] ‫ﺗﺰاﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ F ‫ [ ﻓﺎن‬a; b ] ‫ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
b
∫a f ( x )dx ≥ 0 ‫ادن‬ F ( a ) ≤ F ( b ) ‫ ﻓﺎن‬a ≤ b ‫وﺣﻴﺚ أن‬
( a ≤ b ) [ a; b ] ‫ داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
b
∫a f ( x )dx ≥ 0 ‫[ ﻓﺎن‬a; b] ‫ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ f ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫( ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬b
( a ≤ b ) [ a; b ] ‫ داﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬g ‫ و‬f ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
b b
∫a f ( x ) dx ≤ ∫ g ( x ) dx ‫ [ ﻓﺎن‬a; b ] ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f ≤ g ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
a
‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬
2
1 x
I =∫ dx ‫ﻧﺆ ﻃﺮ‬
01+ x
2
1x 1 x2 x2
∫0 dx ≤ I ≤ ∫ x dx ‫∀ وﻣﻨﻪ‬x ∈ [ 0;1]
2
1≤1+ x ≤ 2 ⇔ ≤ ≤x2 ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
2 0 2 1+ x
1 1
≤I≤ ‫إذن‬
6 3
‫( ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎت‬c
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪( a ≤ b ) [ a; b‬‬ ‫أ‪-‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [ a; b‬ﻓﺎن ‪∫a f ( x )dx ≤ 0‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪f‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪∫a f ( x )dx ≤ ∫a f ( x ) dx‬‬ ‫ب‪-‬‬
‫] ‪[ a; b‬‬ ‫ج‪ -‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ M‬اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮﻳﺔ و ‪ m‬اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺪﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪b‬‬
‫) ‪m (b − a ) ≤ ∫ f ( x ) dx ≤ M (b − a‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪ A ( f‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ م‪.‬م ﻣﺤﺼﻮرة ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪) = ∫a f ( x )dx‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬ﻓﺎن اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ اﻟﺬي ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻪ ‪ M‬و ) ‪ ( b − a‬و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ اﻟﺬي ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻪ ‪ m‬و ) ‪. ( b − a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪A ( f ) = ∫ f ( x)dx‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﻦ أن ‪0 ≤ I ≤ 2‬‬ ‫∫= ‪I‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪dx‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x 1+ x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪sup f ( x ) = f (1‬‬ ‫→ ‪ x‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ و ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ [∞‪ ]0; +‬وﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫]‪x ∈[1;3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x 1 + x2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪0 ≤ I ≤ ( 3 − 1‬‬
‫اذن‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ( a ≺ b ) [ a; b‬و ‪ M‬اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮﻳﺔ و ‪ m‬اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺪﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[ a; b‬‬
‫‪1 b‬‬
‫]‪[ a; b‬‬ ‫إذن ‪f ( x ) dx ≤ M‬‬
‫‪b − a ∫a‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺒﺮهﻨﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫≤‪m‬‬
‫‪1 b‬‬
‫= )‪f (c‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪f ( x ) dx‬‬
‫‪b − a ∫a‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ و ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪( a ≠ b ) [ a; b‬‬
‫‪1 b‬‬
‫= ‪ µ‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪. [ a; b‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪f ( x ) dx‬‬
‫‪b − a ∫a‬‬
‫‪1 b‬‬
‫= )‪f (c‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ] ‪ [ a; b‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪f ( x ) dx‬‬
‫‪b − a ∫a‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬ﻓﺎن اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪ A ( f ) = ∫ f ( x ) dx‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ م‪.‬م هﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﺑﻌﺪاﻩ ) ‪ ( b − a‬و ) ‪. f ( c‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ I‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ‪ -1‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪x3 + 5 x 2 + x + 3‬‬
‫]‪I = [ 0;1‬‬ ‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫]‪(b ; I = [ −1;0‬‬ ‫‪f ( x ) = ( x − 1) e x‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أﻃﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [ 0;1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪f ( x ) = arctan x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫]‪ ∀x ∈ [ 0;1‬و ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫= )‪f '( x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ f‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [ 0;1‬و‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻮاب ﻋﻦ اﻟﺴﺆال‪2‬‬
‫‪1 + x2‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫]‪≤ f ( x ) ≤ x ∀x ∈ [ 0;1‬‬ ‫‪∫0‬‬ ‫]‪ ∀x ∈ [ 0;1‬ادن ‪dt ≤ ∫ f ' (t ) dt ≤ ∫ dt‬‬ ‫‪≤ f '( x) ≤ 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -IV‬ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎت‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎت اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫) ‪( o; i ; j‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ م‪.‬م‪.‬م‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬و ‪ C f‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﺎهﺎ و ) ‪ ∆ ( f‬اﻟﺤﻴﺰ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ C f‬و ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪( ∆2 ) : x = b‬‬ ‫‪( ∆1 ) : x = a‬‬ ‫و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪A ( f ) = ∫ − f ( x)dx = ∫ f ( x) dx‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫) ‪A( f‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [ a; b‬ﻓﺎن ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪ ∆ ( f‬هﻲ ‪∫a f ( x )dx‬‬ ‫*إذ ا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪f‬‬
‫*إذا آﺎن آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ هﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪∆ ( − f‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪A (f‬‬ ‫‪) = ∫a‬‬ ‫‪−f‬‬ ‫‪( x )d x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪∫a‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪(x ) dx‬‬
‫* إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﺗﻐﻴﺮ إﺷﺎرﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ] ‪ [ a; b‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ f‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; c‬و ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪[c; b‬‬
‫]‪[c; b‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻴﺰ ) ‪ ∆ ( f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬هﻮ اﺗﺤﺎد ) ‪ ∆ ( f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; c‬و ) ‪ ∆ ( f‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪A (f‬‬ ‫‪) = ∫a f ( x ) dx + ∫c −f ( x )dx = ∫a f ( x ) dx + ∫c f ( x ) dx = ∫a f ( x ) dx‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﻨﺴﻮب اﻟﻰ م‪.‬م‪.‬م ) ‪( o; i ; j‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬و ‪ C f‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﺎهﺎ و ) ‪ ∆ ( f‬اﻟﺤﻴﺰ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ C f‬و ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫‪( ∆2 ) : x = b‬‬ ‫‪( ∆1 ) :http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫‪x=a‬‬ ‫و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪∫a f ( x ) dx‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺤﻴﺰ ) ‪ ∆ ( f‬هﻮ‬
‫اﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎت‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺰ ) ‪. ∆ ( f‬‬ ‫‪∫ f ( x ) dx‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪ ∫ f ( x ) dx‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺰ ) ‪. ∆ ( f‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪f ( x ) = x − 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺤﻴﺰ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ‪ C f‬و ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ ذا اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫‪x=2 ; x=0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪A = ∫ f ( x ) dx‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫∫ ‪A = ∫ 1 − x3 dx +‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪− 1 dx‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪A= u‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(u = i‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫) ‪j‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﻴﺰ ﻣﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬و ‪ g‬داﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪[ a; b‬‬
‫) ‪( o; i ; j‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ م‪.‬م‪.‬م‬ ‫‪( ∆2 ) : x = b‬‬ ‫‪( ∆1 ) : x = a‬‬ ‫و ∆ هﻮ اﻟﺤﻴﺰ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ C f‬و ‪ Cg‬و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪∫a f ( x ) − g ( x ) dx‬‬
‫إذا آﺎن ‪ f ≥ g ≥ 0‬ﻓﺎن ) ‪A ( ∆ ) = A ( f ) − A ( g‬‬
‫‪A ( ∆ ) = ∫ f ( x ) dx − ∫ g ( x ) dx = ∫ ( f ( x ) − g ( x ) ) dx = ∫ f ( x ) − g ( x ) dx‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f ≤ g‬و آﻴﻔﻤﺎ آﺎﻧﺖ إﺷﺎرﺗﻲ ‪ f‬و ‪ g‬و ﺑﺈﺗﺒﺎع ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أن‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪A ( ∆ ) = ∫ f ( x ) − g ( x ) dx‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫] ‪[ a; b‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬و ‪ g‬داﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪( ∆2 ) : x‬‬ ‫‪=b‬‬ ‫‪( ∆1 ) : x‬‬ ‫‪=a‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺤﻴﺰ ∆ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ C f‬و ‪ Cg‬و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫= ) ∆ ( ‪ A‬وﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎت‬ ‫‪∫a f ( x ) − g ( x ) dx‬‬ ‫هﻲ‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫‪∫a f ( x ) − g ( x ) dx‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪∫c g ( x ) − f ( x ) dx‬‬
‫∫ ‪A ( ∆ ) = ∫ ( f ( x ) − g ( x ) ) dx +‬‬ ‫‪( g ( x ) − f ( x ) )dx‬‬

‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪ -V‬ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﺤﺠﻮم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء‬

‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ م‪.‬م ‪ o; i ; j ; k‬ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن وﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﺤﺠﻢ هﻲ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ اﻟﺬي ﻃﻮل ﺣﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫‪i‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ S‬ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮرا ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ z = a‬و ‪z = b‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﺑـ ) ‪ S ( t‬إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ) ‪ M ( x; y; z‬ﻣﻦ ‪ S‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ z = t‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ V ( t‬إﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪ S‬اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ ‪z = t ; z = a‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ t0‬ﻣﻦ ] ‪ [ a; b‬و ‪ h‬ﻋﺪدا ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ] ‪t0 + h ∈ [ a; b‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ) ‪ M ( x; y; z‬ﻣﻦ ‪ S‬اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮرة ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ z = t0‬و ‪ z = t0 + h‬هﻮ ) ‪V ( t0 + h ) − V ( t0‬‬

‫وﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﻲ ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﻤﺎ ‪ h‬و ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ) ‪ S ( t0‬و ) ‪S ( t0 + h‬‬
‫إذا اﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ أن ) ‪ S ( t0 ) ≤ S ( t0 + h‬ﻓﺎن ) ‪h ⋅ S ( t0 ) ≤ V ( t0 + h ) − V ( t0 ) ≤ h ⋅ S ( t0 + h‬‬
‫) ‪V ( t0 + h ) − V ( t0‬‬
‫≤ ) ‪S ( t0‬‬ ‫و ﻣﻨﻪ ) ‪≤ S ( t0 + h‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫) ‪V ( t0 + h ) − V ( t0‬‬
‫‪lim‬‬ ‫و إذا اﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ أن اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ) ‪ t → S ( t‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬ﻓﺎن ) ‪= S ( t0‬‬
‫‪h →0‬‬ ‫‪h‬‬
‫] ‪∀t ∈ [ a; b‬‬ ‫إذن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ) ‪ t → V ( t‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻘﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬و ) ‪V ' ( t ) = S ( t‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪[ a; b‬‬ ‫أي أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ) ‪ t → V ( t‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ) ‪t → S ( t‬‬
‫] ‪∀t ∈ [ a; b‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫و ﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪ V ( a ) = 0‬ﻓﺎن ‪V ( t ) = ∫ S ( x ) dx‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫إذن ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ‪ S‬هﻮ ‪ V = V ( b ) = ∫ S ( x ) dx‬وﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ م‪.‬م‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ S‬ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮرا ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ z = a‬و ‪z = b‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﺑـ ) ‪ S ( t‬اﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ) ‪ M ( x; y; z‬ﻣﻦ ‪ S‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪z = t‬‬
‫إذا آﺎن أن اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ) ‪ t → S ( t‬ﻣﺘﺼﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬ﻓﺎن ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ‪ S‬هــﻮ ‪ V = ∫ S ( z ) dz‬وﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ‪ O‬و ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪R‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب م‪.‬م‪.‬م أﺻﻠﻪ ‪. O‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﺼﻮرة ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪z = − R ; z = R‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ) ‪ M ( x; y; z‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪z = t‬‬

‫‪R2 − t 2‬‬ ‫هﻲ ﻗﺮص ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻪ‬ ‫‪−R ≤ t ≤ R‬‬
‫‪S (t ) = π ( R − t‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‬ ‫و ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻪ‬
‫] ‪[ − R; R‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ أن اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ) ‪ t → π ( R 2 − t 2‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫(‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﻓﺎن ‪V = ∫ π R 2 − t 2 dt = π R 3‬‬
‫‪−R‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ اﻟﺪوران‬
‫) ‪( O; i ; j‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪ [ a; b‬و ‪ C f‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﺎهﺎ ﻓﻲ م‪.‬م‪.‬م‬
‫إذا دار ‪ C f‬ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮر ) ‪ ( O; i‬دورة آﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ اﻟﺪوران‬
‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ) ‪ M ( x; y; z‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ x = t‬هﻲ ﻗﺮص ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻪ‬
‫‪S (t ) = π f‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪(t‬‬
‫] ‪[ a; b‬‬ ‫‪ t → π f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪(t‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪V = ∫ πf‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(t ) dt‬‬ ‫إذن ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ اﻟﺪوراﻧﻲ هﻮ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ م‪.‬م‪.‬م أﺻﻠﻪ ‪ , o‬و ‪ f‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪[ a; b‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪V = ∫ πf‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(t ) dt‬‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ اﻟﺪوران اﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻦ دوران اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ‪ C f‬ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮر ) ‪ ( OX‬هﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪f ( x ) = x ln x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫]‪[1;e‬‬ ‫) ‪ ( OX‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل‬ ‫أﻧﺸﺊ ‪ C f‬و ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ اﻟﺪوران اﻟﺬي ﻳﻮﻟﺪﻩ دوران اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ‪ C f‬ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺤﻮر‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎرﻳﻦ و ﺣﻠﻮل‬
1‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
1 1 1
− = ‫ ﺗﺄآﺪ أن‬/‫ أ‬-1
t t + 2 t (t + 2)
2 dt
∫1 t ( t + 2 ) dt ‫ أﺣﺴﺐ‬/‫ب‬
π
∫02 e
x
sin xdx ‫ أﺣﺴﺐ‬-2
π π
J = ∫ x sin xdx ; I = ∫ 2 x 2 cos 2 xdx
2 2 2
‫ ﻧﻀﻊ‬-3
0 0
J ‫ و‬I ‫ ﺛﻢ اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ‬I − J ‫ و‬I + J ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬
1 1 1
− = ‫ ﺗﺄآﺪ أن‬/‫ أ‬-1
t t + 2 t (t + 2)
1 1 t +2−t 1
− = =
t t + 2 t (t + 2) t (t + 2)
2 dt
∫1 t (t + 2)
dt ‫ ﻧﺤﺴﺐ‬/‫ب‬
2 1 21 1 2 3
∫1 dt = ∫ − dt = ln t − ln ( t + 2 ) 1 = ln 2 − ln 4 + ln 3 = ln
t (t + 2) 1 t t+2 2
π
A = ∫ 2 e x sin xdx ‫ ﻧﺤﺴﺐ‬-2
0
π π π π
A = e x sin x  2 − ∫ 2 e x cos xdx = e x sin x  2 −  e x cos x  2 − K
0 0 0 0
π π
1 
A =  e x sin x  2 −  e x cos x  2  = .........
2  0 0

π π
J = ∫ 2 x sin xdx ; I = ∫ 2 x 2 cos 2 xdx
2 2
‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬ -3
0 0
I + J ‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ‬
π
π π π π
π3
J +I =∫
0
2 x2 sin 2 xdx + ∫
0
2 x2 cos2 xdx = ∫
0
2 x2
( cos 2 2
)
x + sin x dx = ∫
0
2 x2 dx =
1 3  2
 x
 3 0
=
24
I − J ‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ‬
π π π
I −J =∫
0
2 x2 cos2 xdx − ∫
0
2 x2 sin 2
0
(
xdx = ∫ 2 x2 cos2 x − sin2 x dx )
π
π π
 sin2x  2
I − J = ∫ 2 x2 cos2xdx =  x2
2 0 ∫0
− 2 x sin2xdx
0 
π π
π
 2 sin 2 x  2  cos 2 x  2 cos 2 x
I − J = x −  − x 2  + ∫0 − 2 dx
2
 2 
0 0
π π π
−π  sin 2 x  2  cos 2 x  2  sin 2 x  2
I−J= ‫اذن‬ I − J =  x2 − −x + −
4  2  0  2  0  4  0
J ‫ و‬I ‫ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ‬
π3 π π3 π π3 −π
J= + ‫ و‬I = − ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬ I+J= ‫و‬ I−J= ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
48 8 48 8 24 4
2‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
f ( x) = e 1 − e x
( x
) ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ \ ﺑـ‬f ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
f ( x)
lim ; lim f ( x ) ; lim f ( x ) ‫ ﺣﺪد‬-1
x→+∞ x x→+∞ x→−∞
C f ‫ و أﻧﺸﺊ‬f ‫ و أﻋﻂ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮات‬f ' ( x ) ‫ أﺣﺴﺐ‬-2
‫ و ﻣﺤﻮر اﻷﻓﺎﺻﻴﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﻴﻦ‬C f ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ‬ Ak ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬-3
(t = e x ‫ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ) ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻋﺘﺒﺎر‬k ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ‬x = k ; x = 0 ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬

lim Ak ‫ ﺣﺪد‬-4
k →−∞
(
f ( x ) = ex 1 − ex )
f ( x)
; lim f ( x ) ; lim f ( x ) ‫ﻧﺤﺪد‬
lim -4
x →+∞ x x→+∞ x→−∞
x →−∞ x→−∞
x x
( )
lim f ( x ) = lim e 1 − e = 0 ; lim f ( x ) = lim e x 1 − e x = −∞
x→+∞ x→+∞
( )
f ( x) ex
lim
x →+∞ x
= lim
x→−∞ x
(
1 − e x = −∞ ; )
C f ‫ و أﻧﺸﺊ‬f ‫ و ﻧﻌﻄﻲ ﺟﺪول ﺗﻐﻴﺮات‬f ' ( x ) ‫ أﻧﺴﺐ‬-5
f ' ( x ) = e x − e 2 x  ' = e x − 2e 2 x = e x 1 − 2e x ( )
‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮات‬
x −∞ − ln 2 +∞
f '( x ) + 0 -
1
f 4
0 −∞
Ak ‫ ﻧﺤﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬-6
0 0
Ak = ∫ f ( x ) dx = ∫ e x − e 2 x dx
k k
0
 1  1 1
Ak = e x − e 2 x  = − e k + e 2 k
 2 k 2 2
lim Ak ‫ ﺣﺪد‬-4
k →−∞
1 1 1
lim Ak = lim − ek + e2k =
k →−∞ k →−∞ 2 2 2
‫‪−3x2 + 7x + 2‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫}‪∀x ∈\ −{−1;3‬‬ ‫‪= a+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ‪ a ; b ; c‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪x − 2x − 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x +1 x − 3‬‬
‫‪−3x 2 + 7 x + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪∫0 x 2 − 2x − 3 dx‬‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1x + x +3‬‬
‫‪∫0‬‬‫‪2 cos 4 xdx‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪ -2‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪∫0 x2 + 1 dx‬‬
‫‪e 2x − 1 e x − e −x‬‬
‫\ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن‬
‫‪e 2x + 1 e x + e − x‬‬
‫‪2t‬‬
‫‪x e‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ ‪∫0 e 2t + 1 dt‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪∫0 x ln( x +1)dx‬‬

‫‪ln2‬‬ ‫‪1 2‬‬
‫‪∫0 ( x +2)e dx‬‬ ‫‪∫02 x sinxdx‬‬
‫‪2x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫;‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء أﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪∫0 e‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪sin xdx‬‬ ‫و‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪∫02 x sin‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ x → sin 3 x‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻌﺪم ﻓﻲ‪ 0‬ﻋﻠﻰ \ ﺛﻢ أﺣﺴﺐ ‪dx‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪I n = ∫ x e dx‬‬‫‪n x‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪ -1‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪I1‬‬
‫*` ∈ ‪ ∀n‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻴﻦ ‪I n +1 = e − ( n + 1) I n‬‬
‫‪I3‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪I 2‬‬
‫‪∫0 ( x‬‬ ‫)‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ -4‬أﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ‪+ 2x 2 − 2x e x dx‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪∀x ∈ \ +‬‬ ‫≤ ‪1− x‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪≤ 1‬‬
‫‪1+ x‬‬
‫‪x2‬‬
‫\ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪x−‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ‪≤ ln (1 + x ) ≤ x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪∫0 ln (1 + x ) dx‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ ‪.0,1‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﺄﻃﻴﺮا ﻟـ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2x‬‬
‫*\ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪= − 2‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أن‬
‫‪x x 2 +1‬‬‫(‬ ‫‪x x +1‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ]‪. k ∈ [ 0;1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2x ln x‬‬
‫∫ = ‪Ak‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء أﺣﺴﺐ ‪dx‬‬
‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+1‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ‪lim Ak‬‬
‫‪x →0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪t −t +1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= − 2‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬أ‪ -‬ﺗﺄآﺪ أن‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪t t 2 +1 t t +1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪t2 − t +1‬‬
‫‪∫1‬‬ ‫ب‪ -‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪dt‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪t t2 +1‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪∫0 ( 3x‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪+ 2x + 1 ln ( x + 1)dx‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫*\ ∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪= − 2‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺄآﺪ أن‬
‫(‬
‫‪x x2 + 1‬‬ ‫‪x x +1‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x ln x‬‬
‫∫ = ) ‪ I (α‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء ﺣﻴﺚ [‪α ∈ ]0;1‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪dx‬‬
‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪α‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+1‬‬
‫‪ -3‬أﺣﺴﺐ ) ‪lim I (α‬‬
‫‪α → 0+‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫(‬ ‫) ‪sin x‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪I0 = ∫ 3‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫∫ = ‪;I n‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫و ‪dx‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ *` ∈ ‪n‬‬
‫‪0 cos x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪cos x‬‬
‫‪I5‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪ I1‬و اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ‪; I 3‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫) ‪∫03 ( sin x‬‬

‫‪n‬‬
‫و اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ‪ I n + 2 − I n‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪. n‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪cos xdx‬‬
‫‪ π‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪  x π ‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 0; 3 ‬‬ ‫→‪x‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬أ‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ x → ln tg  +  ‬داﻟﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫‪cos x‬‬ ‫‪  2 4 ‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ‪ I 0‬ﺛﻢ ‪I 4 ; I 2‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻻت اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -I‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺆدي دراﺳﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻈﻮاهﺮ اﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ و اﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ و اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ و ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮل داﻟﺔ وﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ أو ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎت هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻻت ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻻت اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﺎدة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ ) y‬وﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺄي ﺣﺮف ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪(............. u , z , f‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ إﻳﺠﺎد ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺪوال ‪ y‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ هﺪﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ ,‬و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ هﺪﻩ اﻟﺪوال‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬آﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ هﺪﻩ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﻼ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ ,‬آﻞ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ آﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ y ' = 0‬هﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫أ(‬
‫ﺑـ ‪ y ( x ) = 1‬ﺣﻞ ﺧﺎص ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ y‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫هﻲ اﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪. y ' = 0‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ y ' = x 2 − 1‬هﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ذات اﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮل ‪ ) y‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪( y ' ( x ) = x − 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ب(‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻮل هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ x → x 2 − 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪1 2‬‬
‫→‪x‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪x − x + k‬‬ ‫أي اﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ هﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ k‬ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ – II‬ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y´=ay+b‬‬
‫‪ /1‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y´=ay‬‬
‫* اذا آﺎن ‪ a = 0‬ﻓﺎن ‪ y ' = 0‬أي أن اﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم هﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫* اذا آﺎن ‪a ≠ 0‬‬
‫‪ x → e‬ﺣﻞ ﺧﺎص ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪y '+ ay = 0‬‬
‫‪ax‬‬
‫∈ ‪ ∀x‬ادن‬ ‫‪( e ) ' = ae‬‬
‫‪ax‬‬ ‫‪ax‬‬
‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪y ( x ) = z ( x ) e ax‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ y‬ﺣﻼ اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪y '+ ay = 0‬‬

‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪y ' ( x ) = z ' ( x ) e ax + az ( x ) eax‬‬
‫و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪y ' ( x ) − ay ( x ) = z ' ( x ) e ax = 0‬‬ ‫) ‪y ' ( x ) = z ' ( x ) e ax + ay ( x‬‬ ‫أي‬
‫∈ ‪ ∀x‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ λ‬ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ‬ ‫و ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ z ' ( x ) = 0‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪z ( x ) = λ‬‬
‫∈ ‪ ∀x‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ λ‬ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ‬ ‫اذن ‪y ( x ) = λ eax‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪ a = 0‬هﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪x → λ e ax‬‬ ‫ﺑـ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪ y ' = ay‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل و هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ λ‬ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫) ‪x → y0 e ( 0‬‬
‫‪a x− x‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﻞ وﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y ' = ay‬ﻳﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺸﺮط ‪ y ( x0 ) = y0‬و هﻲ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮط ‪ y ( x0 ) = y0‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺸﺮط اﻟﺒﺪﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y ' = 2 y‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ x → λ e‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪λ‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬
‫ﺑـ ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪ y ' = 2 y‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫; ‪y (1) = 2‬‬ ‫= '‪y‬‬ ‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪( x −1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x → 2e 3‬‬ ‫ﺑـ ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫; ‪ y (1) = 2‬هﻲ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫= '‪y‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ /2‬ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y´=ay+b‬‬
‫اذا آﺎن ‪ a = 0‬ﻓﺎن ‪ y ' = b‬وﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ هﻲ اﻟﺪوال ‪ f‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪f ( x ) = bx + c‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫اذا آﺎن ‪ a ≠ 0‬ﻓﺎن ‪y ' = ay + b ⇔ y ' = a  y + ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪ z = y +‬و ﻣﻨﻪ ' ‪z ' = y‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪y ' = ay + b ⇔ z ' = az‬‬
‫‪⇔ z ( x ) = λ e ax‬‬ ‫∈ ‪/λ‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪⇔ y ( x) +‬‬ ‫‪= λ eax‬‬ ‫∈ ‪/λ‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪⇔ y ( x ) = λ eax −‬‬ ‫∈ ‪/λ‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ a‬و ‪ b‬ﻋﺪدﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪a ≠ 0‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪x → λ eax −‬‬ ‫ﺑـ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪ y ' = ay + b‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل و هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪λ‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪b  a x− x‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﻞ وﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y ' = ay + b‬ﻳﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺸﺮط ‪ y ( x0 ) = y0‬و هﻲ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪x →  y0 +  e ( 0 ) −‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮط ‪ y ( x0 ) = y0‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺸﺮط اﻟﺒﺪﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫ﻧﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y ' = −3 y + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ x → λ e−3 x +‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪λ‬‬ ‫ﺑـ ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪ y ' = −3 y + 2‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -III‬ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻻت اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y"+ay'+by=0‬‬

‫∈ )‪ (a,b‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺗﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻻت اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪ y"+ay'+by=0‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ذات اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫*‪ -‬اذا آﺎن ‪ a = b = 0‬ﻓﺎن ‪y '' = 0‬‬
‫∈ ‪y " = 0 ⇔ ∃k‬‬ ‫∈ )' ‪y ' ( x ) = k ⇔ ∃ ( k ; k‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫' ‪y ( x ) = kx + k‬‬
‫∈ )' ‪( k ; k‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y '' = 0‬هﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوال ' ‪ x → kx + k‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫*‪ -‬اذا آﺎن ‪ b = 0‬ﻓﺎن ‪y ''+ ay ' = 0‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ' ‪ y‬ﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪z '+ az = 0‬‬ ‫‪y "+ ay ' = 0 ⇔ ( y ') '+ ay ' = 0‬‬
‫و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ y ' ( x ) = λ e − ax‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ λ‬ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫‪x → λe −ax‬‬ ‫اذن اﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y ''+ ay ' = 0‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪− λ − ax‬‬
‫∈ ) ‪(λ ; µ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫→‪x‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪+µ‬‬ ‫أي اﻟﺪوال‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫) ‪( a; b ) ≠ ( 0;0‬‬ ‫‪ – 3‬ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪; E : y "+ ay '+ by = 0‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫‪ g http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬داﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪I‬‬
‫‪ -(a‬ﺗﺬآﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬و‬
‫∈ ‪∃k‬‬ ‫‪∀x ∈ I‬‬ ‫) ‪g ( x ) = kf ( x‬‬ ‫‪ f‬و ‪ g‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﻴﻦ ادا و ﻓﻘﻂ ادا آﺎن‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ α y1 + β y2‬ﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪E‬‬ ‫∈ ) ‪(α ; β‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ y1‬و ‪ y2‬ﺣﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ E‬و ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫∈ ) ‪ (α ; β‬ﻓﺎن ‪α y1 + β y2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ E :‬و آﺎن‬ ‫اذا آﺎن ‪ y 1‬و ‪ y 2‬ﺣﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪y "+ ay '+ by = 0‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪. E‬‬
‫‪ E :‬هﻮ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻠﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪. E‬‬ ‫آﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y "+ ay '+ by = 0‬‬
‫‪ E :‬ﻳﻜﻔﻲ أن ﻧﺠﺪ ﺣﻠﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻻﻳﺠﺎد ﺣﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪y "+ ay '+ by = 0‬‬
‫∈ ) ‪( a; b‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ –(d‬ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪; E : y "+ ay '+ by = 0‬‬
‫∈‪r‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪y : x → e rx‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻠﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع‬
‫‪ y‬ﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪r 2 + ar + b = 0 ⇔ r 2 e x + are x + be x = 0 ⇔ E‬‬
‫‪rx‬‬
‫‪ x → e‬ﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ r 2 + ar + b = 0‬ﻓﺎن اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫اذن اذا آﺎن‬
‫∈ ) ‪( a; b‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ r + ar + b = 0‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪; E : y "+ ay '+ by = 0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ هﻮ ‪a 2 − 4b‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪ 1‬اذا آﺎن ‪ a 2 − 4b 0‬ﻓﺎن ‪ r 2 + ar + b = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ‪ r1‬و ‪. r2‬‬
‫‪rx‬‬
‫‪ x → e 2‬ﺣﻼن ﺧﺎﺻﺎن ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪E‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺘﺎن ‪; x → e r1x‬‬
‫‪rx‬‬
‫‪ x → e 2‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن ‪; x → e r1x‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ α‬و ‪ β‬ﻋﺪدان اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫اذن ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ E‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال ‪x → α e r1 x + β e r2 x‬‬
‫ﻓﺎن ‪ r 2 + ar + b = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺰدوج ‪. r‬‬ ‫اذا آﺎن ‪a 2 − 4b = 0‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫‪rx‬‬ ‫‪rx‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪. E‬‬ ‫‪x → xe‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ . E‬ﻧﺒﻴﻦ أن‬ ‫‪x →e‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫‪rx‬‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺘﺎن ‪ x → e rx‬و ‪ x → xe rx‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﻷن‬
‫‪ x → x‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪rx‬‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫اذن ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ E‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال ‪ x → (α + β x ) erx‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ α‬و ‪ β‬ﻋﺪدان اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‬
‫)‪( q ≠ 0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎن ‪ r 2 + ar + b = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺟﺬرﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺮاﻓﻘﻴﻦ ‪ r1 = p + iq‬و ‪r2 = p − iq‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪ 3‬اذا آﺎن ‪a 2 − 4b ≺ 0‬‬
‫‪e r1x = e px ( cos qx + i sin qx ) = e px cos qx + ie px sin qx‬‬
‫‪ x → e px cos x‬ﺣﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪.E‬‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻴﻦ أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪; x → e px sin x‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪4b − a 2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪p=−‬‬ ‫=‪; q‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ x → e px cos x‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﺎن ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫و ﺑﻤﺎ أن اﻟﺪاﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪; x → e px sin x‬‬
‫) ‪ x → e px (α cos qx + β sixqx‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ α‬و ‪ β‬ﻋﺪدان اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪ E‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫و ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪r + ar + b = 0‬‬ ‫∈ ) ‪( a; b‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪; E : y "+ ay '+ by = 0 :E‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪r2‬‬ ‫‪; r1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺪرﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ‬ ‫*‪ -‬اذا آﺎن ‪a − 4b 0‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ α‬و ‪ β‬ﻋﺪدان اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‬ ‫و ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ E‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال ‪x → α e r1 x + β e r 2 x‬‬
‫ﻓﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺰدوج ‪. r‬‬ ‫*‪ -‬اذا آﺎن ‪a 2 − 4b = 0‬‬
‫و ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ E‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال ‪ x → (α + β x ) e rx‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ α‬و ‪ β‬ﻋﺪدان اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‬
‫‪r2 = p − iq‬‬ ‫‪ r1‬و‬ ‫‪= p + iq‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺟﺬرﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺮاﻓﻘﻴﻦ‬ ‫*‪ -‬اذا آﺎن ‪a 2 − 4b ≺ 0‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫) ‪ x → e px (α cos qx + β sixqx‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ α‬و ‪ β‬ﻋﺪدان‬ ‫‪ E http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال‬
‫و ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‪.‬‬
‫‪y ' ( x0 ) = y '0‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ‪y ( x0 ) = y0‬‬
‫‪y ' ( x0 ) = y '0‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪y ( x0 ) = y0‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﻞ وﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪ E‬ﻳﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ y ' ( x0 ) = y '0‬ﻳﺴﻤﻴﺎن اﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺪﺋﻴﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪y ( x0 ) = y0‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺮﻃﺎن‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﻋﻄﺎء ﺷﺮﻃﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺋﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪α‬‬ ‫‪β‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪α cos qx + β sin qx = k ‬‬ ‫) ‪cos qx + sin qx  = k ( cos ϕ cos qx + sin ϕ sin qx ) = k cos ( qx − ϕ‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪α‬‬ ‫‪β‬‬
‫= ‪cos ϕ‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ‪; k = α 2 + β 2‬‬
‫= ‪; sin ϕ‬‬
‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ اذا آﺎن ‪ a 2 − 4b ≺ 0‬ﻓﺎن ) ‪ x → ke px cos ( qx − ϕ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ k‬و ‪ ϕ‬اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫; ‪y1 ' ( 0 ) = −1‬‬ ‫و ﺣﺪد اﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﺨﺎص ‪ y1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪y1 ( 0 ) = 1‬‬ ‫‪y "+ 2 y '−‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ‪ -1‬ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪y = 0‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪y "+ 4 y '+ 4 y = 0‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪y "+ 2 y '+ 5 y = 0‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻮاب‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪y "+ 2 y '−‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ∆ ﻣﻤﻴﺰ ‪ r 2 + 2r − = 0‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪y = 0‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪−2 − 3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪−2 + 3 1‬‬
‫= ‪r2‬‬ ‫= ‪ r1‬و ‪= −‬‬ ‫‪ ∆ = 4 + 5 = 9‬وﻣﻨﻪ =‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ α‬و ‪ β‬ﻋﺪدان اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‬ ‫‪x → α e‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪+ β e‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ هﻲ اﻟﺪوال‬
‫; ‪y1 ' ( 0 ) = −1‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺤﺪد اﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﺨﺎص ‪ y1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪y1 ( 0 ) = 1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪α‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪5β‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪y '1‬‬ ‫= ) ‪(x‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ y 1‬وﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪(x ) = α‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪+ β e‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ y1 ( 0 ) = 1‬‬ ‫‪α + β = 1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫=‪α‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪α + β = 1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪⇔  α 5β‬‬ ‫‪⇔‬‬ ‫‪⇔‬‬
‫‪ y1 ' ( 0 ) = −1  −‬‬ ‫‪= −1 α − 5β = −2‬‬ ‫‪β = 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1  2x‬‬ ‫‪− x ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫= ) ‪y1 ( x‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫اذن ‪+ e 2 ‬‬
‫‪2 ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻤﻴﺰ ‪ r + 4r + 4 = 0‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y "+ 4 y '+ 4 y = 0‬ﻣﻨﻌﺪم وﻣﻨﻪ ‪r = −2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫و ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ E‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال ‪ x → (α + β x ) e −2x‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ α‬و ‪ β‬ﻋﺪدان اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y "+ 2 y '+ 5 y = 0‬هﻮ ) ‪∆ = 4 − 20 = −16 = ( 4i‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻤﻴﺰ ‪r 2 + 2r + 5 = 0‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪ r1 = −1 − 2i‬و ‪r2 = −1 + 2i‬‬
‫و ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ E‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال ) ‪ x → e − x (α cos 2 x + β six 2 x‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ α‬و ‪ β‬ﻋﺪدان اﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺎن‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻت ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪ a‬ﻓﺎن ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪ y "+ ay = 0‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫*‪ -‬اذا آﺎن ‪0‬‬
‫∈ ) ‪. (α ; β‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ ‪ x → α cos ax + β sin ax‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫*‪ -‬اذا آﺎن ‪ a ≺ 0‬ﻓﺎن ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪ y "+ ay = 0‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫∈ ) ‪. (α ; β‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ x → α e‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫‪− ax‬‬
‫‪+ β e−‬‬ ‫‪− ax‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫; ‪y "− 4 y = 0‬‬ ‫‪y "+ 2 yhttp://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪= 0‬‬
‫∈ ) ‪. (α ; β‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y "+ 2 y = 0‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑـ ‪ x → α cos 2 x + β sin 2 x‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫∈ ) ‪. (α ; β‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ y "+ 2 y = 0 y "− 4 y = 0‬هﻲ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑـ ‪ x → α e 2 x + β e −2 x‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎرﻳﻦ ﺣﻮل ‪óïÝšbÑnÜa@p@ý@†@bÉáÜa‬‬
‫ﻤـﺠـﻤـﻭﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺤـﻠـﻭل‬ ‫ﺍﻟـﻤـﻌـﺎﺩﻟـﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪y '= a y + b‬‬

‫‪b‬‬
‫‪−2 x‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪− 4 :‬‬ ‫‪ y ( x) = k ⋅ e ( a⋅ x ) −‬ﺤﻴﺙ \ ∈ ‪. k‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = 3e‬‬ ‫ل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ‪ y‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﹼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ّ‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪ a‬ﻭ ‪ b‬ﻋﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻜل ‪ y ' = ay + b‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ‪ f‬ﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. y "+ y = 0 (1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴّﺯﺓ‪r 2 + a ⋅ r + b = 0 :‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@. y "+ y = 0 (2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∆>0‬‬
‫‪. f (0) = −‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ 3 y '+ y = 0‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ‬ ‫‪ y "+ 9 y = 0 (3‬ﻭ ‪ y '(0) = 1‬ﻭ ‪. y (0) = 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ‪ r1‬ﻭ ‪ r2‬ﺠﺫﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴّﺯﺓ‬
‫ل ‪ g‬ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪y "− 2 2 y '+ 2 y = 0 :‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﺍﻟﺤ ّ‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪ y "+ 4 y = 0 (4‬ﻭ ‪ y ( ) = 1‬ﻭ ‪. y '( ) = 3‬‬ ‫ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ‪y ( x) = λ ⋅ e ( r1 ⋅ x ) + µ ⋅ e ( r2 ⋅ x ) :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ‪ g (0) = 1‬ﻭ ‪. g / (0) = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∆=0‬‬ ‫‪y "+ a ⋅ y '+ b ⋅ y = 0‬‬
‫ﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪( E ) : y ' = −3 y + 4e − 2 x :‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2x + 4‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ‪ r‬ﺠﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫) ‪(−‬‬ ‫) ‪(−‬‬
‫‪(∗) : y "−‬‬ ‫=‪y‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ل ل‪:‬‬
‫= )‪ f ( x‬ﺤ ّ‬ ‫‪⋅e‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺘﺤﻘﹼﻕ ﺃ ّ‬
‫ﺤﻼ ل ) ‪. ( E‬‬
‫‪ًّ g ( x) = λ e‬‬ ‫‪−2 x‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ λ‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x3‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ‪. y ( x) = ( A ⋅ x + B ) ⋅ e ( r ⋅ x ) :‬‬ ‫‪ a‬ﻭ ‪ b‬ﻋﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ل ل )‪. (E‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻨﻀﻊ ‪ λ = 4‬ﻭ )‪ h( x) = f ( x ) − g ( x‬ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ f‬ﺤ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ) ‪ ( y − f‬ﻫﻲ ﺤل ل ‪y "− y = 0‬‬
‫ﺤﻼ ل )∗( ﻓﺈ ّ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺃ( ﺒﻴّﻥ ﺃﹼﻨﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ‪ًّ y‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ل ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪. ( E ') : y ' = −3 y‬‬
‫ﻥ ‪ h‬ﺤّ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻘﹼﻕ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﺏ( ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺤﻠﻭل )∗(‬ ‫‪∆<0‬‬
‫ل )' ‪ ( E‬ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺤﻠﻭل ) ‪. ( E‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺤ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ‪ p + iq‬ﻭ ‪ p − iq‬ﺍﻟﺠﺫﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪. (E) :‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺃ( ﺤﺩّﺩ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪y "+ π 2 y = 0 :‬‬ ‫))‪y ( x) = e( p⋅ x ) ⋅ (λ cos(qx) + µ sin(qx‬‬
‫ﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪. ( E ) : y '+ 6 y − 2 = 0 :‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺤﺩّﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ Y‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﹼﻕ ) ‪ ( E‬ﻭ ‪ Y (0) = 1‬ﻭ ‪. Y (0,5) = 0,5‬‬
‫ﺤﺩّﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﺤل ) ‪ ( E‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻴﻘﺒل ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺤــﺎﻻﺕ ﺨــﺎﺼّــﺔ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪. y "+ 4 y '+ 4 y = 0 :‬‬ ‫ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل‪y "+ ay ' = 0 :‬‬
‫ﺴﹰﺎ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠّﻪ ‪. 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻓﺼﻭﻟﻬﺎ ‪ 1‬ﻤﻤﺎ ّ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪. y "+ 2 y '− 3 y = 0 :‬‬ ‫ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل‪. y ( x) = k1 ⋅ e − a x + k2 :‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪. y '+ 5 y = 0 :‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺤ ّ‬ ‫ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل ‪y "+ ω 2 ⋅ y = 0‬‬
‫ل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪. y "+ 2 y '+ 5 y = 0 :‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺤ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل )‪y ( x) = k1 cos(ω x ) + k 2 sin(ω x‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪. y "+ 11 y '+ 10 y = 0 :‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ f‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ‪ f (0) = 0‬ﻭ ‪ f '(0) = 2‬ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﺼﻠﻴﺔ ل ‪f‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪. y "− 4 y '+ 13 y = 0 :‬‬ ‫ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل‪y "− ω 2 ⋅ y = 0 :‬‬
‫ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل‪. y ( x) = k1 ⋅ e(ω x ) + k2 ⋅ e( −ω x ) :‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪ (7‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪. y "− 2 y '+ 5 y = 0 :‬‬
‫‪4π‬‬ ‫‪−3 3‬‬ ‫‪2π‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫( ‪y/‬‬ ‫=)‬ ‫ل ‪ y‬ل‪ y "+ y = 0 :‬ﻭ ‪ y ( ) = −1‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﺍﻟﺤ ّ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪. y '− 2 y = 4 :‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺤ ّ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. y ( x) 3ELMO‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ α‬ﻭ ‪ ϕ‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ‪= A ⋅ cos(α x + ϕ ) :‬‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪. 3 y '+ y = 1 :‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺤ ّ‬
‫اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫‪e óčánm d‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌــﺎدﻻت ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرﺟــﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﻓــﻲ‬ ‫‪-I‬‬
‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺠـﺬران اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎن ﻟﻌﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻨﻌــﺪم ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -a‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳــﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ‪ z‬ﺟﺬرا ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ Z‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪. z 2 = Z :‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳـﺪ اﻟﺠﺪرﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻌﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻨﻌــﺪم ‪:‬‬

‫∈‪Z‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ‪: 1‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪. − Z‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺬران اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎن ﻟﻠﻌﺪد ‪ Z‬هﻤــﺎ ‪Z‬‬
‫∈‪Z‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ‪: 2‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫) ‪Z = − ( −Z‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪= i2 ( −Z‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪−Z − i‬‬
‫‪−Z i‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪−Z i‬‬ ‫إذن ‪ :‬اﻟﺠﺬران اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎن ﻟﻠﻌﺪد ‪ Z‬هﻤــﺎ‬
‫‪Z = −3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜــﺎل ‪:‬‬

‫‪= 3 i2‬‬
‫‪.− 3 i‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫إذن اﻟﺠﺬران اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎن ﻟﻠﻌﺪد ‪ −3‬هﻤــﺎ ‪3 i‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻔﻲ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻨﻌــﺪم ﺟـﺬران ﻣﺮﺑﻌـﺎن ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺎن وﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑــﻼن ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﻌــﺎدﻻت ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرﺟــﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴــﺔ ﻓــﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪a z2 + b z + c = 0‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜــﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ b ، a :‬و ‪ c‬أﻋﺪاد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ و ‪ a ≠ 0‬و ‪ z‬ﻋﺪد ﻋﻘﺪي ﻣﺠﻬﻮل ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤــﻰ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟــﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرﺟــﺔ اﻟﺜـﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﻓــﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣــﻞ اﻟﻤﻌـﺎدﻻت ﻣـﻦ اﻟﺪرﺟــﺔ اﻟﺜـﺎﻧﻴــﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ b ، a‬و ‪ c‬أﻋﺪاد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪. a ≠ 0‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫)‪(E‬‬ ‫‪: a z2 + b z + c = 0‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪z2 +‬‬ ‫‪z +‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪z2 + 2‬‬ ‫‪z +‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪b‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪4 a b2‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪⎜z +‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2 a‬‬ ‫‪4 a2‬‬ ‫‪4 a2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪b‬‬ ‫‪b2 − 4 a c‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪⎜z +‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫=‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2 a‬‬ ‫‪4 a2‬‬
‫‪∆ = b2 − 4 a c‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬

‫وﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ δ‬أﺣﺪ اﻟﺠﺬرﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﻴﺰ ∆ ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪b‬‬ ‫∆‬ ‫‪δ2‬‬
‫)‪(E‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪⎜z +‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2 a‬‬ ‫‪4 a2‬‬ ‫‪4 a2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪b‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ δ‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪⎜z +‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫⎜ =‬ ‫⎟‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2 a‬‬ ‫⎠‪⎝2 a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪δ‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪−δ‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪z +‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫أو‬ ‫‪z +‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬
‫‪−b + δ‬‬ ‫‪−b − δ‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫= ‪z‬‬ ‫أو‬ ‫= ‪z‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬
‫)‪(E‬‬ ‫‪: a z2 + b z + c = 0‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪ :‬ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ‬
‫‪⎧ −b + δ‬‬ ‫⎫ ‪−b − δ‬‬

‫⎨ = ‪S‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫⎬‬ ‫هــــﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎩ 2a‬‬ ‫⎭ ‪2a‬‬
‫هﻤـــﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪( a , b, c‬‬ ‫∈‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ a ≠ 0‬و‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟــﺔ ‪a z 2 + b z + c = 0‬‬
‫‪−b − δ‬‬ ‫‪−b + δ‬‬
‫= ‪z1‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫= ‪z2‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌـﺎدﻻت اﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣــﻞ ﻓــﻲ‬
‫‪z + z + 1 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪∆ = b2 − 4 a c‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪= 1 − 4‬‬
‫‪= − 3‬‬
‫‪= 3 i2‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪3i‬‬
‫= ‪S‬‬ ‫‪3i‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ هﻤــﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪−1 − 3 i‬‬ ‫‪−1 + 3 i‬‬
‫= ‪z1‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫= ‪z2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪⎪⎧ −1 − 3 i‬‬ ‫⎫⎪ ‪−1 + 3 i‬‬

‫⎨ = ‪S‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫⎬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫⎪⎩‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫⎪⎭‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪z2 + 2 z +‬‬ ‫‪= 0‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪cos 2 θ‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫≺ ‪0 ≺ θ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
1
z2 + 2 z + = 0
cos 2 θ
4
∆ = 4 −
cos 2 θ
⎛ 1 ⎞
= 4 ⎜1 − ⎟
⎝ cos 2 θ ⎠
⎛ cos 2 θ − 1 ⎞
= 4 ⎜ ⎟
⎝ cos θ ⎠
2
⎛ − sin 2 θ ⎞
= 4 ⎜ ⎟
⎝ cos θ ⎠
2
= − 4 tan 2 θ
( 2 i tan θ )
2
=
δ = 2 i tan θ : ‫إذن‬
: ‫ اﻟﺤﻠﻴــﻦ هﻤـــﺎ‬: ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
2 − 2 i tan θ
z1 = = 1 − i tan θ
2
+2 + 2 i tan θ
z2 = = + 1 + i tan θ
2
S = {1 − i tan θ ; 1 + i tan θ } : ‫إذن‬
: 2 ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘـــﺔ‬
1
z2 − 2 z + = 0 : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
cos θ
z 2 − 2 z + 1 + tan 2 θ = 0 : ‫أي‬
( z − 1)
2
= − tan 2 θ : ‫إذن‬
( z − 1) (i tan θ )
2 2
=
z − 1 = i tan θ ‫أو‬ z − 1 = − i tan θ : ‫إذن‬

z = 1 + i tan θ ‫أو‬ z = 1 − i tan θ
S = {1 − i tan θ ; 1 + i tan θ } : ‫إذن‬
.‫أآﺘﺐ اﻟﺤﻠﻴــﻦ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﺸﻜــﻞ اﻟﻤﺜـﻠﺜـﻲ‬
z1 = 1 − i tan θ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
sin θ
= 1 − i
cos θ
1
= ( cos θ − i sin θ )
cos θ
1
=
cos θ
( cos ( −θ ) + i sin ( −θ ) )
⎡ 1 ⎤
= ⎢ , −θ ⎥ 0 ≺ cos θ ‫ﻷن‬
⎣ cos θ ⎦
z2 = 1 + i tan θ : ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
1
= ( cos θ + i sin θ )
cos θ
⎡ 1 ⎤
= ⎢ , θ⎥
⎣ cos θ ⎦
: ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈــــﺔ‬
π
≺ θ ≺ π : ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‬
2
cos θ ≺ 0 : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
1
z1 = ( cos θ + i sin θ ) : ‫إذن‬
cos θ
−1
= ( −1) ( cos θ + i sin θ )
cos θ
−1
= [1 , π ] [1 , θ ]
cos θ
−1
= [1 , π + θ ]
cos θ
⎡ −1 ⎤
= ⎢ , π +θ ⎥
⎣ cos θ ⎦
R ⋅ [ r , θ ] = R ( r ( cos θ + i sin θ ) )
= R ⋅ r ( cos θ + i sin θ )
= [R r , θ ]
: ‫ﺻﻴﻐــﺔ ﻣـﻮاﻓــﺮ وﺻﻴﻐـﺘــﺎ أوﻟﻴـــﺮ‬ -II

Moivre ‫ ﺻﻴﻐـــﺔ‬.1
u = [r , θ ] ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
un = u = 1
n
arg u n = n θ [ 2 π ]
[1 , θ ] = [1 , m θ ]
m
: ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن‬
( cos θ + i sin θ ) = cos n θ + i sin n θ

n
.‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ هـﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎوﻳـﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐـﺔ ﻣﻮاﻓــﺮ‬

.‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘــﺎت ﺻﻴﻐـﺔ ﻣﻮاﻓـﺮ‬
( cos θ + i sin θ )
2
: ‫ أﻧﺸﺮ‬-1
2
= cos 2 θ ⋅ sin θ + 2 i cos θ sin θ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
2
= cos 2θ + i sin 2 θ : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
: ‫ﻓﺈن‬
cos 2θ = cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ
sin 2θ = 2 cos θ sin θ
3
: ‫ أﻧﺸﺮ‬-2
3
= cos3 θ + 3 cos 2θ ⋅ i sin θ − 3 cosθ ⋅ sin 2θ − i sin 3 θ
= ( cos θ 3
− 3 cosθ sin 2 θ ) + i ( 3 cos 2θ sinθ − sin 3 θ )
3
= cos 3θ + sin 3θ : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
: ‫إذن‬
cos 3θ = cos3 θ − 3 cosθ sin 2 θ
sin 3θ = 3 cos 2 θ sin θ − sin 3 θ
: ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴــــﻢ‬
( cos θ + i sin θ ) = cos n θ + i sin n θ
n
cos n θ = ℜe (( cosθ + i sin θ )

n
) : ‫إذن‬
sin n θ = Im (( cosθ + i sin θ )

n
)
: ‫ ﺻﻴﻐـﺘــﺎ أوﻟﻴــﺮ‬.2
: ‫ اﻟﺘﺮﻣـﻴـﺰ اﻷﺳــﻲ ﻟﻌــﺪد ﻋﻘــﺪي ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻨﻌــﺪم‬: 1-2
. θ ‫ وﻋﻤﺪﺗﻪ‬1 ‫ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد اﻟﻌﻘﺪي اﻟﺬي ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻩ‬θ ∈ ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ‬ei θ ‫ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
: ‫أي‬
ei θ = cos θ + i sin θ = [1 , θ ]
: ‫أﻣﺜﻠــﺔ‬
π
i π π
e 2
= cos + i sin = i -1
2 2
π
i π π 1 3
e 3
= cos + i sin = + i -2
3 3 2 2
z = [R , θ ] : ‫ إذا آﺎن‬-1
z = R ⋅ ei θ : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
arg z2 ≡ α [ 2π ] ; arg z1 ≡ θ [ 2π ] : ‫ إذا آﺎن‬-2
z1
arg ≡ θ − α ; arg z1 × z2 ≡ θ + α [ 2π ] : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
z2
ei θ
iα
= ei (θ −α ) ; ei θ ⋅ ei α = ei (θ +α )
e
∀n ∈ -3
arg z n = n arg z [ 2π ]
(e ) iθ n
= ei n θ
e0 = 1
ei π = − 1
: ‫ ﺻﻴﻐﺘــﺎ أوﻟﻴــﺮ‬: 2-2
ei θ = cos θ + i sin θ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
e − i θ = cos θ − i sin θ
: ‫إذن‬
ei θ + e − i θ
cos θ =
2
ei θ − e − i θ
sin θ =
2i
.‫ﻧﺴﻤﻲ هﺎﺗﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎوﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻴﻐـﺘــﻲ أوﻟﻴــﺮ‬
ei n θ + e − i n θ
cos n θ =
2
ei n θ − e − i n θ
sin n θ =
2i
: ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘــﺎت ﺻﻴﻐﺘــﺎ أوﻟﻴـــﺮ‬
La linéarisation ‫اﻻﺧﻄـــﺎط‬
: ‫ﻣﺜــــﺎل‬
cos 2 θ ‫ أﺧﻄــﻂ‬-1
ei θ + e − i θ
cos θ = : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
2
(e + e−i θ )
iθ 2
cos θ =
2
4
1
=
4
(e 2iθ
+ e −2 i θ + 2 ) : ‫إذن‬
1 1
= + (2 cos 2θ )
2 4
1 1
= + cos 2θ
2 2
sin 2 θ ‫ أﺧﻄــﻂ‬-2
ei θ − e − i θ
sin θ = : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
2i
e 2 i θ + e −2 i θ − 2
sin θ =
2
: ‫إذن‬
−4
1 ⎛ e 2 i θ + e −2 i θ ⎞ 1
= − ⎜ ⎟ +
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
1 1
= − cos 2θ +
2 2
cos3 θ ‫ أﺧﻄــﻂ‬-3
ei θ + e − i θ
cos θ =
2
1 3iθ
cos3 θ =
8
( e + 3 e 2 i θ ⋅ e− i θ + 3 ei θ ⋅ e−2 i θ + e −3 i θ )
=
1 3iθ
8
e (+ e −3 i θ + 3 ( ei θ + e − i θ ) )
1
= (2 cos 3θ + 6 cos θ )
8
1 3
= cos 3θ + cos θ
4 4
: ‫إذن‬
1 3
cos3 θ = cos 3θ + cos θ
4 4
: ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳـــﻒ‬
. sin k x ‫و‬ cos k x ‫ ﺑﺪﻻﻟـﺔ‬sin n x ‫ و‬cos n x ‫اﻹﺧﻄﺎط هﻮ آﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
M o i v r e ‫اﻹﺧﻄــﺎط ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤـﺎل ﺻﻴﻐــﺔ‬
z = cos θ + i sin θ : ‫ﻧﻀﻊ‬
http//www.0et1.com 7
z = cos θ − i sin θ
zz = 1
2 cosθ = z + z ‫و‬ 2 i sin θ = z − z
z n = cos nθ + i sin nθ
z n = cos nθ − i sin nθ
zn ⋅ z n = 1
2 cos nθ = z n + z n ‫و‬ 2 i sin nθ = z n − z n
cos3 θ ‫أﺧﻄﻂ‬
2 cosθ = z + z : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
(z + z)
3
8 cos3θ =
= z3 + 3 z 2 z + 3 z z 2 + z 3
= z3 + z 3 + 3( z + z )
= 2 cos 3θ + 3 × 2 cos θ
1 3
= cos 3θ + cos θ
4 4
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻟﻠﺪوران‬

θ ‫ وزاوﻳﺘﻪ‬Ω (ω ) ‫اﻟﺬي ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ‬r ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺪوران‬
⎧⎪ΩM = ΩM ′
r (M ) = M ′ ⇔ ⎨ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
⎪⎩(ΩM , ΩM ′)≡ θ [ 2π ]
⎧ z′ − ω = z − ω
⎪
⎨ z′ − ω ‫اذن‬
⎪arg ≡ θ [ 2π ]
⎩ z −ω
z ′ − ω = eiθ ( z − ω ) ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
θ ‫ وزاوﻳﺘﻪ‬Ω (ω ) ‫اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻘﺪي ﻟﻠﺪوران اﻟﺬي ﻣﺮآﺰﻩ‬

z ′ − ω = eiθ ( z − ω ) ‫هﻮ‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎرﻳﻦ ﺣﻮل ‪@e óčánm d óî‡ÕÉÜa@†a‡Èÿa‬‬
‫) ﻤﻥ ﺒﻜﺎﻟﻭﺭﻴﺎ ‪( 94/93‬‬ ‫= )‪. f ( z‬‬

‫‪iz 2‬‬
‫ل ‪ z‬ﻤﻥ }‪ ^ \ {−1‬ﻨﻀﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻜ ّ‬ ‫‪06‬‬ ‫‪01‬‬
‫‪z +1‬‬ ‫ل ﻓﻲ ^ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤّ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3θ + π‬‬
‫[ = )‪. f ( z‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ﻨﻀﻊ ] ‪ θ ∈]0, π [ , z = [1;θ‬ﺒﻴّﻥ ﺃ ّ‬
‫ﻥ‪] :‬‬ ‫] ‪E2 : z 2 − 2(cos α ) z + 1 = 0 , α ∈ [0, π‬‬ ‫‪E1 : z 2 − z + 1 = 0‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) (‪2 cos‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪E4 : (iz + 2) 2 − 6(iz + 2) − 7 = 0‬‬ ‫‪E3 : (5 z − 3i ) 2 + 1 = 0‬‬
‫‪07‬‬ ‫‪E6 : z 2 − 2(1 − cos θ ) z + 2(1 − cos θ ) = 0‬‬ ‫‪E5 : z 2 − 6 z + 13 = 0‬‬
‫ل ﻓﻲ ^ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ z1 ، z 2 − 2 z + 4 = 0 :‬ﻭ ‪ z2‬ﺍﻟﺤﻼﹼﻥ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ‪. Im( z1 ) > 0‬‬

‫‪ (1 (I‬ﺤ ّ‬ ‫‪E8 : z 2 − 2(1 + 3 ) z + 5 + 2 3 = 0‬‬ ‫‪E7 : ( z + 1) 2 = z − 13‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺃﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ( z1 ) 2008‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻜل ﺍﻷﺴﻲ ﺜ ّﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻜل ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪02‬‬
‫ﻥ ) ‪ A(1 + i 3‬ﻭ )‪ B (1 − i 3‬ﺘﻨﺘﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩّﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻫﺎ ‪. O‬‬
‫‪ (1 (II‬ﺃﺜﺒﺕ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪. P ( z ) = z − 2 z + 3z − 2 z + 2 :‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺃﻨﺸﺊ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻜل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ‪. 2 cm‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ‪ a‬ﻭ ‪ b‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ‪. P( z ) = ( z 2 + 1)( z 2 + az + b) :‬‬
‫‪−π‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺃ( ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻟﺤﻕ ' ‪ O‬ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ‪ O‬ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ r1‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻩ ‪ O‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ل ﻓﻲ ^ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪. z 2 − 2 z + 2 = 0 :‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺃ( ﺤ ّ‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ( ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻟﺤﻕ ' ‪ B‬ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ‪ B‬ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ r2‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻩ ‪ A‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺏ( ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪. P ( z ) = 0 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪JJG‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺃ( ﻟﺘﻜﻥ ‪ I‬ﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ] ‪ . [OB‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﹼﺠﻬﺔ ‪. AI‬‬
‫‪JJJJJG‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﹼﺠﻬﺔ ' ‪ O ' B‬ﻫﻭ ‪. 3 3 − i‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺃﺜﺒﺕ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫‪03‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﺜﹼل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ) ‪ ( AI‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﹼﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺜﻠﺙ ' ‪. AO ' B‬‬ ‫) ﺍﻷﺴﺌﻠﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﹼﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ (‬
‫‪1+ i 3‬‬ ‫‪2 − 2i‬‬

‫‪z‬‬ ‫= ‪ B‬ﻭ ‪C = (−1 + i ) 12‬‬ ‫=‪ A‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺃﻜﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺃﺴّﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫= ) ‪ g ( z‬ﺤﻴﺙ ] ‪. θ ∈]0, π [ , z = [1;θ‬‬ ‫ﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪08‬‬ ‫‪i 3 −1‬‬ ‫‪3+i‬‬
‫‪1− z2‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪i‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪ D = ( 3 e‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺴﺎﻟﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻥ‪) 2007 :‬‬
‫[ = ) ‪ ) . z ⋅ g ( z‬ﻤﻥ ﺒﻜﺎﻟﻭﺭﻴﺎ ‪( 96/95‬‬ ‫= )‪ g ( z‬ﻭ ] ‪; θ +‬‬ ‫ﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺒﻴّﻥ ﺃ ّ‬
‫‪2sin θ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2sin θ‬‬
‫‪5π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬
‫‪3+i‬‬ ‫‪. F = 3⋅ e‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ E = 5⋅e‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺃﻜﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻜل ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪ ، z0‬ﺃﻜﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻜل ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ‪. ( z0 ⋅ g ( z0 ) ) 6 :‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻟﻴﻜﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻱ‪. G = 1 + e 2 i θ :‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪2π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬

‫‪.b = [2 3 , −‬‬ ‫‪ a = [2 ,‬ﻭ ]‬ ‫ﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﻴﻥ‪] :‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﺃﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻩ )‪ Ω(−1 + i‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻘﻁ‪ E ( 4 3 ) :‬ﻭ ) ‪ F ( ab‬ﻭ ) ‪. H ( ab + 4 3‬‬ ‫‪ (6‬ﺃﺨﻁﻁ ‪ cos3 x‬ﻭ ‪. sin 4 x‬‬
‫‪JJJ‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪G JJJG‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻋﻲ ‪ OEHF‬ﻤﺭﺒّﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺯّﺍﻭﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( OE , OF‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﺒﻴّﻥ ﺃ ّ‬
‫= ‪ Z‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻜل ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪a‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺃ( ﺃﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ‬ ‫‪04‬‬
‫‪2 2 3‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺃﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ Z‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﹼﺜﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ) ‪ z 4 − 1 = ( z 2 − 1)( z 2 − i )( z + i‬ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪. z 4 = 1 :‬‬
‫‪5π‬‬ ‫‪5π‬‬ ‫‪z −i 4‬‬
‫) ﻤﻥ ﻓﺭﺽ ﻤﺤﺭﻭﺱ ‪( 2006/2005‬‬ ‫(‪. sin‬‬ ‫(‪ cos‬ﻭ )‬ ‫ﺝ( ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ )‬ ‫(‪.‬‬ ‫ل ﻓﻲ ^ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪) = 1 :‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺤ ّ‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪z +1‬‬
‫ل ‪ z‬ﻤﻥ ^ ﻨﻀﻊ‪. P ( z ) = z 4 − 6 z 3 + 24 z 2 − 18 z + 63 :‬‬

‫ﻟﻜ ّ‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪05‬‬
‫‪(E) :‬‬ ‫^∈ ‪z‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫ﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪z − (1 + i ) z = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺃﺤﺴﺏ ) ‪ P (i 3‬ﻭ ) ‪. P (−i 3‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ‪ a‬ﻭ ‪ b‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ )‪. P ( z ) = ( z 2 + 3)( z 2 + az + b‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺤ ّﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻜل ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺭﻱ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ) ‪( E‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺃ( ﺃﻨﺸﺊ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻘﻁ ) ‪ A(i 3‬ﻭ )‪ B ( −i 3‬ﻭ ) ‪ C (3 + 2i 3‬ﻭ )‪. D (3 − 2i 3‬‬ ‫) ﻤﻥ ﻓﺭﺽ ﻤﻨﺯﻟﻲ ‪( 2007 / 2006‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺤﺩّﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﹼﺜﻲ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ) ‪. ( E‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺒﻴّﻥ ﺃ ﹼﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﻤﺤﺩّﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﺤﻕ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺸﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ) (‪ cos‬ﻭ ) (‪. sin‬‬
‫‪zC − z B‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ‪BEC‬‬ ‫‪=e‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻟﺘﻜﻥ ‪ E‬ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ‪ D‬ﺒﺎﺍﻟﻨﹼﺴﺒﺔ ل ‪ ، O‬ﺒﻴّﻥ ﺃ ّ‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫‪zE − zB‬‬
‫اﻟﺠـﺪاء اﻟﺴﻠﻤـﻲ ﻓﻲ ‪V3‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺪاء اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪-I‬‬

‫أﻧﺸﻄــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ ABCDEFGH‬ﻣﻜﻌﺒﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬ﻃﻮل ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ‪ 1‬وﻣﺮآﺰﻩ ‪. O‬‬
‫‪. OB ⋅ HF‬‬ ‫‪، DB ⋅ EG‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪DB ⋅ AC ،‬‬ ‫‪DF ⋅ DH‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺠﺪاءات اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪EG ⋅ EC :‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪EG ⋅ EC = EG = EH + HG = 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪DF ⋅ DH = DH ⋅ DF = DH 2 = 1‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪DB ⋅ AC = 0 DB ⊥ AC‬‬ ‫ﻷن‬ ‫)‬
‫‪DB ⋅ EG = DB ⋅ AC = 0‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪OB ⋅ HF = HB ⋅ HF‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= HF 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪=1‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ م‪.‬م‪.‬م ‪. O, i , j , k‬‬
‫أﻧﺸﺊ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪. A (1, 2,1‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪A (1, 2,1‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺗﺬآﻴـﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ ‪ V2‬و ‪ C ، B ، A‬ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ‪ P‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪u = AB‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪v = AC‬‬
‫‪u ⋅ v = AB ⋅ AC‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫' ‪= AB ⋅ AC‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ C ' :‬هﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ C‬ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( AB‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫'‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳـﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺠﺪاء اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى إﻟﻰ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء وذﻟﻚ آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪ V3‬و ‪ C ، B ، A‬و ‪ D‬أرﺑﻊ ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ v = CD‬و ‪ u = AB‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫وﺣﻴﺪة ‪ E‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ . v = AE‬واﻟﺠﺪاء اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬هﻮ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ u ⋅ v‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫' ‪u ⋅ v = AB ⋅ CD = AB ⋅ AE = AB ⋅ AE‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ' ‪ E‬هﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ E‬ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( AB‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫'‪E‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺪاء اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫و ‪.v ≠ 0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪u ≠ 0 ، V3‬‬
‫و ‪v = AC‬‬ ‫‪ B ، A‬و ‪ C‬ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪ ξ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪u = AB :‬‬
‫‪. ⎡⎣ BAC‬‬
‫وﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ θ‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﻠﺰاوﻳﺔ ⎤ ˆ‬
‫⎦‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫'‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪u ⋅ v = AB ⋅ AC‬‬
‫' ‪= AB ⋅ AC‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫≤ ‪0 ≤θ‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪: 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫' ‪AC‬‬
‫= ‪cos θ‬‬
‫‪AC‬‬
‫‪AC ' = AC ⋅ cos θ‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫' ‪u ⋅ v = AB ⋅ AC‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪u ⋅ v = AB ⋅ AC ⋅ cos θ‬‬
‫أو‬
‫‪u ⋅ v = u ⋅ v ⋅ cos θ‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪≤θ ≤π‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪: 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫' ‪u ⋅ v = − AB ⋅ AC‬‬
‫' ‪AC‬‬
‫= ) ‪cos (π − θ‬‬
‫‪AC‬‬
‫) ‪AC ' = AC cos (π − θ‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪u ⋅ v = − AB ⋅ AC ⋅ cos (π − θ‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪u ⋅ v = AB ⋅ AC ⋅ cos θ‬‬
‫‪= u ⋅ v ⋅ cos θ‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ ‪V3‬‬
‫‪u = AB‬‬ ‫و ‪ B ، A‬و ‪ C‬ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪. ⎡⎣ BAC‬‬
‫و ‪ v = AC‬و ‪ θ‬ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ ⎤ ˆ‬
‫⎦‬
‫‪u ⋅ v = AB ⋅ AC ⋅ cos θ‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎت اﻟﺠﺪاء اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪. V3‬‬
‫‪u ⋅v = 0‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫أو ‪u ⊥ v‬‬ ‫‪ v = 0‬أو ‪u = 0‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ u‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪. V3‬‬
‫) ‪ u 2‬هﻮ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪.( u‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪ u‬هﻮ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ‪u = u 2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﻷﺳﺎس واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪان ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ i‬و ‪ j‬و ‪ k‬ﺛﻼث ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎت ﻣﻦ ‪ V3‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮاﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ i , j , k‬أﺳﺎس ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪. V3‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎت ‪ i‬و ‪ j‬و ‪ k‬ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪة ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ‪ ،‬وإذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺎت ‪ i‬و ‪ j‬و ‪ k‬واﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﺈن اﻷﺳﺎس ‪ i , j , k‬ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫وﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪ i , j , k‬أﺳﺎس ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ وﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ‬ ‫)‬
‫‪i = j = k =1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫و ‪i ⊥ j‬‬ ‫‪i ⊥k‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪j ⊥k‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫(‬
‫‪ O, i , j , k‬ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ وﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن اﻷﺳﺎس ‪ i , j , k‬ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ وﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫وﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺪاء اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪:‬‬

‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫اﻟﻔﻀﺎء اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ ‪ V3‬ﻣﻮزد ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺎس اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ واﻟﻤﻤﻨﻈﻢ ‪. i , j , k‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪u = xi + yj + zk‬‬
‫‪v = x 'i + y ' j + z 'k‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪u ⋅ v = xi + yj + zk‬‬ ‫) ‪)( x ' i + y ' j + z ' k‬‬
‫' ‪= xx '+ yy '+ zz‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪. V3‬‬
‫) ‪u ( x, y , z‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫) ' ‪v ( x ', y ', z‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫' ‪u ⋅ v = xx '+ yy '+ zz‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫و ) ' ‪ ( x ', y ', z‬هﻤﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻮﺛﻲ إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺘﺎن ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺎس اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ) ‪( x, y, z‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫واﻟﻤﻤﻨﻈﻢ ‪. i , j , k‬‬
‫‪u ⊥v‬‬ ‫‪⇔ xx '+ yy '+ zz ' = 0‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪u ( x, y , z‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪u = x2 + y 2 + z 2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪B ( xB , y B , z B‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫) ‪A ( xA , y A , z A‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪AB‬‬ ‫) ‪( xB − x A ) + ( y B − y A ) + ( z B − z A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -II‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﺠﺪاء اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـﻖ ‪: 1‬‬
‫‪OA = i + j‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( D‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫و ‪ u‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪u =i − j +k‬‬
‫‪ -1‬اﻋﻂ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪. ( D‬‬
‫)‪( D) ⊥ ( P‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬اﻋﻂ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪ ( P‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ O‬واﻟﺬي ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻮاب ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪M ∈ D ⇔ ∃t ∈ / AM = tu‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ x − xA‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ ta‬‬
‫⎜‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫⎟ ⎜‬
‫⎟ ‪⇔ ⎜ y − y A ⎟ = ⎜ tb‬‬ ‫∈‪t‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎜z−z‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪⎜ tc‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪A‬‬ ‫⎠ ⎝‬
‫‪⎧ x = x A + ta‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪⇔ ⎨ y = y A + tb‬‬ ‫∈‪t‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪⎩ z = z A + tc‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪⎧x = 1+ t‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪D : ⎨ y = 1− t‬‬ ‫∈‪t‬‬
‫‪⎪z = t‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫‪M ∈ ( P ) ⇔ OM ⊥ u‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪⇔ x− y+z =0‬‬
‫)‪( P‬‬ ‫‪: x− y+z =0‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪x− y+ z =0‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪x= y−z‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ y =α‬و ‪z = β‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎧x = α − β‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪⎨y =α‬‬ ‫∈ ) ‪/ (α ,β‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎪z = β‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫وهﺬا ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮي ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ وﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ M‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ . ξ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪u ⋅ AM = k :‬‬
‫)‪ A (1,1,1‬و )‪. u (1, 2, −1‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪k =0‬‬ ‫‪-a‬‬
‫)‪AM ( x − 1, y − 1, z − 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪u (1, 2, −1‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪u ⋅ AM = 0‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪1( x − 1) + 2 ( y − 1) − 1( z − 1) = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪x + 2y − z − 2 = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ M‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ AM ⋅ u = 0 :‬هﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ذو اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪u (1,1, 2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪A (1, 0,1‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪k=2‬‬ ‫‪-b‬‬

‫)‪AM ( x − 1, y, z − 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪AM ⋅ u = 2‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪1( x − 1) + y + 2 ( z − 1) = 2‬‬
‫‪x + y + 2−5 = 0‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪ ، ( P‬ﻓﺈن‬ ‫) ‪( a, b, c ) ≠ ( 0, 0, 0‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ) ‪ n ( a, b, c‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫∈ ‪.d‬‬ ‫‪ ax + by + cz + d = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪ ( P‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( P‬ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ax + by + cz = 0‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ) ‪ u ( a, b, c‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫) ‪u ( a , b, c‬‬
‫)‪( P‬‬
‫) ‪( ax + by + cz + d = 0‬‬
‫) ‪P ( 3x − y + 2 z − 4 = 0‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ م م م ‪ O, i , j , k‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪ ( P‬اﻟﺬي ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻪ هﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫واﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ A ( 0, −2,1‬ﻣﻦ ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( D‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬وﻳﻘﺒﻞ ) ‪ u (1, −1, −2‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪( D) ⊂ ( P‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أن ‪:‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪−41‬‬
‫‪ B ⎜ 1, 0,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ( P‬و ) ‪. ( D‬‬ ‫‪ H -2‬و ‪ K‬هﻤﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻄﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻮدﻳﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ⎟‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت آﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ H‬و ‪. K‬‬
‫‪ u ⋅ KH‬واﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ أن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( D‬ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪. ( BKH‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺠﺪاء اﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻮاب ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎧x = t‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪D : ⎨ y = −2 − t‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪⎪ z = 1 − 2t‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫)‪( D) ⊂ ( P‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺘﺤﻘﻖ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪3t ( −2 − t ) + 2 (1 − 2t ) − 4 = 3t + 2 + t + 2 − 4t − 4‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬
‫)‪( D) ⊂ ( P‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫)‪H ∈ (∆) ∩ ( P‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ ( ∆ ) :‬هﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ B‬واﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫⎧‬
‫‪⎪ x = 1 + 3t‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪( ∆ ) : ⎨ y = −t‬‬ ‫∈‪/ t‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪−41‬‬
‫= ‪⎪z‬‬ ‫‪+ 2t‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪( P ) : 3x − y + 2 z − 4 = 0‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪⎛ −41‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫⎜ ‪3 (1 + 3t ) − ( −t ) + 2‬‬ ‫‪+ 2t ⎟ − 4 = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎝ 2‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫‪3 + 9t + t − 41 + 4t − 4 = 0‬‬
‫‪14t = 42‬‬
‫‪t =3‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪−29‬‬
‫‪H ⎜10, −3,‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2‬‬
‫‪u ⋅ KH‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻟﻨﺤﺴﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪u (1, −1, −2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪−3‬‬
‫⎟ ‪KH ⎜ 3, 6,‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2‬‬
‫‪u ⋅ KH = 3 − 6 + 3 = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪BK ⊥ u‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪KH ⊥ u‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫) ‪( D ) ⊥ ( BKH‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ وﺗﺬآﻴﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ n‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ . ( D‬و ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﺎن ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺘﺎن ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫‪.v ⊥ n‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮن ) ‪ ( D ) ⊥ ( P‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪u ⊥ n‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ) ‪ ( D ) ⊥ ( P‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ n‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـﻖ ‪ : 4‬ﺗﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أﻋﻂ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪ ( P‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ) ‪ A ( −1, 2, 0‬و ) ‪ B ( 3,1, −2‬وﻋﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ( Q‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫ذواﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪. 3x − 7 y + 2 z = 0‬‬
‫) ‪AB ( 4, −1, −2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪n ( 3, −7, 2‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪M ∈ ( P ) ⇔ det AM , n , AB = 0‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪⇔ y−2‬‬ ‫‪-7‬‬ ‫‪-1 = 0‬‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ط‪: 1‬‬
‫‪−7 − 1‬‬ ‫‪3 4‬‬ ‫‪3 4‬‬
‫)‪( x + 1‬‬ ‫)‪− ( y − 2‬‬ ‫‪+z‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪2 −2‬‬ ‫‪2 −2‬‬ ‫‪−7 −1‬‬
‫‪16 ( x + 1) + 14 ( y − 2 ) + 25 z = 0‬‬
‫‪16 x + 14 y + 25 z − 12 = 0‬‬
‫ط‪: 2‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪y−2‬‬ ‫‪−7‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬ ‫‪y−2‬‬ ‫‪−7‬‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−2‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪14 ( x + 1) − 3 z + 8 ( y − 2 ) + 28 z + 2 ( x + 1) + 6 ( y − 2 ) = 0‬‬
‫‪16 x + 14 y + 25 z − 12 = 0‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدرس ﺗﻌﺎﻣﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ ) ‪ ( P‬و ) ‪ ( Q‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪( P) : 2x − 5 y − z = 0‬‬ ‫‪-a‬‬
‫‪(Q ) : x + 2z − 3 = 0‬‬
‫)‪ n1 ( 2, −5, −1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( P‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪ n2 (1, 0, 2‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( Q‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪n1 ⋅ n2 = 2 − 2 = 0‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫) ‪( P ) ⊥ (Q‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪( P ) : 3x − y − 2 z − 5 = 0‬‬ ‫‪-b‬‬

‫‪( Q ) : x + 4 y − 3z + 2 = 0‬‬
‫‪( 3 ×1) + ( −1× 4 ) + ( −2 × −3) = 3 − 4 + 6‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪=5≠0‬‬
‫و ) ‪ ( Q‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪان‪.‬‬ ‫)‪( P‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻـﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ ) ‪ P ( ax + by + cz + d = 0‬و ) ‪Q ( a ' x + b ' y + c ' z + d ' = 0‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫‪aa '+ bb '+ cc ' = 0‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـﻖ ‪ : 5‬ﺗﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫أدرس ﺗﻌﺎﻣﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ ) ‪ ( D‬و ) ∆ ( ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪D ( A, u‬‬ ‫‪-a‬‬
‫)‪A ( 0,1, −1‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪u (1,1,1‬‬
‫‪⎧x = t‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪∆ = ⎨ y = −2t /‬‬ ‫) ∈ ‪(t‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪⎪z = 1+ t‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ u (1,1,1) :‬ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟــ ) ‪. ( D‬‬
‫و ‪ v (1, −2,1) :‬ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟــ ) ∆ ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪u ⋅ v = 1− 2 +1 = 0‬‬
‫)‪(∆) ⊥ ( D‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫و )‪. B (1, 0,1‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ )‪A ( 0,1, −1‬‬ ‫) ‪( D ) = ( A, AB‬‬ ‫‪-b‬‬

‫‪v =i + j‬‬ ‫و ) ∆ ( ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ أﺻﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ وﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻪ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺔ هﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪AB (1, −1, 2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪v (1,1, 0‬‬ ‫و‬
‫‪AB ⋅ v = 1 − 1 + 0 = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫)∆( ⊥ )‪( D‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻـﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫و ) ‪ ∆ ( B, v‬ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ ) ‪D ( A, u‬‬
‫‪u ⋅v = 0‬‬ ‫إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـﻖ ‪ : 6‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( P‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى و ‪ n‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬و ‪ M‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪. ξ‬‬
‫‪AB ⋅ n = AH ⋅ n‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫)‪( P‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ B‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ H :‬هﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪AB ⋅ n = AH + HB ⋅ n‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪= AH ⋅ n‬‬
‫) ‪( HB ⊥ n‬‬
AB ⋅ n
AH = : ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ أن‬-2
n
AB ⋅ n = AH ⋅ n : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
± AH ⋅ n = AB ⋅ n
AH ⋅ n = AB ⋅ n : ‫إذن‬
AB ⋅ n
AH = : ‫إذن‬
n
. ξ ‫ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ‬A (1, 0,1) ‫و‬ ( P) ‫ ( ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى‬x + y + z + 1 = 0 ) ‫ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬-3
d ( A, ( P ) ) . ( P ) ‫ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى‬A ‫أﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬ -
B (1,1, −3) ∈ ( P ) : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
d ( A, ( P ) ) = AH : ‫إذن‬
. ( P ) ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬A ‫ هﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬H : ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
AB ⋅ n
AH =
n
AB ( 0,1, −4 )
n (1,1,1)
( 0 ×1) + (1×1) + ( −4 ×1)
AH = : ‫إذن‬
1+1+1
3
= = 3
3
. ( P ) ‫ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬n ( a, b, c ) ‫ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬-4
. ( P ) ‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى‬ ( ax + by + cz + d = 0 ) :‫و‬
. ξ ‫ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء‬A ( x A , y A , z A ) :‫و‬
AB ⋅ n
d ( A, ( P ) ) = / B ( xB , y B , z B ) : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
n
a ( xB − x A ) + b ( y B − y A ) + c ( z B − z A )
d ( A, ( P ) ) =
a 2 + b2 + c 2
− ax A − by A − cz A − d
=
a 2 + b2 + c2
ax A + by A + cz A + d
=
a 2 + b2 + c 2
: ‫ﺧﻼﺻـﺔ وﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
( P ) : ax + by + cz + d = 0 : ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
. ξ ‫ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ‬A ( x A , y A , z A ) :‫و‬
ax A + by A + cz A + d
d ( A, ( P ) ) =
a 2 + b2 + c2
‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪ w‬واﺣﺪﻳﺔ وﻋﻤﻮدﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ u(−1;1;1‬و ) ‪v(1;−2;0‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ - 2‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪ w‬ﻋﻤﻮدﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ u(1;1;0‬و )‪ v(0;2;1‬و ‪3‬‬
‫(‬
‫و ‪C −1; −1; − 2‬‬‫)‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫(‬
‫‪ A 1;1; 2‬و ‪2; − 2;0‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ ABC‬ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻣﺘﺴﺎوي اﻟﺴﺎﻗﻴﻦ وﻗﺎﺋﻢ اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬م‪ (O ; i ; j ; k ) .‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫‪ x= 2t‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ y =1+ 3 t‬‬ ‫‪t ∈ IR‬‬ ‫)‪ (P‬اﻟﺬي ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻪ ‪ ax-2y+z-2=0‬و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪ (D‬ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮي‬
‫‪ z = − 2 + bt‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪(P‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪد‪ a‬و‪ b‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮن ) ‪(D )⊥(P‬‬
‫‪ x+y-2z+1=0‬‬
‫‪(D): ‬‬ ‫‪(P) : 2x-y+3z+1=0‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ x-y+z-2=0‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪ u‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (P‬وﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ)‪ A (2;0;3‬و )‪ n(1,2,1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ)‪ A' (2;0;3‬واﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ )‪(D‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ)‪ A (2;0;3‬و اﻟﻤﻮازي ﻟـ )‪(P‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪ A(1;-1;1‬و )‪ B(3;1;-1‬و )‪ (P‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ذا اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ 2x-3y+2z=0‬و )‪ (D‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ x = 3t‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫∈ ‪ x = − 2 − 3t t‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎرا ﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﺑـ‬
‫‪ z = 2 + 4t‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪ (Q‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬واﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪(D‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )´‪ (Q‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬واﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪(P‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أﺣﺴﺐ ))‪ d(A;(P‬و ))‪d(A;(D‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )´´‪ (Q‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ B‬و اﻟﻤﻮازي ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪(P‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى)‪ (P‬ذا اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ 3x+2y-z-5=0‬و )‪ (D‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﺮف ﺑـ‬
‫‪x − 2 y + z − 3 = 0‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ x− y−z+2=0‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﺎرا ﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪(D‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )´‪ (P‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ )‪ (D‬و اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ )‪(P‬‬
‫‪La sphère‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔـﻠﻜـــــﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺮآﺰهﺎ وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-I‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬و ‪ R‬ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪. AM = R‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ‪ A‬وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪ R‬هﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ M‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪S ( A, R‬‬ ‫وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬
‫}‪S ( A, R ) = {M ∈ ξ / AM = R‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺮآﺰهﺎ وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ‪. O, i , j , k‬‬
‫‪.R‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ S ( Ω, R ) :‬ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ) ‪ Ω ( x0 , y0 , z0‬وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪ R‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪M ( x , y , z ) ∈ S ( Ω, R ) ⇔ Ω M = R‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫) ‪( x − x0 ) + ( y − y0 ) + ( z − z0‬‬ ‫‪=R‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫) ‪( x − x0 ) + ( y − y0 ) + ( z − z0‬‬ ‫‪= R2‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪S ( Ω, R‬‬ ‫وهﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ هﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ‬

‫‪R=2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪Ω ( 3, 0,1‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪S1 : ( x − 3) + ( y ) + ( z − 1) = 4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪R =1‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪Ω (1, 2, −3‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪S 2 : ( x − 1) + ( y − 2 ) + ( z + 3) = 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪1‬‬

‫‪x + 2 + ( y − 1) + ⎜ z − ⎟ = 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(3‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪1‬‬
‫‪ S1‬هﻲ ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ⎟ ‪ Ω ⎜ − 2,1,‬وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪. R = 2‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬
‫‪R =1‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫) ‪Ω ( 0, 0, 0‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫‪S4 : x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 1‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ أﻗﻄﺎرهﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪. ξ‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻠﻜﺔ وﺣﻴﺪة ‪ S‬أﺣﺪ أﻗﻄﺎرهﺎ ] ‪. [ AB‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ S‬ﻓﻠﻜﺔ أﺣﺪ أﻗﻄﺎرهﺎ هﻮ ] ‪. [ AB‬‬
‫‪M ∈ S ⇔ AM ⋅ BM = 0‬‬
‫) ‪B ( xB , y B , z B‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫) ‪A ( xA , y A , z A‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪. M ( x, y , z‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫و ‪ S‬ﻓﻠﻜﺔ أﺣﺪ أﻗﻄﺎرهﺎ هﻮ ] ‪. [ AB‬‬
‫‪M ∈ S ⇔ AM ⋅ BM = 0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪⇔ ( x − x A )( x − xB ) + ( y − y A )( y − yB ) + ( z − z A )( z − z B ) = 0‬‬
‫وهﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ هﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S‬اﻟﺘﻲ أﺣﺪ أﻗﻄﺎرهﺎ هﻮ ] ‪. [ AB‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪AB‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎن ] ‪ [ AB‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S‬ﻓﺈن ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ] ‪ [ AB‬هﻮ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ هﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫دراﺳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪( E ) : x + y + z − 2ax − 2by − 2cz + d = 0 :‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪( E ) ⇔ ( x − a ) + ( y − b ) + ( z − c ) = a 2 + b2 + c2 − d‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪a 2 + b2 + c2 − d ≺ 0‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪: 1‬‬
‫∅= ‪S‬‬
‫‪a + b2 + c2 − d = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪: 2‬‬
‫}) ‪S = {Ω ( a, b, c‬‬
‫‪a 2 + b2 + c2 − d‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪: 3‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫‪R = a +b +c −d‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫‪R = a +b +c −d‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪S = S ( Ω ( a , b, c ) , R‬‬
‫ﻣﺜـﺎل ‪:‬‬
‫‪(E): x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+ y + z − 2y + z − 3 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻃـ‪: 1‬‬
‫‪a=0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪b =1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪c=−‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪d = −3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫= ‪a 2 + b2 + c2 − d = 1 + + 3‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪1‬‬
‫= ‪.R‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪ Ω ⎜ 0,1, −‬وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ‬ ‫إذن ‪ S :‬ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬
‫ﻃـ‪: 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪( E ) : x 2 + ( y − 1‬‬ ‫‪+ ⎜ z + ⎟ = 1+ + 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫‪1 ⎞ 17‬‬
‫= ⎟ ‪x + ( y − 1) + ⎜ z +‬‬ ‫⇔‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫⎛ ⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪−1 ⎞ 17‬‬
‫‪S = S ⎜⎜ Ω ⎜ 0,1, ⎟ ,‬‬ ‫⎟‬
‫⎝ ⎝‬ ‫⎠⎟ ‪2 ⎠ 2‬‬
‫‪ -II‬ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻠﻜﺔ وﻣﺴﺘﻮى ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى وﻓﻠﻜﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ P‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى و ‪ S‬ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ‪ Ω‬وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪. R‬‬

‫ﻟﺪراﺳﺔ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى ‪ P‬واﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪، S‬‬
‫) ) ‪d = d ( Ω, ( P‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ d‬ﺑﻴﻦ ) ‪ ( P‬و ‪. Ω‬‬
‫) ) ‪d ( Ω, ( P‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪: 1‬‬
‫∅= ‪S∩P‬‬
‫‪d ( Ω, ( P ) ) = R‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪: 2‬‬
‫} ‪( S ) ∩ ( P ) = {H‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ H‬هﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ Ω‬ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻮل ان اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪ ( P‬ﻣﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ) ‪. ( S‬‬
‫‪d ( Ω, ( P ) ) ≺ R‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪: 3‬‬
‫ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ‪. H‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ) ‪ ( S‬و ) ‪ ( P‬هﻮ داﺋﺮة‬

‫‪. r = R2 − d 2‬‬ ‫) ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ H‬هﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ Ω‬ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ .( ( P‬وﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪ r‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪d = d ( Ω, ( P ) ) = ΩH‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪( P ) : 2x − y + z +1 = 0‬‬
‫}‪S {Ω, 2‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫)‪Ω (1, −1,1‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2 +1+1+1‬‬
‫= ) ) ‪d ( Ω, ( P‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪4 +1+1‬‬
‫‪5 5 6‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫∅= ‪S∩P‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S‬ذات اﻟﻤﺮآﺰ ‪ Ω‬واﻟﺸﻌﺎع ‪. R‬‬
‫وﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( P‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ ‪. A‬‬
‫‪M ∈ P ⇔ AΩ ⋅ AM = 0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ΩA‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫‪x + y + z − 2x + 2 y − 2 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪ ( S‬ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪A (1,1, 0‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ ‪. A‬‬
‫‪A∈ S‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪M ∈ ( P ) ⇔ AΩ ⋅ AM = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪Ω (1, −,1, 0‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎأن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪A (1,1, 0‬‬
‫) ‪M ( x, y , z‬‬
‫) ‪AΩ ( 0, −2, 0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪AM ( x − 1, y − 1, z‬‬
‫‪−2 ( y − 1) = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ y = 1‬هﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪. A‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -III‬ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻠﻜﺔ وﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺜــﺎل ‪: 1‬‬
‫أدرس ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S‬واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪. ( D‬‬
‫‪( S ) : x 2 + y 2 + z 2 − 3x + 2 y − 4 z − 5 = 0‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎧x = t‬‬
‫‪( D ) : ⎪⎨ y = t + 1‬‬ ‫) ∈ ‪(t‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫‪⎪z = 2‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫ﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ ) ‪ ( S‬واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪، ( D‬‬
‫‪⎧x = t‬‬
‫‪⎪ y = t +1‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫⎨‬ ‫) ∈ ‪(t‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎪z = 2‬‬
‫‪⎪⎩ x 2 + y 2 + z 2 − 3 x + 2 y − 4 z − 5 = 0‬‬
‫اﻟﺠــﻮاب ‪:‬‬
‫‪t + ( t + 1) + 4 − 3t + 2 ( t + 1) − 8 − 5 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2t 2 + t − 6 = 0‬‬
‫) ‪∆ = 1 − 4 ( 2 ) × ( −6‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪= 49 0‬‬
‫‪−1 − 7‬‬
‫= ‪t1‬‬ ‫‪= −2‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪−1 + 7 3‬‬
‫= ‪t2‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫وﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S‬واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( D‬هﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ‪A ( −2, −1, 2 ) :‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛3 5‬‬
‫⎟‪. B⎜ , ,2‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝2 2‬‬
‫ﻣﺜــﺎل ‪: 2‬‬
‫أدرس اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( D‬واﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ ) ‪. ( S‬‬
‫)‪( S ) : ( x − 1) + ( y + 1‬‬ ‫‪+ z 2 = −4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎧x = t +1‬‬
‫‪( D ) : ⎪⎨ y = −1 + 2t /‬‬ ‫) ∈ ‪(t‬‬
‫‪⎪z = t‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫اﻟﺠــﻮاب ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(1 + t − 1) + ( −1 + 2t + 1‬‬ ‫‪+ t = −4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪t 2 + 4t 2 + t 2 = −4‬‬
‫‪6t 2 = −4‬‬
‫‪6t 2 + 4 = 0‬‬
‫‪∆ = −96 ≺ 0‬‬
‫∅ = )‪(S ) ∩ ( D‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪ ، O ; i ; j ; k‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ S1‬اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ )‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ x²+y²+z²-4x+2y-2z-3=0‬و ‪ S2‬اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ‪ Ω2‬و ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪ , 2‬و )‪ (P‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺬي‬
‫و )´‪ (P‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺬي ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻪ ‪. 2x-y-2z-1=0‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻪ ‪x-2y+z+1=0‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺄآﺪ أن )‪ (P‬و ‪ S1‬ﻳﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺎن وﻓﻖ داﺋﺮة ﻣﺤﺪدا ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮهﺎ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أدرس ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ )´‪ (P‬و ‪. S2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S1‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪A(1;1; 3‬‬
‫إﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫اذن )‪ S1 = S (Ω1;3‬ﺣﻴﺚ )‪Ω1(2;-1;1‬‬ ‫‪S1 : (x-2)²+(y+1)²+(z-1)²=9‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪2+ 2+1+1‬‬
‫=) )‪d(Ω1;(P‬‬ ‫‪= 6 ≺3‬‬
‫‪1+ 4+1‬‬
‫)‪ (P‬و ‪ S1‬ﻳﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺎن وﻓﻖ داﺋﺮة ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ‪ B‬ﻣﺴﻘﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻟـ ‪ Ω1‬ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (P‬و ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪9−6 = 3‬‬
‫‪ B‬هﻮ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪ (P‬و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪ (D‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ Ω1‬و اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ )‪(P‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ )‪ n(1;−2;1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (P‬و ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟـ )‪ (D‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﺒﺎراﻣﺘﺮي ﻟـ )‪ (D‬هﻮ‬
‫‪ x = 2 +t‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ y = −1 − 2t‬‬ ‫∈‪t‬‬
‫‪ z = 1+ t‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ x − 2y + z +1=0 t = −1‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ x =1‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫اذن ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪ (P‬و ‪ S1‬هﻮ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة ‪ C B; 3‬ﺣﻴﺚ )‪B(1;1;0‬‬ ‫‪B∈(P )∩(D )⇔  y x==−21+‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫‪− 2t ⇔  y =1‬‬
‫‪ z =1+t‬‬ ‫‪ z =0‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ d(Ω2;(P´))=2‬وﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ S2‬و )´‪ (P‬هﻮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ C‬ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﺤﺪد اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ A ∈ S1‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ )´´‪ (P‬ﻣﻤﺎس ﻟـ ‪ S1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪A‬‬
‫‪M ( x ; y ; z ) ∈ ( P ") ⇔ AM ⋅ ΩA ⇔ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ) ‪(O ; i ; j ; k‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪ A(1;0;1‬و )‪ B(0;0;1‬و )‪ C(0;-1;1‬و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪ (D‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ C‬واﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺑـ )‪u(−1;2;1‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ ‪ M‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ MA=MB=MC‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ وﺣﺪد ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﺎرا ﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪ (P‬اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (D‬ﻓﻲ ‪C‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ‪ S‬اﻟﻤﺎرة ﻣﻦ ‪A‬و ‪ B‬و اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﺔ ﻟـ )‪ (D‬ﻓﻲ ‪C‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪ O ; i ; j ; k‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪ A(0;3;-5‬و )‪ B(0;7;-3‬و )‪C(1;5;-3‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ )‬
‫‪ -1‬أﻋﻂ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪(ABC‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أﻋﻂ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪ (Q‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﺣﻴﺚ )‪ u(−1;2;1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ )‪ (P‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪x+y+z=0‬‬
‫أ‪ -‬ﺗﺄآﺪ أن )‪(P‬و )‪ (ABC‬ﻳﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺎن وﻓﻖ ﻣﺴﻨﻘﻴﻢ )‪(D‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﺎرا ﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻟـ )‪(D‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة )‪ (C‬اﻟﺘﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﺑـ ‪ x + z +10z +9=0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪y =0‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫أ‪ -‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻜﺔ ‪ S‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة )‪ (C‬و ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ إﻟﻰ )‪(ABC‬‬
‫ب ﺣﺪد ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ S‬و )‪(AC‬‬
‫‪ 3ELMO‬ذا‬
‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪ A(1;-1;1‬و )‪ B(3;1;-1‬و )‪ (P‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ x = 3t‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫∈ ‪ x = −2 − 3t t‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ (D) 2x-3y+2z=0‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎرا ﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﺑـ‬
‫‪ z = 2 + 4t‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪ (Q‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬واﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪(D‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )´‪ (Q‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬واﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪(P‬‬
‫‪ -3‬أﺣﺴﺐ ))‪ d(A;(P‬و ))‪d(A;(D‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )´´‪ (Q‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ B‬و اﻟﻤﻮازي ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪(P‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪ (P‬ذا اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪3x+2y-z-5=0‬‬
‫‪x − 2 y + z − 3 = 0‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫و )‪ (D‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﺮف ﺑـ‬
‫‪ x− y−z+2=0‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﺎرا ﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪(D‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )´‪ (P‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ )‪ (D‬و اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ )‪.(P‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪ (P‬ذا اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪x+y+z+1=0‬‬
‫و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪ (Q‬ذا اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪2x-2y-5=0‬‬
‫و )‪ (S‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ )‪ M(x;y;z‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‪x²+y²+z²-2x+4y+6z+11=0‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن )‪ (S‬ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدا ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ و ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺄآﺪ أن )‪ (P‬ﻣﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ و ﺣﺪد ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻌﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺣﺪد ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪ (D‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ )‪ A(0;1;2‬و اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻰ )‪(P‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أن ) ‪ ( P ) ⊥ ( Q‬و أﻋﻂ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )´‪(D‬ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪ (P‬و)‪(Q‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪A(-2;3;4‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪ (P‬ذا اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ (S) x+2y-2z+15=0‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻂ )‪ M(x;y;z‬اﻟﺘﻴﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫‪ x2 + y 2 − 2 x − 8 = 0‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ x²+y²+z²-2x+6y+10z-26=0‬و )‪ (C‬اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪z =0‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن )‪ (S‬ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدا ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮهﺎ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن )‪ (P‬و )‪ (S‬ﻳﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺎن وﻓﻖ داﺋﺮة آﺒﺮى )'‪ (C‬و ﺣﺪدهﺎ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ )‪ (S‬و اﻟﻤﻮازﻳﻴﻦ ﻟـ )‪(P‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫أآﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ )'‪ (S‬اﻟﻤﺎر ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﺪاﺋﺮة )‪(C‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫اﻟﺠــﺪاء اﻟﻤﺘﺠـﻬـــﻲ‬
‫‪Produit vectoriel‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء‬
‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪Repère orienté dans l’espace‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ O, i , j , k‬ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ، ξ‬وﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ J ، I‬و ‪ K‬ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪. ξ‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪G JJJG‬‬ ‫‪G JJJG‬‬ ‫‪G JJG‬‬
‫‪k = OK‬‬ ‫‪، j = OJ‬‬ ‫‪، i = OI‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫رﺟﻞ أﻣﺒﻴﺮ هﻮ رﺟﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬رﺟﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ ‪ O‬ورأﺳﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪ K‬وﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪. I‬‬
‫إذن ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟــﺔ ‪2‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟــﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬
‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬

‫‪J‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ I‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ رﺟﻞ أﻣﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ J‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎر رﺟﻞ أﻣﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ J‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎر رﺟﻞ أﻣﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ‪ O, i , j , k‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮا‪.‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫وإذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ J‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ رﺟﻞ أﻣﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ‪ O, i , j , k‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠـﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ‪ O, i , j , k‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ‪ O, j , k , i‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ‪ O, k , i , j‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ‪ O, j , i , k‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫إذا آﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ‪ O, i , j , k‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻓﺈن ‪ :‬اﻷﺳﺎس ‪ i , j , k‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( P‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬و ‪ k‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ واﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ O‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬

‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪j‬‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪j‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪k‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬ ‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ‪ O, i , j , k‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ j‬و ‪ k‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﺎن ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺘﺎن ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪. ( P‬‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -II‬اﻟﺠﺪاء اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪JJJG G‬‬ ‫‪JJJG G‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬
‫‪ OA = u‬و ‪. OB = v‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪ . V3‬و ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻣﻦ ‪ ξ‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬ ‫‪G G‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺪاء اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺠﻬﺘﻴﻦ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ هﻮ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑــ ‪ u ∧ v :‬واﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬ ‫‪G G‬‬
‫ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪. u ∧ v = 0‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬
‫ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ u‬و ‪ v‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪ -‬اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪ w = u ∧ v‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ‪ w ⊥ v‬و ‪w ⊥ u‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪ u, v, w‬أﺳﺎس ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬
‫‪⎡ AOB‬‬‫‪ / u ∧ v = uG ⋅ vG ⋅ sin θ -‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ θ‬ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ ⎤ ˆ‬
‫⎣‬ ‫⎦‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪G G G‬‬
‫)‬
‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ‪ O, i , j , k‬ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪا ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮا‪.‬‬
‫‪j ∧ i = −k‬‬ ‫‪i∧ j =k‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G G G‬‬
‫‪k ∧ j = −i‬‬ ‫‪j∧k =i‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G G G‬‬
‫‪i∧k =−j‬‬ ‫‪k ∧i = j‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴـﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G G2 G G 2‬‬
‫) (‬
‫‪u ∧ v + u ⋅v = u ⋅ v‬‬
‫‪G2 G2‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪G G2 G G 2‬‬
‫) (‬ ‫‪G2 G2‬‬ ‫‪G2 G2‬‬
‫‪u ∧ v + u ⋅ v = u ⋅ v ⋅ sin 2 θ + u ⋅ v ⋅ cos 2 θ‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G2 G2‬‬
‫‪= u ⋅ v‬‬
‫‪JJJG JJJG‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎت ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (1‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ B ، A‬و ‪ C‬ﺛﻼث ﻧﻘﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪ AB ∧ AC‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪. ( ABC‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫) ‪( ABC‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪. ⎡⎣ BAC‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ θ‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﻠﺰاوﻳﺔ ⎤ ˆ‬
‫⎦‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪CH‬‬
‫= ‪sin θ‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪AC‬‬
‫‪CH = AC sin θ‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪JJJG JJJG‬‬
‫‪AB ∧ AC = AB ⋅ CH‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎج ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد ‪ AB ∧ AC‬هﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺘﻮازي اﻷﺿﻼع اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﻄﻌﺘﻴﻦ ] ‪ [ AB‬و ] ‪. [ AC‬‬
‫‪1 JJJG JJJG‬‬
‫‪. AB ∧ AC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ‪ ABC‬هﻲ اﻟﻌﺪد ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
G G G G G
u∧v = 0 : ‫ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن‬v ‫ و‬u ‫( ﻳﻜﻮن‬3
: ‫واﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬JG ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ‬
G G‫( اﻟﺠﺪاء‬4
.‫ ﻋﺪد ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬α ‫ ﺛﻼث ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎت و‬w ‫ و‬v ، u ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
G G G G
v ∧ u = −u ∧ v
G G G G G G
( )
αu ∧ v = u ∧αv = α u ∧ v ( )
G G G G G G G
( )
u ∧ v+ w = u∧v+u ∧w
.‫ اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺪاء اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬-III
L’ex pression analytique du produit vectoriel
dans un repère orthonormé direct. G G
. v ( x ', y ', z ') ‫ و‬u ( x, y, z ) ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺘﺎن‬
G G G G G G G G
( ) (
u ∧ v = xi + yj + zk ∧ x ' i + y ' j + z ' k ) : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
G G G G G G
= xy ' k − xz ' j − yx ' k + yz ' i + zx ' j − zy ' i
G G G
= ( yz '− zy ') i − ( xz '− x ' z ) j + ( xy '− x ' y ) k
y y' G x x' G x x' G
= i − j + k
z z' z z' y y'
: ‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎج‬
⎛ y y' ⎞
⎜ ⎟
⎜ z z' ⎟
⎛x⎞ ⎛ x'⎞
G ⎜ ⎟ G ⎜ ⎟ G G ⎜ z z′ ⎟
u ⎜ y ⎟ ∧ v ⎜ y '⎟ = u ∧ v ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎜z ⎟ ⎜z'⎟ ⎜ x x ′ ⎟
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎜ ⎟
⎜ x x' ⎟
⎜ y y' ⎟
⎝ ⎠
: ‫أﻣﺜﻠــﺔ‬
G G
u (1, 2,1)
v ( −1, 0,1)
‫و‬ (1
G G 2 0G 1 −1 G 1 −1 G
u∧v = i − j + k : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
1 1 1 1 2 0
G G G
= 2i − 2 j + 2k
A (1, 0,1) ، B ( 0,1,1) ، C (1,1, 0 ) (2

⎛ −1⎞ ⎛0 ⎞
JJJG ⎜ ⎟ JJJG ⎜ ⎟
AB ⎜1 ⎟ ‫و‬ AC ⎜1 ⎟ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
⎜0 ⎟ ⎜ −1⎟
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
JJJG JJJG 1 1 G −1 0 G −1 0 G
AB ∧ AC = i − j + k : ‫إذن‬
0 −1 0 −1 1 1
G G G
= −i − j − k
JJJG JJJG
AB ∧ AC = 3 : ‫إذن‬
3
. ABC ‫) وﺣﺪة اﻟﻘﻴﺎس( هﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ‬ : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
2
‫‪ -IV‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﺠﺪاء اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮف ﺑــ ‪ 3‬ﻧﻘﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ‪JJJG‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪JJJG‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ‪ AB ∧ AC‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪. ( ABC‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫و ' ‪ n‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( Q‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ n‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪( P‬‬
‫)‪( P‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫'‪n‬‬ ‫)‪( D‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫) ‪(Q‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪G G‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ n‬و ' ‪ n‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ' ‪ u = n ∧ n‬هﻲ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( D‬ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ) ‪ ( P‬و ) ‪. ( Q‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪G G G‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ D ( A, u ) :‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ م‪.‬م‪.‬م ‪. O, i , j , k‬‬
‫وﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ B‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ، ξ‬و ‪ H‬اﻟﻤﺴﻘﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي ﻟــ ‪ B‬ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪. ( D‬‬
‫‪JJJG G JJJG JJJG G‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪AB ∧ u = AH + HB ∧ u‬‬
‫‪JJJG G‬‬
‫)‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪= HB ∧ u‬‬
‫‪JJJG G‬‬ ‫‪JJJG G‬‬
‫‪AB ∧ u = HB ∧ u‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪JJJG G‬‬
‫‪= HB ⋅ u‬‬
‫‪JJJG G‬‬
‫‪JJJG AB ∧ u‬‬
‫= ‪HB‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫‪JJJG G‬‬
‫‪AB ∧ u‬‬
‫= ) ) ‪d ( B, ( D‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴـﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻀﺎء ‪ ξ‬ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ م‪.‬م‪.‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ B‬ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ D ( A, u‬هﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪JJJG G‬‬
‫‪AB ∧ u‬‬
‫= ) ) ‪d ( B, ( D‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫) ‪A ( 2,1, 0‬‬
‫‪⎧x = t‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪D : ⎨ y = 1+ t‬‬ ‫\∈‪t‬‬ ‫و‬
‫‪⎪ z = −t‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫) ) ‪d ( A, ( D‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺤﺴﺐ‬
‫) ‪C ( 0,1, 0 ) ∈ ( D‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫و ‪ u (1,1, −1) :‬ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟــ ) ‪. ( D‬‬
JJJG G
CA ∧ u
d ( A, ( D ) ) = G : ‫إذن‬
u
⎛ 2⎞ ⎛1 ⎞
JJJG ⎜ ⎟ G⎜ ⎟
CA ⎜ 0 ⎟ ‫ و‬u ⎜1 ⎟ : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
⎜0⎟ ⎜ −1 ⎟
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
JJJG G 0 1 G 2 1 G 2 1G
CA ∧ u = i − j + k : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
0 −1 0 −1 0 1
G G
= 2 j + 2k :‫و‬
JJJG G
CA ∧ u = 8 : ‫إذن‬
G
u = 3 :‫و‬
d ( A, ( D ) ) =
8
: ‫إذن‬
3
: ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‬
: (‫ ) ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬5 ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
. Ω (1, −1, 0 ) ‫ و‬C ( −1,1, 0 ) ، B ( −1, 0, −1) ، A ( −3, 0, 0 ) : ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬-a -1
JJJG JJJG
AB ∧ AC : ‫ﻟﻨﺤﺴﺐ‬
⎛2 ⎞ ⎛ 2⎞
JJJG ⎜ ⎟ JJJG ⎜ ⎟
AB ⎜ 0 ⎟ ‫ و‬AC ⎜1 ⎟ : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
⎜ −1⎟ ⎜0⎟
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
JJJG JJJG 0 1 G −1 0 G 2 2 G
AB ∧ AC = i − j + k : ‫إذن‬
−1 0 2 2 0 1
G G G
= i − 2 j + 2k
JJJG JJJG G G G
AB ∧ AC = = i − 2 j + 2k : ‫ﺑﻤﺎأن‬
. x − 2 y + 2 z + d = 0 ‫ ( ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ABC ) ‫ﻓﺈن ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى‬
A ∈ ( ABC ) : ‫ وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬-b
−3 + 0 + 0 + d = 0 : ‫ﻓﺈن‬
d =3 : ‫إذن‬
. ( ABC ) ‫ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى‬x − 2 y + 2 z + 3 = 0 : ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
: ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬-a -2
( S ) : ( x − 1) + ( y + 1) +z =4
2 2 2
1+ 2 + 3
d ( Ω, ( ABC ) ) = : ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬-b
1+ 4 + 4
=2=R
. ( S ) ‫ ( ﻣﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ‬ABC ) : ‫إذن‬
(Q ) : 2x + 2 y + z + 3 = 0 : ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬-a -3
2−2+3
d ( Ω, ( Q ) ) = : ‫إذن‬
4 + 4 +1
.‫ ( وﻓﻖ داﺋﺮة‬S ) ‫ ( ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ‬Q ) : ‫إذن‬
( 2 ×1) + ( 2 × ( −2 ) ) + (1× 2 ) = 2 − 4 + 2 = 0 : ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬-b
‫) ‪( ABC ) ⊥ ( Q‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪ ( D‬ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ Ω‬و ) ‪. ( D ) ⊥ ( Q‬‬ ‫‪ -c‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎧ x = 1 + 2t‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫)‪( D‬‬ ‫‪: ⎨ y = −1 + 2t‬‬ ‫\∈‪t‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎪z = t‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫‪ -d‬ﻣﺮآﺰ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة هﻮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ W‬ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ) ‪ ( D‬و ) ‪. ( Q‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺤﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎧ x = 1 + 2t‬‬
‫‪⎪ y = −1 + 2t‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫⎨‬
‫‪⎪z = t‬‬
‫‪⎩⎪2 x + 2 y + z + 3 = 0‬‬
‫‪2 (1 + 2t ) + 2 ( −1 + 2t ) + t + 3 = 0‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪9t + 3 = 0‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪t=−‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ 1 −5 −1‬‬
‫⎟ ‪ W ⎜ , ,‬ﻣﺮآﺰ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة ) ‪. ( A‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝3 3 3‬‬
‫‪2 = 4 = ΩW + r 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪r 2 = 4 −1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬
‫‪r2 = 3‬‬
‫‪r= 3‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳــﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪. C (1, 2,1‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫)‪B ( 0, 2,1‬‬
‫) ‪، A (1, 0, 0‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺠﺪاء ‪ AB ∧ AC‬واﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪. ( ABC‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( S‬ﻓﻠﻜﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪ ( ABC‬هﻮ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ‪. ABC‬‬
‫‪ -a‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ O‬ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻰ ) ‪. ( S‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﻔﻠﻜﺔ ) ‪ ( S‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ أن ‪H ( 0, 0,3) ∈ ( S ) :‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( P‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻤﺎس ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ ) ‪ ( S‬ﻓﻲ ‪. H‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى ) ‪. ( P‬‬
‫) ) ‪. d ( H , ( AB‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪G G G‬‬
‫‪ o; i ; j ; k‬ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪G G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫) ‪( 2i − j ) ∧ ( 3i + 4 j‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪i + j − 2k ∧ k‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪i + 2k ∧ j‬‬ ‫‪i ∧3j‬‬ ‫أﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫‪G G G G‬‬ ‫‪G G G G‬‬
‫‪a∧c =b ∧d‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪; a ∧ b = c ∧ d‬‬
‫‪G G G G‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ إن ‪ a − d‬و ‪ b − c‬ﻣﺴﻨﻘﻴﻤﻴﺘﺎن‬
‫‪ x = 2−t‬‬
‫? = ) ) ‪d ( A; ( D‬‬ ‫‪( D ) :  y = 2t‬‬ ‫\∈‪t‬‬ ‫)‪A(3;2;-1‬‬
‫‪ z = 1+ t‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪A(1;2;1‬و )‪ B(-2;1;3‬و )‪ (D‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﺬي‬
‫‪ x − 2y + z − 3 = 0‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻪ‬
‫‪2 x + 3 y − z − 1 = 0‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ‪ OA ∧ OB‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪(OAB‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪد ))‪d(A;(D‬‬
‫‪ -3‬أﻋﻂ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ )‪(S‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ‪ A‬و ﻣﻤﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪(D‬‬
‫‪ x = 2−t‬‬
‫? = ) ) ‪d ( A; ( D‬‬ ‫‪( D ) :  y = 2t‬‬ ‫\∈‪t‬‬ ‫)‪A(3;2;-1‬‬
‫‪ z = 1+ t‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﺴﻮب إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ )‪A(1;2;1‬و )‪ B(-2;1;3‬و )‪ (D‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﺬي‬
‫‪ x − 2y + z − 3 = 0‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻪ‬
‫‪2 x + 3 y − z − 1 = 0‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ‪ OA ∧ OB‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮى )‪(OAB‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪد ))‪d(A;(D‬‬
‫‪ -3‬أﻋﻂ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ دﻳﻜﺎرﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﻜﺔ )‪(S‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮآﺰهﺎ ‪ A‬و ﻣﻤﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪(D‬‬
‫‪Dénombrement‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﺪاد‬
‫‪ -I‬ﻣﺒﺪأ اﻟﺠﺪاء‬
‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬رﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪F=Face‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬اذا رﻣﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ اﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻪ ‪ F‬أو ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻈﻬﺮ ‪, P=pile . P‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻮل أن ﻟﻨﺎ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬و اذا رﻣﻴﻨﺎ اﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪FF ; FP ; PF ; PP‬‬
‫‪ (c‬و اذا رﻣﻴﻨﺎ اﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﺛﻼث ﻣﺮات ﻓﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻋﺪد اﻻﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪PPP ; PPF ; PFP ; FPP‬‬
‫‪FFP ; FPF ; PFF ; FFF‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﺸﺠﺮة " ﺷﺠﺮة اﻻﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت" ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪F P‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫‪ (2‬رﻣﻲ اﻟﻨﺮد‪:‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺮد هﻮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻋﺎدة ﺗﻜﻮن وﺟﻮهﻪ اﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬اﻟﻰ ‪. 6‬‬

‫‪ (a‬إذا رﻣﻴﻨﺎ هﺬا اﻟﻨﺮد ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ﻧﺴﺠﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ آﻞ رﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ هﻲ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ .‬اﻟﺠﻮاب ‪.6 , 5 , 4 , 3 , 2 , 1 :‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ إذا ﺳﺘﺔ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬اذا ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ اﻟﻨﺮد ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ و آﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺠﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ آﻞ رﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ هﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻻﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ؟‬
‫اﻟﺠﻮاب ‪ .{(1,1) , (1,2) , (1,3) , (1,4) , (1,5) , (1,6).....} :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﻋﻄﺎء ﺟﺪول ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺗﻈﻨﻦ ﻋﺪد ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت إذا ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ اﻟﻨﺮد ﺛﻼث ﻣﺮات ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ أﻋﺪاد‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ 6‬ﺑﻴﺪﻗﺎت ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻷرﻗﺎم ‪6 - 5 - 4 - 3 - 2 - 1 :‬‬
‫‪ (a1‬ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻋﺪد اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أرﻗﺎم و اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺪﻗﺎت ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a2‬ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻋﺪد اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ أرﻗﺎم و اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺪﻗﺎت ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻋﺪد اﻷﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أرﻗﺎم ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﺪد ‪ oxy‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ رﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺪأ اﻟﺠﺪاء‬

‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ p‬اﺧﺘﺒﺎر‬
‫اذا آﺎن ‪ :‬اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻷول ﻳﺘﻢ ب ‪ n1‬آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ب ‪ n2‬آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر ‪ p‬ﻳﺘﻢ ب ‪ np‬آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈن ﻋﺪد اﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ هﺬا اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر هﻮ ‪n1 x n2 x………x np :‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬آﺮات ﺑﻴﻀﺎء و ‪ 5‬آﺮات ﺳﻮداء‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق ‪ 3‬آﺮات واﺣﺪة ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮى و ﻻ ﻧﻌﻴﺪ اﻟﻜﺮة اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق‬
‫‪ (a1‬أﻋﻂ ﻋﺪد ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺴﺤﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ (a2‬أﻋﻂ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺴﺤﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻜﺮات ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a3‬أﻋﻂ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺴﺤﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻜﺮات ﺳﻮداء‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a4‬أﻋﻂ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺴﺤﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻜﺮات ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻠﻮن‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻧﻔﺲ اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ أﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻴﺪ اﻟﻜﺮة اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮب إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺤﺐ اﻷﺧﺮى وهﻜﺬا‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬آﻴﺲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي آﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺑﻴﺪﻗﺎت ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻷرﻗﺎم ‪ . 4 -3 - 2 -1 – 0‬ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﺑﻴﺪﻗﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺒﻴﺪﻗﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ رﻗﻤﺎ ﻓﺮدﻳﺎ ﻧﻌﻴﺪهﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻜﻴﺲ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫و إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺒﻴﺪﻗﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ رﻗﻤﺎ زوﺟﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻌﻴﺪهﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻜﻴﺲ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻋﺪد ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻋﺪد إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺪﻗﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻦ رﻗﻤﺎ ﻓﺮدﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻋﺪد إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺪﻗﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻦ رﻗﻤﺎ زوﺟﻲ‬
‫‪ -II‬اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎت ‪Les arrangement :‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر إﺣﺪى اﻟﻌﻴﺎدات ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ 10‬آﺮاﺳﻲ و ‪ 3‬ﻣﺮﺿﻰ ‪ .‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺿﻰ اﻟﺜﻼث أن ﻳﺠﻠﺴﻮا‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أرﺑﻌﺔ أﻃﻔﺎل دﺧﻠﻮا إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﻓﻮﺟﺪوا ‪ 5‬ﻃﺎوﻻت‪ .‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل أن ﻳﺠﻠﺴﻮا )آﻞ ﻃﺎوﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻊ إﻻ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷآﺜﺮ(‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ‪ 42‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ‪ .‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺛﻼث ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ واﺣﺪ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫آﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﺐ ل ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ )‪ (p≤n‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻪ ل ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪n‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻳﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ n‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻷول ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ n‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫و ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ )‪ (n-1‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫و ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪ pn‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ )‪ (n-p+1‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺒﺪأ اﻟﺠﺪاء ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ n(n-1)…….(n-p+1) :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪.n‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺮهﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎت ل ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ p≤n n‬هﻮ )‪ n(n-1)………..(n-p+1‬و ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ب ‪A‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫)‪A53 = n ( n − 1) ...... ( n − p + 1‬‬
‫‪A53‬‬ ‫‪, A62‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎل ‪A51 :‬‬
‫‪ - III‬اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻼت ‪les permutations :‬‬
‫آﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺔ ل ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ n‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ل ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻼت ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻼت ل ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ هﻮ اﻟﻌﺪد ‪An‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪n ( n − 1) ............... × 2 ×1‬‬

‫‪.‬و ﻧﻘﺮأ ‪ n‬ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ أو ‪. n factoriel‬‬ ‫و ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ب‪n ! :‬‬
‫‪n ! = n ( n − 1) ............... × 2 × 1‬‬
‫اﺻﻄﻼح ‪0! = 1 :‬‬
‫‪5! = 120‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎل ‪6 3! = :‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ هﺎﻣﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪A = n ( n − 1) ......... ( n − p + 1‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫! ) ‪n ( n − 1) .... ( n − p + 1)( n − p‬‬ ‫!‪n‬‬

‫)‪Anp = n ( n − 1) ......... ( n − p + 1‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫!) ‪( n − p‬‬ ‫!) ‪( n − p‬‬
‫!‪n‬‬
‫= ‪Anp‬‬
‫!) ‪( n − p‬‬
‫! ) ‪n ( n − 1) .... ( n − p + 1)( n − p‬‬ ‫!‪n‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫!) ‪( n − p‬‬ ‫!) ‪( n − p‬‬
‫!‪n‬‬
‫= ‪Anp‬‬
‫!) ‪( n − p‬‬
‫‪Les combinaisons‬‬ ‫‪ -VI‬اﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻔﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪E = {a, b, c, d } :‬‬
‫ﺟﺪد ﺟﻤﻴﻊ أﺟﺰاء ‪E‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺷﺨﺼﻴﻦ ﺛﺂﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 5‬أﺷﺨﺎص‬
‫ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻄﺮق ﻹﺟﺮاء هﺬا اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ E‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫آﻞ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ‪ E‬ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ P‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ )‪ (p≤n‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﺔ ل ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪n‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻔﺎت ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ E‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ و )‪(p≤n‬‬
‫إذا أردﻧﺎ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ و ﺑﺪون إﺣﻼل ﻣﻦ ‪ E‬ﻓﺈن ﻋﺪد ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت هﻮ ‪: An‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫و ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ N‬هﻮ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻔﺎت ل ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪n‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻟﻴﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫اذن ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﺔ ل ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ n‬هﻨﺎك ل ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ n‬هﻨﺎك ! ‪ p‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺔ ل ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ n‬و ﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Anp‬‬
‫=‪N‬‬ ‫أي‬ ‫‪Anp = p ! N‬‬
‫!‪p‬‬
‫‪Anp‬‬
‫و اﻟﺬي ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ب ‪Cnp :‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻔﺎت ل ‪ p‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ (p≤n) n‬هﻮ اﻟﻌﺪد‬
‫!‪p‬‬
‫‪Anp‬‬
‫= ‪Cnp‬‬
‫!‪p‬‬
‫!‪n‬‬
‫= ‪Cnp‬‬
‫! ) ‪p !( n − p‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪, C , C , C‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫‪n− p‬‬
‫‪=C‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪p −1‬‬
‫‪1≤ p ≤ n , C‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪+C = C‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫‪n +1‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪( a + b ) = ∑ Cnp a n− p b p‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺠﺪاﺋﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪p =0‬‬
‫)‪( n + 1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠﺔ ‪ (1 :‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪Cn0 + Cn1 + Cn2 + ..... + Cnn = 2n :‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﺪد أﺟﺰاء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻋﺪد أﺟﺰاء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ هﻮ ‪2‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪cardP ( E ) = 2cardE‬‬
‫‪3ELMO‬‬
‫‪probabilités‬‬ ‫اﻻﺣـﺘـﻤــــــﺎﻻت‬ ‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.com‬‬
‫‪Expérience aléatoire‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬اﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜـــﺎل ‪ : -1-‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق ‪ 8‬آﺮات ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﻟﻰ ‪. 8‬‬
‫‪ -a‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ » ﺳﺤﺐ آﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق«‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻋﺪة إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت ‪Eventualités‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻜﺮة رﻗﻢ ‪ 1‬أو ‪ 2‬أو ‪ ...‬أو ‪8‬‬
‫}‪Ω = {1, 2,...,8‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت هﻲ‬
‫‪card Ω = C81 = 8‬‬ ‫وﻋﺪد اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت هﻮ‬
‫‪ -b‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ » ﺳﺤﺐ آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق«‪.‬‬

‫و ‪1≤ j ≤ 8‬‬ ‫‪1≤ i ≤ 8‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت ‪ Ω‬هﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺎت ‪i ≠ j / {i, j} :‬‬
‫‪card Ω = C82 = 28‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ Ω‬هﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣـﻈـــﺔ ‪ * :‬اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ }‪ {3, 4‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺤﺪث )‪ ) (Evénement‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮع اﻟﻨﻘﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪.( 7‬‬
‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ آﺬﻟﻚ }‪ {1, 6‬و }‪ {2,5‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺤﺪث‪.‬‬
‫إذن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻧﻤﺜﻞ هﺬا اﻟﺤﺪث ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ‪. Ω‬‬
‫}}‪A = {{1, 6} , {2,5} , {3, 4‬‬
‫* اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ }‪ {7, 6‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺤﺪث )ﻣﺠﻤﻮع اﻟﻨﻘﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ أو ﻳﺴﺎوي ‪.( 13‬‬
‫}}‪B = {{6, 7} , {7,8‬‬ ‫واﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ‪ Ω‬اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﺤﺪث هﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪث هﻮ آﻞ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ‪. Ω‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬

‫و ‪ Ω‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ آﻮن اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜـــﺎل ‪ " : -2-‬رﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻬﻮاء"‬

‫} ‪Ω = { P, F‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ هﻲ ‪ P‬أو ‪ F‬إذن‬
‫‪cardΩ = 2‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت وﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬آﻮن اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت‬
‫ آﻮن اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت هﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ آﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ )اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ(‪ .‬وﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ب ‪. Ω‬‬
‫ آﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ Ω‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪(Eventualité‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻟﺤــﺪث‬
‫آﻞ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ‪ Ω‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﺪث‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1-2‬اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ‪∅ ⊂ Ω . ∅ :‬‬

‫∅ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ ،‬أي ∅ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻖ أ]دا‪.‬‬
‫∅ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2-2‬اﻟﺤﺪث اﻷآﻴــﺪ ‪Ω ⊂ Ω . Ω :‬‬

‫‪ Ω‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Ω‬هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻷآﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3-2‬اﻟﺤﺪث اﻹﺑﺘﺪاﺋـﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫آﻞ ﺣﺪث ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ واﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﺪﺛﺎ إﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ω‬‬ ‫‪ .4-2‬اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﻤﻀـﺎد ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﻤﻀﺎد ﻟﻠﺤﺪث ‪ A‬هﻮ ‪C = A‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Ω‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ A ∪ A = Ω‬و ∅ = ‪A ∩ A‬‬
‫‪ .5-2‬ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺣﺪﺛﻴـﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪A ∩ B‬‬
‫ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A ∩ B‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6-2‬اﺗﺤﺎد ﺣﺪﺛﻴـﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫ اﺗﺤﺎد اﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪. A ∪ B‬‬
‫ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A ∪ B‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A‬أو اﻟﺤﺪث ‪. B‬‬
‫‪ .7-2‬اﻧﺴﺠﺎم ﺣﺪﺛﻴـﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻮل إن اﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻴﻦ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ∅ = ‪. A ∩ B‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 10‬آﺮات ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﻟﻰ ‪.10‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜـــﺎل ‪: -1-‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ» ﺳﺤﺐ آﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق«‪.‬‬
‫}‪ 1 ≤ k ≤ 10‬و ‪ 1 ≤ i ≤ 10‬و ‪ 1 ≤ j ≤ 10‬و ‪ j ≠ k‬و ‪ i ≠ k‬و ‪Ω = {{i, j , k} , i ≠ j‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫‪card Ω = C = 120‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ » A‬اﻟﻜﺮات اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ رﻗﻢ ‪.«1‬‬

‫‪cardA = C11C92 = 36‬‬
‫} ‪A = {{1, j , k‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫}‪ 2 ≤ k ≤ 10‬و ‪ 2 ≤ j ≤ 10‬و ‪j ≠ k‬‬
‫}‪ 2 ≤ k ≤ 10‬و ‪ 2 ≤ j ≤ 10‬و ‪ 2 ≤ i ≤ 10‬و ‪ j ≠ k‬و ‪ i ≠ k‬و ‪A = {{i, j , k} / i ≠ j‬‬
‫‪card A = card Ω − cardA = 120 − 36 = 84‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ » B‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮع اﻟﻨﻘﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ أو ﻳﺴﺎوي ‪.«9‬‬
‫هﻞ اﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻴﻦ ؟ )ﻋﻠﻞ ﺟﻮاﺑﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻧﺮد وﺟﻮهﻪ اﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﻟﻰ ‪.6‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜـــﺎل ‪: -2-‬‬

‫آﻮن اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت هﻮ }‪Ω = {1, 2,3, 4,5, 6‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻷﺣﺪاث اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ » A‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.«5‬‬
‫‪ » B‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.«3‬‬
‫‪ » C‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﻢ زوﺟﻲ «‪.‬‬
‫‪ » D‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﻢ ﻓﺮدي «‪.‬‬
‫}‪ B = {3, 6‬و }‪A = {5‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ إذن‬
‫}‪ D = {1,3,5‬و }‪C = {2, 4, 6‬‬ ‫و‬
‫ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A‬ﺣﺪث اﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪ C =D‬و ‪D=C‬‬
‫إذن ‪ B‬و ‪ C‬ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ }‪B ∩ C = {6‬‬
‫إذن ‪ B‬و ‪ C‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ ∅ = ‪A∩C‬‬
‫‪ (3‬اﻟﻔﻀﺎءات اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺎط‪ : -1-‬ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬آﺮات ﺣﻤﺮاء وآﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺧﻀﺮاوﺗﻴﻦ وآﺮة ﺑﻴﻀﺎء ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺤﺐ آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ وﺑﺪون إﺣﻼل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق‪.‬‬

‫‪ » A‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻠﻮن«‪.‬‬
‫‪ » B‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻮن ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪ cardA‬و ‪. cardB‬‬
‫‪ -‬أآﺘﺐ ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺎ هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺬي هﻮ أوﻓﺮ ﺣﻈﺎ ﻓﻲ أن ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ؟ ‪ A‬أو ‪ B‬؟‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎط‪ : -2-‬ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺳﺤﺐ آﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺬآﻴﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫= ‪f‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺼﻴﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﺘــﺮدد =‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺼﻴﺺ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻜﺮات اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء هﻮ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪.‬‬‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺣﻤﺮاء هﻮ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺣﻤﺮاء‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻜﺮات اﻟﺨﻀﺮاء هﻮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2 1‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺧﻀﺮاء هﻮ = ‪.‬‬
‫‪6 3‬‬
‫‪ » R‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺣﻤﺮاء«‪.‬‬
‫‪ » V‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺧﻀﺮاء«‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺣﻤﺮاء‬ ‫=‬ ‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ R‬هﻮ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺣﻤﺮاء‬ ‫=‬ ‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ V‬هﻮ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل هﺬﻩ اﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ أن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺣﺪث هﻮ ﻋﺪد ﻧﻘﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻆ ﺣﺪث ﻓﻲ أن ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ وهﻮ ﻋﺪد‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮر ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬و‪.1‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ 0‬هﻮ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫و ‪ 1‬هﻮ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث اﻷآﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ آﻮن اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت ‪ Ω‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪Ω = {e1 , e2 ,..., en } :‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪:‬‬

‫}‪{1, 2,..., n‬‬ ‫} ‪ {ei‬ﺣﺪث اﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ i‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫إذا رﺑﻄﻨﺎ آﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪ ei‬ﺑﻌﺪد ‪ pi‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ 0 ≤ pi ≤ 1 :‬و ‪p1 + p2 + ....... + pn = 1‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ‪ p‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Ω‬‬
‫وﻧﻘﻮل اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث اﻹﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻲ } ‪ {ei‬هﻮ ‪. pi‬‬
‫‪p ({ei } ) = pi‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫) ‪ ( Ω, p‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﻀﺎءا اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬آﻞ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ‪ p‬ﻣﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Ω‬هﻮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ P ( Ω‬ﻧﺤﻮ ]‪. [ 0,1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫} ‪A = {e1 , e2 ,....ek‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬إذا آﺎن‬
‫) ‪P ( A ) = p ( e1 ) + p ( e2 ) + .... + p ( ek‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎوي اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻت‬

‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﺣﺪاث اﻹﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪p1 = p2 = .............. = pn‬‬ ‫أي‬
‫‪p1 + p2 + .............. + pn = 1‬‬ ‫وﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫}‪∀i ∈ {1, 2,..., n‬‬ ‫= ‪pi‬‬ ‫إذن‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫} ‪A = {e1 , e2 ,..., ek‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ A‬اﻟﺤﺪث‬
‫‪⎛1⎞ k‬‬
‫= ⎟ ⎜ ‪P ( A ) = p1 + ........ + pk = k‬‬
‫‪⎝n⎠ n‬‬
‫‪cardA = k‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬
‫‪card Ω = n‬‬ ‫و‬
‫‪k cardA‬‬
‫= = )‪P ( A‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن‬
‫‪n card Ω‬‬
‫‪cardA‬‬
‫= )‪P ( A‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﺣﺪاث اﻹﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻓﺈن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A‬هﻮ‬
‫‪card Ω‬‬
‫)‪P ( A‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﻋﺪد إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ‪A‬‬

‫أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺘﻤﺎرﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫‪Probabilité conditionnelle‬‬ ‫اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺸﺮﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻧﺮدﻳﻦ ‪ D1‬و ‪ D2‬وﺟﻮﻩ آﻞ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬اﻟﻰ ‪6‬‬
‫ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ >> A‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع أﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ أو ﻳﺴﺎوي ‪<< 5‬‬
‫}‪ i + j ≤ 5‬و ‪ 1 ≤ j ≤ 6‬و ‪A = {( i, j ) /1 ≤ i ≤ 6‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫})‪= {(1,1) , (1, 2 ) , (1,3) , (1, 4 ) , ( 2,1) , ( 2, 2 ) , ( 2,3) , ( 3,1) , ( 3, 2 ) , ( 4,1‬‬
‫‪cardA = 10‬‬ ‫‪ cardΩ = 36‬و‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪10 5‬‬
‫= )‪P ( A‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪36 18‬‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن اﻟﻨﺮد ‪ D2‬ﻋﻴﻦ رﻗﻢ ‪5‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A‬هﻮ ﻣﻨﻌﺪم ﻷﻧﻪ آﻴﻔﻤﺎ آﺎن اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺬي ﻋﻴﻨﻪ اﻟﻨﺮد ‪ D1‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع ﻳﻜﻮن أآﺒﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ B‬اﻟﺤﺪث >> اﻟﻨﺮد ‪ D2‬ﻋﻴﻦ رﻗﻢ ‪<<5‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ أن اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ B‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ هﻮ ﻣﻨﻌﺪم ‪ .‬و ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪ PB ( A ) = 0 :‬أو ‪P ( A / B ) = 0‬‬
‫}) ‪B = {(1,5 ) , ( 2,5 ) , ( 3,5 ) , ( 4,5 ) , ( 5,5 ) , ( 6,5‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫∅ = ‪A∩ B‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ C‬اﻟﺤﺪث >> اﻟﻨﺮد ‪ D1‬ﻋﻴﻦ رﻗﻢ ‪<<1‬‬

‫}) ‪C = {(1,1) , (1, 2 ) , (1,3) , (1, 4 ) , (1,5 ) , (1, 6‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ أن ‪ C‬ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ أن ﻳﻌﻴﻦ اﻟﻨﺮد ‪ D2‬رﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻷرﻗﺎم ‪ 3 -2 -1‬و‪. 4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫= ) ‪PA ( C ) = P ( C / A‬‬ ‫إذن ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ أرﺑﻊ ﺣﺎﻻت ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ ‪ .‬وﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫}) ‪A ∩ C = {(1,1) , (1, 2 ) , (1,3) , (1, 4‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫‪cardA ∩ C = 4‬‬ ‫ادن‬
‫) ‪4 cardA ∩ C P ( A ∩ C‬‬
‫= = ) ‪PC ( A‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪cardC‬‬ ‫) ‪P (C‬‬
‫) ‪P ( A ∩ C ) = P ( C ) ⋅ PC ( A‬‬ ‫أذن ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A‬ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن ﻣﺠﻤﻮع اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ هﻮ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ أو ﻳﺴﺎوي ‪5‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ هﻮ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ‪ C‬؟‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫= ) ‪PA ( C ) = P ( C / A‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ‪ C‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ أن ‪ A‬ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ 4‬ﺣﺎﻻت ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬إذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫) ‪cardA ∩ C P ( A ∩ C‬‬
‫= ) ‪PA ( C‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫‪cardA‬‬ ‫)‪P ( A‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪P ( A ) ≠ 0 :‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ A‬و‪ B‬ﺣﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻓﻀﺎء اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻪ‬
‫)‪P ( A ∩ B‬‬
‫= ) ‪PA ( B ) = P ( B / A‬‬ ‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ B‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ أن اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ A‬ﻣﺤﻘﻖ هﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪P ( A‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎج و ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ " ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺔ "‬
‫إذا آﺎن ‪ A‬و‪ B‬ﺣﺪﺛﻴﻦ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻهﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻌﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺈن ‪P ( A ∩ B ) = P ( A ) ⋅ PA ( B ) = P ( B ) ⋅ PB ( A ) :‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪: 1‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﺷﺮآﺔ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 60%‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺟﺎل ‪ 20%‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ أﺟﺎﻧﺐ و ‪ 40%‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎء‪ 10 %‬ﻣﻨﻬﻦ أﺟﻨﺒﻴﺎت ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺎهﻮ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻷﺣﺪاث اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ >> A2‬رﺟﻞ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻲ<<‬ ‫‪ >> A1‬رﺟﻞ أﺟﻨﺒﻲ<<‬
‫‪ >> A4‬اﻣﺮأة أﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ<<‬ ‫‪ >> A3‬اﻣﺮأة أﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ<<‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎر رﺟﻞ ﻣﺎ هﻮ اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮن أﺟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪: 2‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬آﺮات ﺑﻴﻀﺎء و آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺳﻮداوﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ و ﺑﺪون اﺣﻼل آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎهﻮ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ >> A‬اﻟﻜﺮة اﻷوﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء و اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﻮداء<<‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ و ﺑﺪون اﺣﻼل ﺛﻼث آﺮات ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎهﻮ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ >> B‬ﻟﻜﺮة اﻷوﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء و اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﻮداء و اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء<<‬
‫‪Les probabilités totales‬‬ ‫اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻت اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺣﻤﺮاء و آﺮة ﺑﻴﻀﺎء و آﺮة ﺧﻀﺮاء ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺤﺐ آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ و ﺑﺪون اﺣﻼل‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪card Ω = A32 = 6 :‬‬
‫}) ‪B1 = {(V , B‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻷﺣﺪاث ‪:‬‬
‫}) ‪B2 = {( B, R ) , (V , R‬‬

‫}) ‪B3 = {( R, B ) , ( R, V ) , ( B, V‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ B1 ∩ B2 = ∅ :‬و ∅ = ‪ B1 ∩ B3‬و ∅ = ‪B2 ∩ B3‬‬

‫و ‪B1 ∪ B2 ∪ B3 = Ω‬‬
‫‪Ω‬‬
‫‪B1‬‬ ‫‪B2‬‬ ‫‪B3‬‬
‫‪partition d’ un ensemble‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻷﺣﺪاث ‪B‬و ‪ B‬و ‪ B‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﺗﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎ ﻟﻜﻮن اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎء ا اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺎ‬ ‫) (‬
‫‪Ω‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻷﺣﺪاث ‪ A1‬و ‪ A2‬و……… ‪ An‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﺗﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎ ﻟﻜﻮن اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت ‪ Ω‬إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺸﺮﻃﺎن اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎن‪:‬‬
‫أ‪-‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ i‬و‪ j‬ﻣﻦ }‪ {1, 2,........, n‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪Ai ∩ Aj = ∅ . i ≠ j‬‬
‫‪Ω = A1 ∪ A2 ∪ ....... ∪ An‬‬ ‫ب‪-‬‬
‫‪Ω‬‬
‫‪A1‬‬ ‫‪A2‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪. .‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪An‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ B‬ﺣﺪﺛﺎ‬
‫‪B = B∩Ω = Ω∩ B‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪B = ( A1 ∪ A2 ∪ ..... ∪ An ) ∩ B‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪= ( A1 ∩ B ) ∪ ( A2 ∩ B ) ∪ ...... ∪ ( An ∩ B‬‬
‫) ‪p ( B ) = P ( A1 ∩ B ) + P ( A2 ∩ B ) + .... + P ( An ∩ B‬‬ ‫إذن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪= p ( A1 ) ⋅ p A1 ( B ) + ..... + p ( An ) ⋅ p An ( B‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ A1‬و ‪ A2‬و‪.......‬و ‪ An‬ﺗﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎ ل ‪Ω‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪B‬‬
‫) ‪p ( B ) = p ( A1 ) ⋅ p A1 ( B ) + ..... + p ( An ) ⋅ p An ( B‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺛﻼث ﺻﻨﺎدﻳﻖ ‪ C1‬و ‪ C2‬و ‪C3‬‬
‫‪ C1‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺑﻴﻀﺎء و ﺛﻼث آﺮات ﺳﻮداء‬
‫‪ C2‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ أﺑﻴﺾ و آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ أﺳﻮد‬
‫‪ C3‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼث آﺮات ﺑﻴﻀﺎء و آﺮة ﺳﻮداء‬
‫ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺪوﻗﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ آﺮة واﺣﺪة‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ اﻷﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ B‬اﻟﺤﺪث >> اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺑﻴﻀﺎء <<‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ >> C1‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق ‪<< C1‬‬
‫‪ >> C2‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق ‪<< C2‬‬
‫>> ‪ C3‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق<< ‪C3‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫= ) ‪p ( C1 ) = p ( C2 ) = p ( C3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Ω = C1 ∪ C2 ∪ C3‬‬ ‫و‬
‫)‪p ( B) = p (Ω ∩ B‬‬ ‫اذن ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪= p ( ( C1 ∪ C2 ∪ C3 ) ∩ B‬‬
‫) ‪= p ( C1 ∩ B ) + p ( C2 ∩ B ) + p ( C3 ∩ B‬‬
‫) ‪= p ( C1 ) ⋅ pC1 ( B ) + p ( C2 ) ⋅ pC2 ( B ) + p ( C3 ) ⋅ pC3 ( B‬‬
‫‪1 1 1 2 1 3 1‬‬
‫= ⋅ ‪= ⋅ + ⋅ +‬‬
‫‪3 4 3 4 3 4 2‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﺸﺠﺮة‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮرة‬
‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺎدة ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر ‪ n‬ﻣﺮة ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻮل إﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎرات ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة ‪les .‬‬
‫‪épreuves repetees‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل ‪ (1 :‬رﻣﻲ ﻧﺮد ﺛﻼث ﻣﺮات‬

‫‪ (2‬رﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪﻳﺔ ‪ n‬ﻣﺮة‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ D‬ﻧﺮدا وﺟﻮهﻪ اﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﻟﻰ ‪6‬‬

‫ﻧﺮﻣﻲ اﻟﻨﺮد ‪D‬؛ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺮات ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ و ﻧﺴﺠﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ آﻞ رﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ Ck‬اﻟﺤﺪث >> اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ‪ k‬ﻣﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪<<2‬‬
‫أﺣﺴﺐ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ Ck‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪k‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ و ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﺣﺪﺛﺎ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ p‬ﻓﻲ اﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪(k ≤ n‬‬ ‫) ‪, Cnk ( p ) (1 − p‬‬
‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪n−k‬‬
‫اذا أﻋﻴﺪ هﺬا اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر ‪ n‬ﻣﺮة ﻓﺎن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل وﻗﻮع اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ k A‬ﻣﺮة ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ هﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬آﺮات ﺑﻴﻀﺎء و آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺳﻮداوﻳﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ‪ 10‬آﺮات ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ و ﺑﺈﺣﻼل‬
‫‪ -1‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﻣﺮات ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺳﻮداء ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻣﺮات ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮة ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪Les variables aléatoires‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮات اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬آﺮات ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﻟﻰ ‪ . 8‬ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ و ﺑﺈﺣﻼل ‪ 4‬آﺮات ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ X‬هﻮ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻜﺮات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ رﻗﻤﺎ ﻓﺮدﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﺮات اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎذا ﺗﻌﻨﻲ اﻷﺣﺪاث )‪(X=4).... (X=0‬‬
‫‪ (b‬أﺣﺴﺐ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل آﻞ ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻷﺣﺪاث‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮﺗﺎن ﻟﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ أﺑﻴﺾ و ﺛﻼث آﺮات ﺳﻮداء و آﺮة ﺣﻤﺮاء ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺎ ﺛﻼث آﺮات ‪.‬‬
‫و ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ X‬هﻮ ﻋﺪد اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺣﺪد ﻗﻴﻢ ‪X‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ هﻲ اﻷﺣﺪاث ‪. (X=4) , (X=3) , (X=2) , (X=1) :‬‬
‫‪ (c‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪. P(X=3) , P(X=2) , P(X=1) :‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮا ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( Ω, P‬ﻓﻀﺎءا اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺎ ‪ .‬آﺎل ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ Ω‬ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫آﺘﺎﺑﺔ و ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ‪:‬‬

‫‪X(Ω) -‬هﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺼﻮر ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪X‬‬
‫‪x1 ≺ x2 ≺ ..... ≺ xk‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻋﺎدة ﻧﻜﺘﺐ } ‪ X ( Ω ) = { x1 , x2 ,...., xk‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪث >> ‪ X‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ << ‪xk‬‬ ‫‪(X‬‬ ‫) ‪= xk‬‬
‫) ‪ ( X ≤ xk‬هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪث >> ‪ X‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ أو ﺗﺴﺎوي << ‪xk‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻐﻼل اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪xi‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫)‪P(X= xi‬‬ ‫)‪P(X=1‬‬ ‫)‪P(X=2‬‬ ‫)‪P(X=3‬‬ ‫)‪P(X=4‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ) أو ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ( اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ ‪ X‬هﻮ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ f‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﺮﺑﻂ آﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪ xi‬ﻣﻦ )‪ X(Ω‬ﺑﺎﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث‬
‫)‪ (X=xi‬أي ) ‪f ( xi ) = P ( X = xi‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ ‪ X‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪X(Ω) Ω‬‬
‫{‬
‫‪X ( Ω ) = x , x ,...x‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫}‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ‪P ( X = xi ) = pi‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ آﺘﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪول ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﻤﻲ ﺟﺪول ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ ‪X‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ‪ 1999‬ﻣﺮاآﺶ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬رﺟﺎل و ‪ 3‬ﻧﺴﺎء ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﺴﺮﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﺮج ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻋﻀﺎء اﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ واﺣﺪ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ وراء اﻟﺴﺘﺎر و ﻳﺒﻘﻮن ﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮر ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ X‬اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﺎوي ﻋﺪد اﻟﺮﺟﺎل اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﺮوا ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻮر ﻗﺒﻞ ﻇﻬﻮر أول اﻣﺮأة ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﻗﻴﻢ ‪. X‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻴﻦ أن ‪ P( X=1)= 3/10 :‬و ‪P(X=2)=3/20‬‬
‫‪ -3‬أﻋﻂ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ‪. X‬‬
‫‪ (4‬اﻷﻣﻞ اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ X‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮا ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻀﺎء اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻪ ) ‪( Ω, P‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻷﻣﻞ اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ‪. X‬‬ ‫‪E ( X ) = ∑ pi xi‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪i =1‬‬
‫{‬
‫‪ X ( Ω ) = x , x ,...x‬و ) ‪pi = P ( X = xi‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪} :‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪E(X ) = X‬‬
‫‪ (5‬اﻟﻤﻐﺎﻳﺮة و اﻻﻧﺤﺮاف اﻟﻄﺮازي ‪La variance et l’ecart-type‬‬
‫{‬
‫‪X ( Ω ) = x , x ,...x‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫}‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ X‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮا ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫و )‪ E(X‬هﻮ اﻷﻣﻞ اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ‪. X‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫)) ‪V ( X ) = ∑ p ( x − E ( X‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮة ‪X‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪد‪:‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬
‫) ‪ σ ( X ) = V ( X‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻻﻧﺤﺮاف اﻟﻄﺮازي ل ‪ X‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ pi = P ( X = xi‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪1 ≤ i ≤ n‬‬ ‫و اﻟﻌﺪد‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪: 1‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫)) ‪V ( X ) = ∑ p ( x − E ( X‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫‪i =1‬‬
‫) ) ‪= ∑ pi ( xi2 − 2 xi E ( X ) + E ( X‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫) ‪= ∑ pi xi2 − 2 E ( X ) ∑ pi xi + E ( X‬‬ ‫‪∑p‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪i‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬ ‫‪i =1‬‬ ‫‪i =1‬‬
‫)) ‪= E ( X 2 ) − 2 ( E ( X )) + ( E ( X‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)) ‪= E ( X ) − ( E ( X‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)) ‪V ( X ) = E ( X ) − ( E ( X‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اذن ‪:‬‬
‫‪V (X )≥0‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪: 2‬‬
‫‪La fonction de répartition‬‬ ‫‪ (6‬داﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﺰﻳﺊ‬

‫{‬ ‫}‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( Ω, P‬ﻓﻀﺎءا اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺎ‪ .‬و ‪ X‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪X ( Ω ) = x , x ,...x :‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪x1 ≺ x2 ≺ .... ≺ xn :‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪= ]−∞, x1 ] ∪ ] x1 , x2 ] ∪ ] x2 , x3 ] ∪ ..... ∪ ] xn , +∞[ :‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ x‬ﻋﺪدا ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪:1‬‬
‫}‪i ∈ {1, 2,...., n‬‬ ‫اذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x = xi :‬و‬
‫‪( X ≺ xi ) = ( X‬‬ ‫) ‪= x1 ) ∪ ( X = x2 ) ∪ .... ∪ ( X = xi −1‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪:2‬‬
‫‪xi ≺ x ≺ xi +1‬‬ ‫اذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪( X ≺ xi ) = ( X‬‬ ‫) ‪= x1 ) ∪ ( X = x2 ) ∪ .... ∪ ( X = xi‬‬
‫∅ = )‪( X ≺ x‬‬ ‫‪x ≤ xi‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪: 3‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪: 4‬‬
‫‪( X ≺ x) = Ω‬‬ ‫‪xn ≺ x‬‬
‫)‪( X ≺ x‬‬ ‫إذا رﺑﻄﻨﺎ آﻞ ﻋﺪد ‪ x‬ﺑﺎﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﺪث‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫]‪→ [ 0,1‬‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫)‪P ( X ≺ x‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ داﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ داﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﺰﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ‪X‬‬
‫) ‪( Ω, P‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ X‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮا ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻀﺎء اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻪ‬
‫ب ‪F ( X ) = P ( X ≺ x) :‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ F‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ داﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﺰﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ ‪X‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻓﻴﻪ هﻮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ داﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﺰﻳﺊ و ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺤﺪاﻧﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺬآﻴﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ إﻋﺎدة ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر ‪ n‬ﻣﺮة‪.‬و ‪ A‬ﺣﺪﺛﺎ ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺣﻴﺚ ‪P ( A ) = p :‬‬
‫)‪(k ≤ n‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل أن ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪ k A‬ﻣﺮة ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫) ‪Cnk p k (1 − p‬‬
‫‪n−k‬‬
‫هﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫إذا اﻋﺘﺒﺮﻧﺎ اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺮات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺤﺪث ‪A‬‬
‫) ‪P ( X = k ) = Cnk p k (1 − p‬‬
‫‪n−k‬‬
‫ﻓﺈن‪:‬‬
‫هﺬا اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮا ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ﺣﺪاﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫و اﻟﻌﺪدان ‪ n‬و ‪ p‬ﻳﺴﻤﻴﺎن وﺳﻴﻄﺎ اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﺪاﻧﻲ ‪X‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ﺣﺪاﻧﻴﺎ و ﺳﻴﻄﺎﻩ ‪ n‬و ‪: p‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ X‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮاﻋﺸ‬
‫) ‪P ( X = k ) = Cnk p k (1 − p‬‬
‫‪n−k‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ اﻟﺤﺪاﻧﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﺣﺪاﻧﻲ أو ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺣﺪاﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺮهﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ X‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮا ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ﺣﺪاﻧﻴﺎ و ﺳﻴﻄﺎﻩ ‪ n‬و ‪. p‬‬
‫‪E ( X ) = np‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪V ( X ) = np (1 − p ) :‬‬
‫أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼث آﺮات ﺑﻴﻀﺎء و آﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ أﺳﻮد ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﺗﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺛﻼث آﺮات ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ X‬اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﺪد اﻟﻜﺮات اﻟﺴﻮداء اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪد ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ . X‬أﻋﻂ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ‪. X‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أﺣﺴﺐ ‪ E(X) :‬و )‪ V(X‬و )‪σ(X‬‬
‫‪ : A‬ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ‬ ‫‪ : B‬ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻭل‬
‫ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﺼﻨﺩﻭﻕ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﻜﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﻜﺭﺍﺕ ﺴﻭﺩﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪ : C‬ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻥ ‪ C,B,A‬ﺍﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻨﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺼﻨﺩﻭﻕ ‪ B‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻜﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻜﺭﺍﺕ ﺴﻭﺩﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ‪ X‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻻﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺤﺏ ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺎ ﻜﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ‪ A‬ﻨﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ B‬ﺜﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ‪ A‬ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺒﻤﻔﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺤﺏ ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺎ ﻜﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ‪B‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺍﻋﻁ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ‪X‬‬ ‫* ﻓﻘﻁ‪ B‬ﻭ‪ C‬ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﺒﻴﻀﺎﻭﻴﻥ‬ ‫* ﺍﻻﺤﺩﺍﺙ ‪ C,B,A‬ﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ‬ ‫* ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗل ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻥ ‪ C,B,A‬ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ‬
‫‪-3‬ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ‪ X‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺩﺩﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﺼﻨﺩﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻜﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻜﺭﺍﺕ ﺴﻭﺩﺍﺀ‬ ‫* ﺤﺩﺜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺤﺩﺜﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ C,B,A‬ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﻭﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺤﺏ ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﻼل ‪ 3‬ﻜﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫* ﺃﻱ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ C,B,A‬ﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ‬
‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺤﺩﺩ ) ‪X ( Ω‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻅﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻋﻁ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ‪X‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻜﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ) ‪ E ( X‬ﺜﻡ ) ‪σ ( X‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻜﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺨﻼل‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻥ }‪ . Ω = {1.2.3‬ﻭ ) ‪ ( Ω, p‬ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺤﺩﺩ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻨﺸﺊ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺯﻴﺊ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ‪ X‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫= ) }‪p ({2,3‬‬ ‫= ) }‪ p ({1,2‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﻭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ) ‪ p ( 2‬ﺜﻡ )‪ p (1‬ﻭ )‪p ( 3‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻋﻁ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ‪X‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺤﺩﺩ ) ‪X ( Ω‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬ ‫}‪ {2;3‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﺼﻨﺩﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻴﺩﻗﺔ ﺘﺤﻤل ﻤﺠﻬﻴﻥ ﺍﺒﻴﻀﻴﻥ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺒﻴﺩﻗﺔ ﺘﺤﻤل ﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﺒﻴﻀﺎ ﻭﺁﺨﺭ ﺍﺴﻭﺩﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ‪p  ≺ X ≺ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪{1; 2} ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺎ ﺒﻴﺩﻗﺔ ﺜﻡ ﻨﺭﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ‬
‫‪-1‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﺒﻴﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﺒﻴﺽ ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﺴﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ‪ 5‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺏ ﺒﺎﺤﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﺍﺴﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗل‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ‪ X‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 0‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺤﺼﻠﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺸﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺒﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 1‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺤﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ‪ 44 0‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل ﻭ ‪ 56 0‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻨﺭﻤﻲ ﻨﺭﺩﺍ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻐﺸﻭﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ‪ 5‬ﻤﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻜﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ 10 0 0‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل ﻻ ﻴﺩﺨﻨﻭﻥ ‪ 20 0 0‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻴﺩﺨﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ‪ X‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬ ‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺤﺩﺩ ) ‪X ( Ω‬‬
‫ﺍﺨﺫﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺒﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﺸﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪.5‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺭﺠﻼ ﻴﺩﺨﻥ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻋﻁ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ‪X‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻋﻁ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ‪X‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺤﺩﺩ ) ‪X ( Ω‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺘﺩﺨﻥ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ) ‪ E ( X‬ﺜﻡ ) ‪σ ( X‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ) ‪ E ( X‬ﺜﻡ ) ‪σ ( X‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﻴﺩﺨﻥ‬ ‫ﻩ‪ -‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ) ‪p ( X ≺ 1.5‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺤﺩﺩ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻨﺸﺊ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺯﻴﺊ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺭﺠﻼ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻴﺩﺨﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻨﺭﻤﻲ ﻨﺭﺩﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻻﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

جميع دروس الرياضيات الثانية بكالوريا

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

جميع دروس الرياضيات الثانية بكالوريا

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫‪3ELMO‬‬ ‫‪http://3elmo.blogspot.

‫ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺤﻘﻮق ﻣﺤﻔﻮظﺔ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﮭﺎ‬

‫ھﺬا اﻟﻜﺘﺎب ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ھﺬا‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪروس واﻟﺘﻤﺎرﻳﻦ واﻟﻔﺮوض‬

2 S = ( n + 1)++ (+n++ 1) ... ( n 1)

: ‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ f‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻤﻨﻈﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) (‬

‫) ‪* lim f ( x‬‬ ‫) ‪* lim f ( x‬‬

‫هﻞ ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 0‬؟‬

‫∞‪* lim f ( x ) = +‬‬

lim f ( x ) = +∞ : ‫ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻷن‬f

: ‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺪوال اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬-4

‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫∞‪+‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪ f‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪1 − cos ( x − 1‬‬

‫‪X = x −1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪( x → 1‬‬ ‫‪(X‬‬

‫‪1 − cos X‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫‪−1 ≤ cos x ≤ 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫)‪−1 ≤ − cos−( x ≤ 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫)‪0 ≤ 1≤− cos ( x − 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫)‪1 − cos ( x − 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

: ‫ داﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ‬f ‫ ﻋﺪدا ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ و‬k ‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬-6

lim sin x = 0 : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬

lim x 2 = + ∞ : ‫وﺑﻤﺎ أن‬

‫‪lim x 2 ( cos x + 2 ) =∞+‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳـــﻒ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-II‬‬

‫‪⇔() ( ∀A‬‬ ‫; )∃‪0‬‬ ‫≺≺‪α‬‬

‫‪lim f ( x ) = l‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪()⇔ ( ∀ε‬‬ ‫) ‪∃0‬‬ ‫≺‪B∀∈ 0‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫⇒‪D‬‬

‫∞‪lim f ( x ) = +‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪()⇔ ( ∀A‬‬ ‫‪0 ) ∃B‬‬ ‫‪0≺∀∈(≺ x‬‬ ‫‪Df‬‬ ‫⇒; )‬

‫‪ c‬اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎت ‪:‬‬

‫‪(l‬‬ ‫∈ )' ‪⋅ l‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫) ‪lim f ( x‬‬ ‫) ‪lim g ( x‬‬ ‫) ‪lim ( f + g )( x‬‬ ‫) ‪lim ( f × g )( x‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ f‬‬

‫اﻷﺷﻜﺎل ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻮل أن ‪ f‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ x0‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر إذا وﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎن ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ‪ g‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑــ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ f‬ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ‪. x0‬‬

‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ‪:‬‬

‫‪Composée de 2 fonctions‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺮآﺐ داﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬

‫) ‪lim gof ( x‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎب‬

‫‪= lim ±‬‬

‫‪lim gof ( x ) = 1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬

‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ lim f ( x ) = y0 ، x0‬و ‪ g‬داﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪. y0‬‬

‫) ‪lim gof ( x ) = g ( y0‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈن ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺻﻮرة ﻣﺠﺎل ﺑﺪاﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫] ‪( [ a , b ] ) = [ m, M‬‬ ‫وﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺻﻮرة ﻣﺠﺎل ‪:‬‬

.‫ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‬f : 2‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

. I ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬f : ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬

f ([0, π ]) = ⎡⎣ f (π) ) ; f ( 0 ⎤⎦ : ‫إذن‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫وﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ f :‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫)‪(T.V.I‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻣﺒﺮهﻨﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴــﺔ‬

‫] ‪0 ∈ [ m, M‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ أن ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺮهﻨﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ f :‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫∞‪lim f ( x ) = −‬‬ ‫و‪:‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫وﻣﻨﻪ ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ‪ f ( x ) = 0‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ f :‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪ -6‬اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ورﺗﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ‪:‬‬